Catalogo Perkin

TRUST THE CONSUMABLES
ENGINEERED
FOR YOUR INSTRUMENTS
INTERACTIVE PDF
CLICK HERE TO VIEW THE MAIN INDEX
2020–2021 Chromatography Consumables and Supplies

GC | LC | Mass Spec | Sample Preparation
ORDERING ONLINE:
IT’S THAT EASY
Sign Up and Get Started Today at www.perkinelmer.com/register

Quick and Efficient Three Steps - Benefits of ordering online:
• Real time product availability
that’s how easy it is to buy online • Immediate order processing
• Order confirmations
1. Visit www.perkinelmer.com
• Shipment notifications
2. Click on “Login/Register” at the top of the web page to register. • Quick re-order
All you need is your PerkinElmer account number. • Save items to favorites list
3. Search for the product you need and add to your cart • Tracking information and updates
• All orders available in “my account” order history
Step 1: Quick registration. Step 2: Shop by product number, alphabetical Step 3: Checkout via your shopping cart.
listing, or by technology.
Search 1, 2, 3, A, B, C.....
The power and convenience of real-time purchasing information are now available online.
When will the product ship? Shipment date of each item is visible in the shopping cart.
Shop Online today!

www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
PerkinElmer, Inc.
940
2 Winter Street
Waltham, MA 02451 USA ORDER ONLINE
P: (800) 762-4000 or
(+1) 203-925-4602
Chromatography
Today’s advanced and increasingly diverse Advanced Materials laboratories are facing new challenges on a daily basis – starting from
raw materials right up to the finished product. PerkinElmer’s comprehensive portfolio of analytical solutions is designed to give you
the higher accuracy, sensitivity, and ease of use your laboratory demands for examining with confidence, the purity, composition, and
performance of your compounds. What’s more, a range of complementary services is available to keep your laboratory up and running,
meeting the stringent requirements of a variety of environments and working practices.
Better insights for better products.
CHOOSE PERKINELMER.
Table of Contents
Ordering Information
Place your order online at: www.perkinelmer.com/shop
Online ordering is currently available in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, China,
Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxemburg, the Netherlands,
Norway, Puerto Rico, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom SPE 4–16
and the United States.
Please contact your local PerkinElmer Customer Care Representative. VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA 17–30
Or visit www.perkinelmer.com/contactus/#/offices.
Visit us online at www.perkinelmer.com/contactus/#/offices to obtain the
correct address for mailing your company Purchase Order. LC COLUMNS 31–57
Return Goods Policy
Before returning any item to PerkinElmer, please obtain a Return Authorization LC ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES 58–78
Number from a customer service representative. Call your local PerkinElmer office
and please have the following information ready:
• Our Order Number or your Purchase Order Number. GC COLUMNS 79–105
• The PerkinElmer part numbers of the items that you wish to return.
• Reason for return.
GC CONSUMABLES & ACCESSORIES 106–136
Our customer service representative will provide you with a Return Authorization
Number and the return address. We cannot accept any returns without a Return
Authorization Number. Policy may vary. Please contact your local PerkinElmer
representative for details.
THERMAL DESORBTION 137–141
Technical Support
ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES 142–151
For technical assistance, please contact your local PerkinElmer Customer Care
Representative. See local office listings.
Check with your local PerkinElmer Customer Care center for current pricing. TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES 152–157
PerkinElmer and the PerkinElmer logo are registered trademarks of PerkinElmer, Inc.
All other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners. GAS MANAGEMENT 158–180
PerkinElmer is not responsible for typographical or photographic errors that may
appear in this catalog. We reserve the right to make adjustments or corrections
due to changing market conditions, product discontinuations, or typographical or STANDARDS 181–186
photographic errors in advertisements or product descriptions. Terms and conditions
and item availability are subject to change without notice.
ORDERING INFORMATION 187–192
Terms and Conditions
For details on our terms and conditions, including warranties,
please visit: https://www.perkinelmer.com/corporate/policies/terms-
conditions-of-sale.html
ORDER ONLINE 3
SPE
SPE QuEChERS
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality We provide a complete range
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments. of products for QuEChERS
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind that methodologies, offering all three
comes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need. standard QuEChERS methods:
Original QuEChERS method,
American AOAC Standard
(Official Method 2007.01)
Quick Reference Index Page QuEChERS method and
European Standard (EN 15662)
Nylon Syringe Filters 16 QuEChERS method.
PTFE (hydrophobic) Syringe Filters 16
SPE Cartridges
PTFE (hydrophilic) Syringe Filters 16
PVDF Syringe Filters 16 We offer a broad array of

analytes and matrices to
SPE Application and Selection Packs 12 fit your applications. Our
SPE solutions are available
SPE Vacuum Pumps and Manifolds 13 in a variety of formats
including Large Reservoir
Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly SPE Capacity (LRC) columns,
Application Overview 6-7 Polypropylene (PP)
columns and cartridges,
Supra-Clean Columns and Cartridges 8 and also glass columns. Each technology is offered with a wide
selection of polymer and silica sorbents, and large and small
sample volumes (50 μL to 1 L) allow you to perform scalable
Supra-Poly HLB Columns 10
analyzes depending upon your required detection limits.
Supra-Poly Columns 11
Supra-d QuEChERS Dispersive SPE 14
Supra-d QuEChERS for Multiple Pesticide

SPE Application Packs
Ideal for extraction of known entities from a variety of
Residue Analysis 15
matrices, our packs are expertly tailored to meet your
application needs and are designed to support major
Syringes 13
EPA methods and applications.
CLICK THE ARROWS

4TO VIEW EACH PAGE BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 4
SPE
Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly SPE Solutions

Recovery, capacity, selectivity and reproducibility are the principal
sample prep demands of today’s analyst. We have developed an
innovative SPE product range incorporating silica and polymer
based technology. Supra-Clean® (silica) and Supra-Poly® (polymer)
deliver the recovery, reproducibility, and reliability desired for
consistently excellent results.
Both utilize Precise Bed Technology® (PBT) with our spherical
media (Figure 1) allowing columns to be evenly and consistently
filled with particles sized for optimum distribution. This
homogeneous filling yields a +/- 1% variation in bed volume
precision, ensuring you experience repeatability and optimized
recovery reproducibility.
Spherical media and consistent particle distribution enable
smaller elution volumes and better, more reproducible extraction,
purification, concentration and recovery.
Figure 2: Performance Comparison of PerkinElmer Spherical SPE

Figure 1: Comparison of Spherical and Irregular Media.
Media vs. Leading Irregular SPE Silica.
250 x 4.6 mm column

Hexane – IsoPropanol (97/3)
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
24 psi: 1 bars
UV: 254 nm
A- Tri-Terbutylbenzene
B- Diethyl Phthalate
18
12 V1
6
IR60-40/63SI V2
SPE Supra-Clean
60-50SI
PerkinElmer Competitor 0 V1 < V2
SPE Column SPE Column
2 4 6
PerkinElmer’s smaller, more homogeneous, spherical media deliver sharper,

narrower peaks for faster, more accurate sample analysis.
Ideal for a broad array of analytes and matrices, our SPE solutions are available in a variety of formats including Large Reservoir
Capacity (LRC) columns, Polypropylene (PP) columns and cartridges, and also glass columns. Each technology is offered with a wide
selection of polymer and silica sorbents, and large and small sample volumes (50 μL to 1 L) allow you to perform scalable analyzes
depending upon your required detection limits.
Each finished product is delivered with an individual quality certificate.
BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 5

SPE SPE
Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly Application Overview

Supra-Clean Spherical Silica
pH End- Pore Surface Particle
Phase Mechanism Interaction Mode Compounds Matrix Typical Applications Range Capping Size (A) Area (m2/g) Size (μm) Comments
C18-S Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Polar to Non-Polar compounds Biological fluids, aqueous samples Drugs and drug metabolites in 2 – 8 Yes 60 500 50 18% Carbon Load (CL)
biological matrices, trace organic material
in water, toxins in food
High Recovery REC18 Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Non-polar and mid-polar compounds Biological fluids, aqueous samples Drugs and drug metabolites in biological 2 – 8 Yes – – 50 High capacity and better recovery especially
including 100% water solvents toxins in food matrices, trace organic material in water for high aqueous conditions. 15% CL

Phenyl (PH-S) Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Non-polar to mid-polar Biological fluids Benzodiazepines in biological matrices, 2 – 8 No 60 500 50 9% CL
aromatic compounds extraction of aromatic compounds
Silica (SI-S) Hydrophilic Normal Phase Polar compounds Non-polar organics, Aldehydes, amines, pesticides, herbicides, 2 – 8 No 60 500 50 Bare Silica
oils, lipids carotenoids, fat soluble vitamins, baflatoxins,
fatty acids, and phospholipids
Amino (NH2-S) Hydrophilic Normal Phase Polar to Mid-Polar Biological fluids, aqueous samples, Basic compounds, polar amine 2 – 8 No 60 500 50 5% CL
aromatic compounds buffered organics compounds, carbohydrates
Strong Cation Ion Exchange Ion Exchange Basic compounds Biological fluids, aqueous samples, Cations, antibiotics, drugs, amino acids, 2 – 8 No 60 450 60 Strong Acid – Sulfonic acid;
Exchange (SCX) buffered organics catecholamines, herbicides, nucleic acid bases, Exchange capacity 0.70 meq/g
nucleosides, and surfactants
Weak cation Ion Exchange Ion Exchange Strong basic compounds Biological fluids, aqueous samples Cations, amines, antibiotics, drugs, amino acids, 2 – 8 No 60 450 60 Weak Acid – Carboxylic acid; Exchange
Exchange (WCX) catecholamines, nucleic acid bases, nucleosides, capacity 0.22 meq/g
and surfactants
Strong Anion Ion Exchange Ion Exchange Acidic compounds Biological fluids, aqueous samples Acidic food pigments, organic acids, phenol 2 – 8 No 60 450 60 Strong Base – quaternary amine;
Exchange (SAX) compounds, nucleic acids, nucleotides, surfactants Exchange capacity 0.30 meq/g
Cyano (CN-S) Hydrophilic Normal Phase Polar to Mid-Polar compounds Non-polar organics, oils, lipids Polar compounds in hexane and oil 2 – 8 Yes 60 500 50 8% CL; Mid-range polarity between silica and C18
Florisil (FL-S) Hydrophilic Normal Phase Polar compounds Ideal for polar compounds Pesticides, Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB) 2 – 8 No – – 200 Standard grade. Alternative to silica for viscous
in non-polar matrix matrices due to large particle size
Florisil Pesticide (FL-S) Hydrophilic Normal Phase Polar compounds Ideal for polar compounds Pesticides 2 – 8 No – – 200 High purity pesticide grade. Alternative to silica
in non-polar matrix for viscous matrices
Polyamine (P6) Hydrophilic Reversed Phase Carboxylic acids, phenolics Aqueous and mid-polar matrices Aromatic and natural products; Flavones, 2 – 8 No – – 100 Nylon 6
and nitroaromatics Chalkones, Anthraquinones
300 A (C4) Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Non-polar to mid-polar compounds Biological Samples Hydrophobic peptides and polypeptides 2 – 8 No 300 – – Large pore size for isolation of large biomolecules
LCC Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Non-polar to mid-polar compounds Biological fluids, aqueous samples Non-polar compounds in aqueous solution 2 – 8 Yes 60 500 50 10% CL; Lower carbon load than C18-S and REC18
Mixed mode (MM1) Ion Exchange/ Hydrophobic Reversed Phase/SCX Basic compounds Biological samples Drugs and drug metabolites 2 – 8 No 60 450 60 Exchange capacity 0.09 meq/g
Mixed mode (MM2) Ion Exchange/ Hydrophobic Reversed Phase/WCX Very basic compounds Biological samples Drugs and drug metabolites 2 – 8 No 60 450 60 Exchange capacity 0.10 meq/g
Mixed mode (MM3) Ion Exchange/ Hydrophobic Reversed Phase/SAX Acidic compounds Biological samples Drugs and drug metabolites 2 – 8 No 60 450 60 Exchange capacity 0.14 meq/g
Supra-Poly Spherical Polymer

pH End- Pore Surface Particle
Phase Mechanism Interaction Mode Compounds Matrix Typical Applications Range Capping Size (A) Area (m2/g) Size (μm) Comments
Extreme Capacity (XC) Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Polar and non-polar Aqueous or organic Drugs and drug metabolites biological fluids 0 – 14 No – 1500 70 High capacity polystyrene-divinylbenzene (PSDVB)
Extreme Capacity Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Polar and non-polar Biological and viscous samples Drugs and drug metabolites biological fluids 0 – 14 No Wide Pore 1200 90 High capacity PSDVB for large biomolecules
Wide Pore (XWP) and viscous matrices
Hydrophilic (ATH) Hydrophilic Reversed Phase Mid to non-polar compounds Aqueous or organic Mid-polar and non-polar compounds in aqueous 1 – 13 No 70 800 75 Mixed hydrophilic/hydrophobic interactions
and organic solvents
Lipophilic (ATL) Lipophilic Reversed Phase Mid to non-polar compounds Crude samples Lipids 0 – 14 No 70 800 100 PSDVB; Alternative to high flow silica for mid-polar
to non-polar compounds (<3000D) in crude samples
Environmental (AEV) Hydrophilic/ Hydrophobic Reversed Phase Mid to non-polar compounds Aqueous or Organic Aqueous environmental compounds that are 1 – 12 No 70 800 75 Advanced environmental; Polystyrene-co-2-
not retained on C18 hydroxyethyl methacrylate (PSHEMA)
HLB Hydrophilic/lipophilic balanced Reversed Phase Mid to non-polar compounds Aqueous or organic Mid-polar and non-polar compounds in 0 – 14 No 80 850 30 and 60 Hydrophilic-lipophilic-balanced reversed-
aqueous and organic solvents phase sorbent for acids, bases and neutrals
6 BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 7
SPE
Supra-Clean Columns and Cartridges

Supra-Clean SPE products are available in a range of media weights, volumes and formats,
including easy to order selection its and application packs.
• Pure spherical silica
• Pore size 60 – 120 Å
• 17 chemistries with pH range 2 – 8
Columns
Media Weight Volume Qty. Part No. Media Weight Volume Qty. Part No.
Supra-Clean C18 Supra-Clean Strong Cation Exchange (SCX)
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306476 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306536
100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306478 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306432
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306523 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306537
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306462 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306538
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306438 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306539
500 mg 3 mL* 50 N9306642 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306540
200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306634 Supra-Clean Weak Cation Exchange (WCX)
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306448 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306544
500 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306640 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306545
1g 6 mL 30 N9306422 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306546
2g 6 mL 30 N9306430 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306547
2g 15 mL 20 N9306479 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306420
2g 25 mL 20 N9306475 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306407
Supra-Clean REC18 Supra-Clean 300Å C4
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306519 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306590
100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306520 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306591
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306455 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306592
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306521 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306593
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306522 Supra-Clean Mixed-Mode (MM1)
200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306633 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306541
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306457 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306542
1g 6 mL 30 N9306491 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306419

200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306543
Supra-Clean Strong Anion Exchange (SAX)
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306553 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306481
100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306471 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306416
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306554 200 mg 15 mL 50 N9306713
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306482 Supra-Clean Mixed-Mode (MM2)
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306555 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306548
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306556 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306549

100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306550
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306551
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306411
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306552
8 BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE

SPE
Supra-Clean Mixed-Mode (MM3) Supra-Clean Polyamine (P6)
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306649 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306518
Supra-Clean Florisil (FL-S) 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306434
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306511 Supra-Clean Phenyl (PH-S)
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306512 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306401
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306494 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306524
1g 6 mL 30 N9306413 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306525
2g 6 mL 20 N9306513 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306490
2g 15 mL 20 N9306514 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306421
2g 25 mL 20 N9306515 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306526
Supra-Clean Florisil (FL-S) Pesticide Grade 1g 6 mL 30 N9306527
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306516 Supra-Clean LCC
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306400 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306643
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306517 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306641
1g 6 mL 30 N9306436 * Not end-capped
2g 6 mL 30 N9306470
Cartridges
2g 15 mL 20 N9306443
Media Weight Qty. Part No.
2g 25 mL 20 N9306447
Supra-Clean C18
Supra-Clean Silica (SI-S)
390 mg 50 N9306587
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306532
910 mg 50 N9306588
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306444
1690 mg 50 N9306589
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306402
Supra-Clean Silica (SI-S)
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306466
300 mg 50 N9306584
1g 6 mL 30 N9306404
700 mg 50 N9306585
2g 6 mL 20 N9306533
1300 mg 50 N9306586
2g 15 mL 20 N9306534
2g 25 mL 20 N9306535
Supra-Clean Cyano (CN-S)
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306645
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306644
Supra-Clean Amino (NH2-S)
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306528
100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306410
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306529
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306414
200 mg 6 mL 50 N9306530
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306531

SPE
Supra-Poly HLB Columns

Supra-Poly SPE products are available in a range of media weights, volumes and formats,
including glass and Large Reservoir Capacity (LRC) columns.
• Contains macro-porous polymers with ultra-pure, pharmaceutical grade spherical particles
• Shorter analysis times, greater load capacity and reduced solvent usage
• Ideal for high throughput assays
Supra-Poly HLB
30 µm Columns 60 µm Columns
30 mg 1 mL 50 N9306650 30 mg 1 mL 50 N9306652
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306655 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306675
60 mg 1 mL 50 N9306656 60 mg 1 mL 50 N9306676
100 mg 1 mL 50 N9306657 100 mg 1 mL 50 N9306677
30 mg 3 mL 50 N9306651 30 mg 3 mL 50 N9306653
60 mg 3 mL 50 N9306658 60 mg 3 mL 50 N9306678
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306659 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306679
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306660 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306680
500 mg 3 mL 30 N9306661 500 mg 3 mL 30 N9306681
100 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306672 100 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306692
150 mg 6 mL 30 N9306662 150 mg 6 mL 30 N9306682
200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306663 200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306683
200 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306673 200 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306693
500 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306674 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306684
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306664 500 mg 15 mL 20 N9306685
500 mg 15 mL 20 N9306665 500 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306694
1g 15 mL 20 N9306666 1g 15 mL 20 N9306686
30 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306668 30 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306688
60 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306669 60 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306689
100 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306670 100 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306690
200 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306671 200 mg 15 mL** 50 N9306691
1g 25 mL 20 N9306667 1g 25 mL 20 N9306687
* Glass columns
** LRC columns

SPE
Supra-Poly Columns
SPE products are available in a range of media weights, volumes and formats,
including easy to order selections and application packs.
• Contains macro-porous polymers with ultra-pure, pharmaceutical grade spherical particles
• Shorter analysis times, greater load capacity and reduced solvent usage
• Ideal for high throughput assays
Supra-Poly Extreme Capacity 1500 m2/g (XC) Supra-Poly Environmental (AEV)

Columns Columns
30 mg 1 mL 50 N9306441 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306648
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306500
60 mg 1 mL 50 N9306501 Supra-Poly Hydrophilic (ATH)
100 mg 1 mL 50 N9306403
Media Weight Volume Qty. Part No.
60 mg 3 mL 50 N9306502
Columns
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306440
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306646
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306428
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306638
200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306635
200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306636
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306405
1g 15 mL 20 N9306503
Supra-Poly Lipophilic (ATL)
Supra-Poly Extra Wide Particle 1200 m2/g (XWP)
Columns
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306647
Columns
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306639
30 mg 1 mL 50 N9306504
200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306637
50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306427
60 mg 1 mL 50 N9306505
100 mg 1 mL 50 N9306506 Compared to other industry-leading SPE materials, our Extreme
60 mg 3 mL 50 N9306507 Capacity (XC) and Extra Wide Particles (XWP) lead market in surface
100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306508 area. This allows for higher capacities at lower bed weights.
200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306509
500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306418
1g 15 mL 20 N9306510

SPE
SPE Application and Selection Packs

SPE Application Packs SPE Selection Packs
Ideal for extraction of known entities from a variety of Enables quick column selection for development of reproducible
matrices, our packs are expertly tailored to meet your application and repeatable SPE methods.
needs and are designed to support major EPA methods
Description Media Volume Qty. Part No.
and applications. Weight
Description Media Volume Qty. Part No. Pre-Concentration

200 mg 6 mL 50 N9306594
Weight of Hydrophobic
Compounds from
Extraction of 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306595
Aqueous Matrix
Basic Drugs from 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306605
Biological Fluids Extraction of
500 mg 6 mL 50 N9306596
Hydrophobic
Extraction of Compounds from
Bisphenol A from 1g 6 mL 30 N9306613 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306597
Aqueous Matrix
Aqueous Matrix
Pre-Concentration 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306598
Extraction of Oil of Hydrophilic
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306612
and Grease from Compounds 500 mg 3 mL 30 N9306599
Aqueous Matrix-EPA
1g 6 mL 30 N9306611 Removal of Polar
1664 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306600
Compounds from
Extraction of PAH Aqueous and
1.5 g 6 mL 30 N9306609 500 mg 3 mL 30 N9306601
from Soil and Oil Organic Matrix
Extraction of PAH Extraction of Acidic
from Soil and Oil Basic and Neutral
1.5 g 6 mL 30 N9306610
(Glass Straight Compounds from 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306602
Column) Aqueous or Organic
Extraction of Matrix
PAH from Water Extraction of
1.5 g 6 mL 30 N9306608
Containing Humic Carboxylic Acids and
Acids 500 mg 6 mL 40 N9306603
Strong Bases from
Extraction of PAH Aqueous Matrix
4g 6 mL 30 N9306606
from Water or Soil Extraction of Weak
Extraction of PAH Bases from Aqueous 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306604
from Water or Soil Matrix
4g 6 mL 30 N9306607
(Glass Straight
Column)
Extraction of PCB 1g 6 mL 30 N9306617
from Oil
1g 3 mL 50 N9306616
Extraction of
Pesticides and
500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306614
Herbicides from
Aqueous Matrix
Extraction of Steroids
from Biological 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306615
Fluids
Extraction of SVOC
1g 6 mL 30 N9306618
from Water-EPA 525

SPE
SPE Vacuum PUMPS, Manifolds and Accessories Kit Contents

SPE Vacuum Manifolds Description Qty. 12 Position Qty. 24 Position
accommodate either Part No. Part No.
12 or 24 cartridges; Vacuum Manifold Kit 1 N9306619 1 N9306626
1, 3, 6, 15, and 25 mL Replacement 1
N9306620 1 N9306627
columns can be used. Chamber (Glass)
Manifolds are equipped Cover Gasket

1 N9306621 1 N9306628
– 12 Position
with a vacuum port
Stopcocks
to connect a standard 12 N9306624 24 N9306631
– 12 Position
laboratory vacuum
Needles
pump. Vacuum pulls 12 N9306622 24 N9306629
– Polypropylene
the sample through Needles
12 N9306623 24 N9306630
the stationary phase, metered by the stopcocks, to control the – Stainless Steel
speed of the extraction process and the sample flow. Waste and Drying Attachment 1 N9306625 1 N9306632
wash solvents are discarded and analytes are collected in sample
tubes below the manifold completing the extraction. For your Description Qty. 20 L/min 60 L/min 17 L/min 58 L/min
115 V 115 V 230 V 230 V
convenience, manifold kits are supplied in either 12 position or
24 position configurations. Vacuum Pumps 1 N9308035 N9308063 N9308331 N9308332
Syringes
Disposable Syringes
Designed for use with syringe filters, these disposable, sterile,
polypropylene syringes are for general-purpose applications.
Our package design features an airtight seal that's easy to open.
Upon removing, the syringes can be autoclaved effortlessly.
Description Pkg. Part No.

Luer-Lock Tips, 1 mL 100 02542890
Ultramicro Volume Syringes

Recommended for manual liquid sample injections of less than
5 μL for gas chromatography. Syringes come standard with
needle length of 7 cm – optimal for PerkinElmer injectors.
Syringe Capacity Gauge OD ID Tip Description Pkg. Part No.

0.5 µL 26 0.47 0.1 Bevel 1 N9302231
1.0 µL 23 0.63 0.15 Cone 1 00230177
1.0 µL 26 *
0.47 0.15 Cone 1 00230111
2.0 µL 23 0.63 0.12 Bevel 1 N9302235
5.0 µL 23 0.63 0.37 Cone 1 00230178
* Recommended for PerkinElmer wide-bore capillary adapter.

SPE
Supra-d QuEChERS Dispersive SPE

For more than 30 years, pesticide extraction methods have
evolved to ensure rugged and safe liquid chromatography (LC)
or gas chromatography (GC) analysis. Initial techniques of liquid
to liquid extraction and Dispersive SPE (dSPE) have been optimized
to combat emulsions, loss of analytes and excessive solvent
consumption.
Our Supra-d QuEChERS dispersive SPE turns sample preparation
into an easy two-step process by using the QuEChERS method.
QuEChERS (Quick, Easy, Cheap, Effective, Rugged, Safe) dispersive
SPE, is the number one used sample preparation approach in
pesticide residue analysis. It eliminates complex liquid extraction
methods and extends the range of recovered pesticides. The
QuEChERS procedure is fast and easy, improving lab productivity Our SPE extraction and clean-up kits have been customized for
and resulting in fewer errors. your specific sample preparation needs. They are designed for
both steps of the QuEChERS method and each kit includes
Features and Benefits: pre-prepared products for simplicity and error-free extractions.
A certificate of quality is included in each kit, ensuring you have
• High recoveries are achieved for more accurate analyzes
the best for your application. With our extensive line of dispersive
• Up to 4 times faster than traditional methods SPE kits you’ll be sure to find what you’re looking for.
• Low solvent usage and waste for maximum cost savings
QuEChERS simple two-step procedure:
Step 1: Extraction
Homogenize Add prepared

Add 10 mL
sample and Add internal sample to an
acetonitrile Shake Centrifuge
place 10 g in standard(s) extraction
and mix
a 50 mL tube reagent tube
Step 2: Clean-Up
Transfer an Test supernatant

aliquot of the directly by
Shake Centrifuge
supernatant to a GC, GC/MS,
clean-up tube LC, LC/MS

SPE
Supra-d QuEChERS For Multiple

Pesticide Residue Analysis
We provide a complete range of products for QuEChERS
methodologies, offering all three standard QuEChERS methods:
Original QuEChERS method, American AOAC Standard (Official
Method 2007.01) QuEChERS method and European Standard
(EN 15662) QuEChERS method. View our varieties of extraction
and clean-up kits below for added convenience.
Method Vol. Qty. MgSO4 Na Acetate Na Citrate Na Citrate NaCl Part No. Empty Tube Powder Pack Powder Pack
Sesquihydrate Part No. (pkg. 50) (pkg. 500)
Part No. Part No.
Extraction Kits
AOAC 2007.01 50 mL 50 6g 1.5 g N9306900 N9306935 N9306936 N9306939
EN 15662 50 mL 50 4g 1g 0.5 g 1g N9306901 N9306935 N9306937 N9306940
Original 50 mL 50 4g 1g N9306902 N9306935 N9306938 N9306941
Description Vol. Qty. MgSO4 *
PSA**
C18***
PGC****
Part No.
AOAC 2007.01 Clean-Up Kits
Fruit and Vegetables 2 mL 100 150 mg 50 mg N9306908
Fruit and Vegetables with Fats and Waxes 2 mL 100 150 mg 50 mg 50 mg N9306910
Waxed Fruit and Vegetables 15 mL 50 1200 mg 400 mg 400 mg N9306911
Pigmented Fruit and Vegetables 15 mL 50 1200 mg 400 mg 400 mg N9306912
Fruit and Vegetables with Pigments and Fats 2 mL 100 150 mg 50 mg 50 mg 50 mg N9306913
Fruit and Vegetables with Pigments and Fats 15 mL 50 1200 mg 400 mg 400 mg 400 mg N9306914
EN 15662 Clean-Up Kits
Fruit and Vegetables with Fats and Waxes 2 mL 100 150 mg 25 mg 25 mg N9306922
Waxed Fruit and Vegetables 15 mL 50 900 mg 150 mg 150 mg N9306923
Pigmented Fruit and Vegetables 15 mL 50 900 mg 150 mg 15 mg N9306924
Pigmented Fruit and Vegetables 2 mL 100 150 mg 25 mg 2.5 mg N9306925
High Pigmented Fruit and Vegetables 2 mL 100 150 mg 25 mg 7.5 mg N9306926
High Pigmented Fruit and Vegetables 15 mL 50 900 mg 150 mg 45 mg N9306927
Description Method Vol. Qty. MgSO4 *
PSA **
C18 ***
PGC ****
Part No.
Clean-up Kit
Clean-up Kit Original 15 mL 50 900 mg 300 mg 150 mg N9306933
*
MgSO4 removes excess water.
**
PSA removes sugars, fatty acids, organic acids, and anthocyanine pigments.
***
C18 removes nonpolar interferences.
****
PGC (carbon) removes pigments, sterols, and nonpolar interferences.

SYRINGE FILTERS
Nylon and PTFE Syringe Filters

PTFE (Hydrophobic) Syringe Filters
These are versatile filters for use with aggressive organic solvent-
based solutions and are particularly suited for HPLC sample
preparation. Hydrophobic PTFE syringe filters have broad chemical
compatibility and high pH resistance.
Size Pkg. Color 0.22 µm Particle 0.45 µm Particle

(mm) Part No. Part No.
4 200 Clear 02542906 02542907
13 100 Red 02542908 02542909
17 100 Red 02542884 02542910
Our Syringe Filters are lab tested and certified to bring you 25 100 Red 02542911 02542912
the highest quality syringe filters available. Our membrane
30 100 Red 02542886 02542885
materials are supplied per ISO9001:2008 certified manufacturing
practices in certified clean room conditions. We utilize the latest
manufacturing technology to ensure you receive a high quality, PVDF (Hydrophobic Polyvinylidene Fluoride)
consistent product every time. Syringe Filters
Select our superior premium 17 and 30 mm filters which are Compatible with a wide range of mild organic solutions. PVDF
suitable for coarse/crude samples or higher detection limit membranes are not recommended for use with acetone, DMF,
applications (such as food, beverage, or environmental analysis) DMSO, or bases >6N.
and our 4, 13 and 25 mm syringe filters are ideal for routine Size Pkg. Color 0.22 µm Particle 0.45 µm Particle
QA/QC analysis. (mm) Part No. Part No.
4 200 Clear 02542913 02542914
Nylon Syringe Filters 13

17
100
100
Yellow
Maroon
02542915
02542916
02542783
02542917
Ideal for aqueous (non-acidic) or organic sample preparation and 25 100 Yellow 02542918 02542919
HPLC, GC or dissolution sample analysis. With its excellent
30 100 Maroon 02542920 02542921
flow characteristics, very low extractable levels and mechanical
stability, Nylon offers the best combination of physical parameters
to meet the most stringent analytical needs. PTFE (Hydrophylic) Syringe Filters
These filters are suitable for use with aqueous and aggressive
Size Pkg. Color 0.22 µm Particle 0.45 µm Particle
(mm) Part No. Part No. organic solvent-based solutions and are suitable for HPLC sample
4 200 Clear 02542900 02542901 preparation. They have broad chemical compatibility and
13 100 Purple 02542902 02542903
high pH resistance.
17 100 Yellow 02542881 02542880 Size Pkg. Color 0.22 µm Particle 0.45 µm Particle
(mm) Part No. Part No.
25 100 Purple 02542904 02542905
4 200 Clear 02542922 02542923
30 100 Yellow 02542883 02542882
13 100 Red 02542924 02542925
25 100 Red 02542926 02542927
30 100 Red 02542928 02542929

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Vials, Caps and Septa Vial, Cap and Septa Kits

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality Buying a kit offers you a guaranteed
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments. proper fit between the cap and
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind that vial. Available with either glass or
comes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need. polypropylene vials, and a range of
cap choices, these autosampler vial,
cap and septa kits make it surprisingly
simple to re-stock your laboratory.
Quick Reference Index Page
Autosampler Caps and Septa 23
Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits 24 Fused Inserts

Autosampler Vials 20
Autosampler Vials
For easy handling and sampling of
Autosampler Vial Inserts 22
micro volumes, try our glass vials
with fused sample inserts. A variety
Autosampler High Recovery Vials 21
of volumes are available in either
clear or amber glass.
Autosampler Vials with Fused Inserts 21
Autosampler Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa 25
Crimpers: Electronic, Handheld and Benchtop 30 Electronic Crimpers

The upgraded electronic crimper and
CTC Headspace Vials 27 decapper model features a new digital
display that indicates tool size, remaining
Headspace Caps and Septa 28 battery power, current crimp setting, and
the cycle result. The settings menu provides
Headspace Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa 25 tool statistics, a cycle log, reset options, and
language settings. Benefit from consistent
Headspace Crimp Top Vials 26 crimp power time and time again at the touch
of a button.
Headspace Screw Top Vials 27
Headspace Starter Kits 29
Headspace Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits 29
How to Choose a Vial and Seal 19
Quality Matters; Vials, Caps and Septa 18
Waste and Wash Vials, Caps and Septa for GC 22
CLICK THE ARROWS

TO VIEW EACH PAGE BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 17
Quality Matters: Vials, Caps and Septa

Vials and closures are a critical part of your workflow; just as important as the instrument or column used. It is easy to think of a vial
or cap as a low cost commodity that won’t impact your results, but the reality is different. It’s not only the physical attributes that can
affect overall analytical performance, but also the quality of the glass and septa used. Contamination from sub-standard glass or poor
quality septa (Figure 3) can lead to interferences, inaccuracies and failures which ultimately effects lab productivity.
Figure 3. Bonded Cap Analysis. Features and Benefits:

• Vials are made from Type I
Competitive Bonded Septa
Borosilicate Glass; which meets all
USP, JP and EP requirements. This
glass is very hard and has a low
expansion coefficient even at
high temperature
• Vials are stringently tested using
PerkinElmer “Standard” Bonded Septa
camera gauging technology to
ensure final product meets all
dimensional specifications
• All our vials, caps and septa are
fit to perform on PerkinElmer and
PerkinElmer “Ultra Low Bleed” Bonded Septa non-PerkinElmer instruments
• We stock a wide variety of sizes,
colors and materials of vials, caps
and septa
• All vials are packed in a clean room
Blank
and those labelled with ‘LC Clean’
include an additional certificate
of analysis
• Option for ultra low bleed septa
for the ultimate in inertness. Batch
certification is also available
The GC comparison, above, compares a competitive brand of septa to PerkinElmer’s

standard and ultra-low bleed septa products. The level of siloxanes bleed identified in
the competitive product is clearly at a much higher level compared to our septa.
Taking purity and inertness to the next level are PerkinElmer’s range of ultra low bleed
septa. Offering unsurpassed quality, no bleed is detected ensuring maximum sensitivity
for applications; particularly MS, headspace and SPME.
You can rely on PerkinElmer to consistently supply only the highest quality vials, caps
and septa to ensure that your analytical instruments continue to operate smoothly.
All are tested to our stringent requirements and are compatible with both PerkinElmer
instruments and other vendor systems. Choose from a range of glass or polypropylene
vials and select your particular closure from a variety of options. Separate vials and caps
can readily be purchased or select one of our kits for added convenience.

How to Choose a Vial:

1. Choose a size.
a. Volume (i.e. 2 mL, high recovery or micro volume) ID
b. Diameter and height (i.e.12 mm x 32 mm)

c. ID of the neck (i.e. 9 mm or 11 mm)
d. Finish (i.e. snap, crimp or screw top)
Height
2. Choose a color.
If your sample is sensitive to light you may
want to consider an amber vial.
3. Choose a material. Diameter
Vials are available in both glass and polypropylene.
For biological applications polypropylene vials are recommended.
How to Choose a Seal:

1. Choose a septa material.
Required temperature of operation, resistance to coring, storage shelf
time are a few of the variables that should be taken into consideration
when choosing your septa material.
Refer to the table below for an overview of compatibility.
2. Decide between a pre-slit or non-slit septa.
Due to the technique and type of needle they use, pre-slit septa are ideal
for LC systems, while non-slit septa are ideal for GC and GC/MS systems.
3. Match the size of the cap/septa with the size of your vial.
Cap and Septa Compatibility

PTFE/Silicone PTFE/Red Rubber PTFE/Red Butyl Red Butyl
Temperature range Up to 210 °C Up to 160 °C Up to 130 °C Up to 130 °C
Use for multiple injections? Yes Yes No No
Price per 1000 Expensive Economical Economical Very Economical
Resistance to coring Excellent Good Low Low
Recommended for storage Yes Yes No No
Solvent Compatibility
Acids Excellent Good Fair Fair
Alcohols Good Fair Good Good
Chloroform Good Poor Fair Fair
Ethyl acetate Excellent Good Fair Fair
Hexane Good Poor Poor Poor
Methanol Excellent Good Good Good
Do You Need Anything Else?

We have a wide variety of crimpers, decappers,
and vial trays to also make your analysis easier.

2 mL Autosampler Vials
Screw Top Snap Top Crimp Top
2 mL Autosampler Glass Vials (12 x 32 mm)

Our vials are manufactured from Type I Borosilicate Glass, which meets all USP, JP, and EP Pharmacopeia requirements.
The glass performs excellently at high temperatures and is chemical resistant to acidic, neutral and alkali solutions.
2 mL Autosampler Vials for GC

The vials listed below are the commonly used configurations for GC and are compatible with GC auto samplers.
Crimp vials are commonly used, but crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Neck ID Size (mm) Vial Top Type Vial Description Pkg. Part No.
9 Screw Clear glass 100 N9306201
9 Screw Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9307801
9 Screw Clear glass with write on patch (deactivated) 100 N9304139
9 Screw Amber glass 100 N9306220
9 Screw Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9307802
9 Screw Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines (deactivated) 100 N9304140
11 Crimp Clear glass 100 N9301385
11 Crimp Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9306223
11 Crimp Amber glass 100 N9302680
11 Crimp Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9302679
2 mL Autosampler Vials for LC

The vials listed below are the commonly used configurations for LC and are compatible with LC auto samplers.
Screw vials are commonly used, but crimp or screw configurations can be used.
9 Screw Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9307801
9 Screw Clear glass with write on patch (deactivated) 100 N9304139
9 Screw Amber glass 100 N9306220
9 Screw Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9307802
9 Screw Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines (deactivated) 100 N9304140
11 Crimp Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines (deactivated) 100 N9304135
11 Crimp Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines (deactivated) 100 N9304136
11 Snap Clear glass 100 N9303418
11 Snap Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9306207
11 Snap Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines (deactivated) 100 N9304137
11 Snap Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9306208
11 Snap Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines (deactivated) 100 N9304138

1.5 mL LC Autosampler High Recovery Vials
Manufactured from the same high quality Type 1 Class A borosilicate glass as our standard 2 mL vials, these high recovery vials provide
efficient handling of a range sample volumes from 30 µL to 1.5 mL, with the convenience of a single vial format.
11 Snap Clear glass 100 N2926201
11 Crimp Clear glass 100 N2926200
Micro Volume Autosampler Vials
For easy liquid sampling, try our glass vials with fused sample inserts; a variety of volumes are available in either clear or amber glass.
They are ideal when handling micro volume samples.
Neck ID size (mm) Capacity Vial Top Type Vial Description Pkg. Part No.
9 300 µL Screw Clear glass 100 N9300715
9 300 µL Screw Amber glass 100 N9300716
11 300 µL Crimp Clear glass 100 N9300709
11 300 µL Snap Clear glass 100 N9300711
11 300 µL Crimp Amber glass 100 N9300710
11 300 µL Snap Amber glass 100 N9300712

Autosampler Vial Inserts
Flat Bottom Precision Point

Insert Insert
Our vial inserts are made from the same Type 1 borosilicate glass as our vials and can be used for maximum sample extraction when
handling micro volumes. Extend the usability of your standard 2 mL vials with the addition of a micro volume insert. Simply select the
vial insert that matches with the neck ID of your vial.
Insert Capacity Insert Dimension (mm) Fits Vial Neck ID (mm) Qty. Part No.
250 µL 6 x 29 spring bottom 9, 10 or 11 100 N9300703
400 µL 6 x 31 flat bottom 9, 10 or 11 100 N9300704
Waste and Wash Vials, Caps and Septa for GC

Screw Screw Screw
ID Size (mm) Product Description Part No. Pkg. 1 Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 1000
13 Clear Glass Vial – 4 mL (15 x 45 mm) 09923031 N9306247
200 µL Vial Insert N9302681
Support for Vial Insert N9302682*
13 Black Cap with PTFE/Silicone N9304141 N9304142
(Ultra Low Bleed) Septa
13 Black Phenolic Cap (no Septa) 09923032
13 Silicone Septa (no Cap) N9302780
Vial Diffuser N6101276
*N9302682 is pkg. 500.

Autosampler Caps and Septa

PerkinElmer offers a variety of caps and septa to fulfil your application needs. Our screw thread
vial caps use the revolutionary Inter-Seal®. This uses a process that bonds silicone/PTFE and other
elastomeric compounds directly into thermoplastic closures eliminates liner fallout, while still
providing the excellent re-sealability and multiple injection capability. No adhesives are used in
this process, bonding the cap and septa at the molecular level of plastic and rubber. These septa
have a very broad chemical resistance and can be used in many markets including: environmental,
diagnostic packaging, pharmaceutical packaging, cosmetic and food packaging.
Pre-Assembled Caps and Septa for LC

Neck ID Size (mm) Septa Type Cap Type Closure Type Pkg. Part No.
9 PTFE/silicone ultra-low bleed Blue (polypropylene) Screw 100 N9306362
9 PTFE/silicone ultra-low bleed (pre-slit) Blue (polypropylene) Screw 100 N9306364
9 PTFE/silicone (pre-slit) Blue (polypropylene) Screw 100 N9306203
11 PTFE/red rubber Aluminium (silver) Crimp 100 N9306015
11 PTFE/red rubber Aluminium (blue) Crimp 100 N9302686
11 PTFE/silicone (red/white) Aluminium (silver) Crimp 100 N9306228
11 PTFE/Silicone (red/white) ultra-low bleed Aluminium (silver) Crimp 100 N9304148
11 PTFE/Silicone (red/white) ultra-low bleed Clear (polypropylene) Snap 100 N9304149
11 PTFE/silicone (red/white) Clear plastic (polyethylene) Snap 100 N9303419
11 PTFE/silicone (red/white) pre-slit Clear plastic (polyethylene) Snap 100 N9303416
11 PTFE/silicone/PTFE Aluminum (silver) Crimp 100 N9306229
Pre-Assembled Caps and Septa for GC

Neck ID Size (mm) Septa Type Cap Type Closure Type Pkg. Part No.
9 PTFE/silicone (pre-slit) Blue (polypropylene) Screw 100 N9306203
11 PTFE/red rubber Aluminium (sliver) Crimp 100 N9306015
11 PTFE/red rubber Aluminium (green) Crimp 100 N9302684
11 PTFE/red rubber Aluminium (red) Crimp 100 N9302685
11 PTFE/red rubber Aluminium (blue) Crimp 100 N9302686
11 PTFE/silicone, ultra-low bleed (red/white) Aluminium (silver) Crimp 100 N9304148
11 PTFE/silicone/PTFE Aluminium (silver) Crimp 100 N9306229

Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits

Available with either glass or polypropylene vials and a range of cap choices,
these autosampler vial, cap and septa kits make it surprisingly simple to re-stock
your laboratory.
Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits for LC

Screw Top Screw Top
ID Size (mm) Septa Type Cap Type Vial Type Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 500
9 PTFE/Red Rubber Blue Cap Clear Glass N9300699
9 PTFE/Silicone Blue Cap Amber Glass N9300719
9 PTFE/Silicone Blue Cap Clear Glass N9300700
9 PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit) Blue Cap Amber Polypropylene N9301735
9 PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit) Blue Cap Clear Polypropylene N9301736
9 PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit) Blue Cap Clear Glass N9300701
10 PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit) Black Cap Clear Glass N9300695 N9300650
10 PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit) Black Cap Amber Glass N9300696
Crimp Top Snap Top
ID Size (mm) Septa Type Cap Type Vial Type Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 100
11 PTFE/Silicone Clear Plastic Cap Clear Glass N9300702
11 PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit) Clear Plastic Cap Clear Glass N9300697
11 PTFE/Silicone/PTFE Clear Plastic Cap Clear Glass N9300698
Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits for GC

Crimp Top
ID Size (mm) Septa Type Cap Type Vial Type Part No. Pkg. 100
11 PTFE/Red Rubber Aluminum Cap Clear Glass N9300502
11 PTFE/Silicone Aluminum Cap Clear Glass N9300500
11 PTFE/Silicone/PTFE Aluminum Cap Clear Glass N9300501

Ultra Low Bleed Septa

Septa quality, as well as vial quality, are important to ensure rugged and reproducible analytical results, day in day out. Our range
of ultra-low bleed septa offers the ultimate in purity and inertness. Eliminate potential contamination from septa which can lead
to interferences, inaccuracies and failures which ultimately effects lab productivity. A range of septa combinations are available for
standard analytical and headspace applications. The 1.3 mm thick septa are recommended for SPME applications.
2 mL Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa

Neck ID Size Description Material Screw Top Screw Top Snap Top Crimp Top
(mm)
Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 1000 Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 100
9 PTFE/Silicone Blue polypropylene N9306362 N9306363
9 PTFE/Silicone (pre split) Blue polypropylene N9306364 N9306365
11 PTFE/Silicone (red/white) Aluminium (silver) N9304148
11 PTFE/Silicone (red/white) Clear (polypropylene) N9304149
Headspace Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa

As the ultra low bleed septa in the headspace crimp caps are thinner than the standard septa, it is essential to use a higher necked vial to
ensure a tight crimp. Part number N9306883 should be used. Applying the caps to an alternative vial does not guarantee a tight seal.
Septa Type Cap Type Crimp Top Screw Top

Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 100
PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Bi-Metal Cap N9304181
– must be used with high neck crimp vials
(N9306883) to ensure a tight seal
PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Gold/Aluminium Cap N9304183
– must be used with high neck crimp vials
(N9306883) to ensure a tight seal
PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Aluminium Magnetic Cap N9304175
PTFE/Silicone (red/white) 1.3 mm thick Aluminium Magnetic Cap N9304177
PTFE/Silicone (white/blue) 1.3 mm thick Aluminium Magnetic Cap N9304179

Headspace Vials
We offer a variety of GC headspace vials, caps and
septa to fulfil your application needs. Our patented vial
and cap design incorporates pressure-relief features
which guarantee safe operation with the high pressure
typically developed during thermostatting. Ordinary
vials and caps without these safety features may burst.
All of our headspace vials have a greater wall thickness
and round base which enables them to withstand
pressure up to 60 psig. Low-volume sampling can
be achieved by using a 6 mL vial and vial adapter.
All PerkinElmer headspace vials are manufactured
to specific tolerances that are guaranteed for fit
and performance.
Headspace Crimp Top Vials

Round bottomed vials designed for use with PerkinElmer headspace instruments.
Vial Volume Dimensions (OD x Height) Description Pkg. Part No.

(mm)
6 mL 21.75 x 38 Clear glass vial (requires Part No. N6120110 for use)* 125 N9302134
6 mL – Low volume adaptor for 6 mL vial (Part No. N9302134)* 10 N6120110
10 mL 21.75 x 46 Clear glass vial (requires Part No. N6120111 for use) 100 N6356478
10 mL – Low volume adapter for 10 mL vial (Part No. N6356478) 10 N6120111
20 mL 23 x 75.5 Clear glass vial (no logo) 1000 N9306216
20 mL 23 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with ‘P’ logo 100 N9306079
20 mL 23 x 75.5 Clear glass vial, with ‘P’ logo 1000 B0104236
20 mL 23 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines 100 N9303349
* Not compatible with TurboMatrix HS 110 headspace sampler.

Headspace Screw Top Vials

Round bottomed vials designed for use with PerkinElmer headspace instruments.
Vial Volume Dimensions (OD x Height) Description Pkg. Part No.

(mm)
10 mL 23 x 46 Clear glass vial, no adaptor 100 N6356479

CTC Headspace Vials

Vial Volume Vial Closure Type Dimensions (OD x Height) Description Pkg. Part No.
(mm)
20 mL Crimp 22.6 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with ‘P’ logo (radius bottom) 100 N6356471
20 mL Crimp 22.6 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines 100 N6356472
(radius bottom)
20 mL Crimp 22.6 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines 1000 N9303351*
(radius bottom)
20 mL Crimp 22.6 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines 1000 N9303352**
(flat bottom)
20 mL Screw 22.6 x 75.5 Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines 1000 N9306242
(radius bottom)
*Also suitable for Shimadzu, Tekmar and Varian.

** Also suitable for Agilent.

Headspace Caps and Septa

Choose the right septa for your analysis. Although a wide variety of septa is available,
chemical compatibility and temperature are the most critical to the analysis. Temperature
applies not only to the vial, but also to the temperature of the instrument’s needle used
for pressurization and sample transfer, which is heated to prevent condensation. A needle
temperature higher than the vial temperature setting can decompose the septum material.
PTFE coated silicone offers the highest temperature operating limits.
(See Septa Recommended Chart on page 19 for more details.)
Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps and Septa

Septa Type Aluminum Caps Crimp Top Crimp Top
(Pre-Assembled) Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 1000
PTFE/Silicone (white) Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa N9304146 B4000022
PTFE/Silicone (white) Aluminum, Skived Pressure Relief N9302975
PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Bi-Metal Cap N9304181
– must be used with high neck crimp vials (N9306883) to ensure a tight seal
Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Gold Aluminium Cap N9304183 N9304184
– must be used with high neck crimp vials (N9306883) to ensure a tight seal
Un-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps and Septa

Septa Type Aluminum Caps Crimp Top Crimp Top
(Un-Assembled) Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 1000
PTFE/Silicone (white) Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa B0104241 B0104242
Aluminum/Silicone Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa B0104243 B0104244
Pre-Assembled Magnetic Crimp and Screw Caps and Septa
Septa Type Closure Magnetic Caps (Pre-Assembled) Part No. Pkg. 100
PTFE/Silicone (red) Screw Steel Magnetic Cap N6356474
PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 0.060 in. thick Screw Steel Magnetic Cap N6356476
PTFE/Silicone (white) Screw Steel Magnetic Cap N9306077
PTFE/Silicone (blue) Crimp Steel Magnetic Cap N6356559
PTFE/Silicone (blue) Screw Steel Magnetic Cap N6356475
PTFE/Silicone (blue) Crimp Bi-Metal Magnetic Cap N6356566
Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Crimp Bi-Metal Cap N9304181
Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick Screw Aluminium Magnetic Cap N9304175
Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (red/white) 1.3 mm thick Screw Aluminium Magnetic Cap N9304177
Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (white/blue) 1.3 mm thick Screw Aluminium Magnetic Cap N9304179

Headspace Vial, Cap and Septa

Convenience Kits
We understand your challenges and offer a variety of kits
so that you can easily order and restock your laboratory supplies.
Crimp Top
Septa Type Cap Type Vial Type Part No. Pkg. 100 Part No. Pkg. 1000
PTFE/Silicone (white) Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa 20 mL Crimp Top Clear Glass with Write on Patch and Fill Lines N9303992
(Radius Bottom)
PTFE/Silicone (white) Aluminum, Skived Pressure Relief 20 mL Crimp Top Clear Glass with Write-on Patch and Fill Lines N9300902
(ultra bleed) (Flat Bottom)
PTFE/Silicone (white) Aluminum, Skived 20 mL Crimp Top Clear Glass with Write-on Patch and Fill Lines N9300903
(non pressure release) (Flat Bottom)
Screw Top
Septa Type Cap Type Vial Type Part No. Pkg. 72
PTFE/Silicone Open Top Gray Polypropylene Screw Cap 40 mL Screw Top Clear Glass (24 mm x 98 mm) N6352030
PTFE/Silicone Open Top Gray Polypropylene Screw Cap 40 mL Screw Top Amber Glass (24 mm x 98 mm) N6352031
PTFE/Silicone – – N6352032*
– Open Top Gray Polypropylene Screw Cap – N6352033*
* N6352032 and N6352033 are only available in pkg. 72. N6352032 is septa only. N6352033 is cap only.
Headspace Starter Kits

We offer a variety of headspace consumables so you can evaluate different types of septa and vials for your sampling requirements.
Headspace Headspace Headspace Mini

Starter Kit 500 Starter Kit 100 Starter Kit 1000
Kits Include: Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
B0505601 N6710195 N6710198
20 mm Hand Crimper N9302785 1 1 1*
20 mL Clear Glass Crimp Top Vials N9306079 500 500 1000
PTFE/Butyl (red) Septa with Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps B0104239 100 100
PTFE/Silicone (white) Septa with Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps B0104241 100 100 1000
Aluminum/Silicone Septa with Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps B0104243 100 100
20 mL Clear Glass Screw Top Vials N9306075 500 100
PTFE/Butyl (red) Septa with Steel Magnetic Screw Caps N9306076 100 100
PTFE/Silicone (white) Septa with Steel Magnetic Screw Caps N9306077 100 100
Needle Seal Assemblies B0500833 2 2
O-Rings B0198110 10 10
Pressure Gauge with Needle for Vials B0501377 1 1
‘Static Headspace GC Theory and Practice’ book by B. Kolb and L.S. Ettre N1011210 1 1
* This kit includes an Ergonomic Hand Crimper.

Crimpers: Electronic, Handheld and Benchtop

Crimping Tools and Vial Accessories
Whatever your need may be, we offer a wide range of crimping tools for your convenience.
Our universal voltage, precision control, power crimpers with adjustable settings are designed to deliver
hundreds of crimps on a single battery charge. The tools are ergonomically designed to reduce strain
associated with the repetitive actions of using a blocky metal manual crimping tool.
Benchtop
Crimper
Autosampler Crimper and Decapper Tools

Description Qty. Part No.
Benchtop Crimper 1 N6621006
Benchtop Crimper Jaws – 11 mm 1 N6621008
Manual Electronic Electronic Hand Crimper – 11 mm 1 N9304500

Ergonomic Hand Electronic Hand Decapper – 11 mm 1 N9304502
Crimper Crimper
Manual Hand Crimper – 8 mm 1 N9306127
Manual Hand Crimper – 11 mm 1 00090699
Headspace Crimper and Decapper Tools
Manual Hand Crimper (Ergonomic) – 11 mm 1 N6621035
Description Qty. Part No. Manual Hand Decapper – 11 mm 1 N9301390
Benchtop Crimper 1 N6621006 Manual Hand Decapper (Ergonomic) – 11 mm 1 N6621036
Benchtop Crimper Jaws – 20 mm 1 N6621009
Electronic Hand Crimper – 20 mm 1 N9304501
High Powered Crimpers
Electronic Hand Decapper – 20 mm 1 N9304503
and Decappers
Manual Hand Crimper – 20 mm 1 N9302785
The high powered crimper and decapper
Manual Hand Crimper (Ergonomic) – 20 mm 1 N6621037
is an essential laboratory accessory for
Manual Hand Decapper – 20 mm 1 N9301270
any high through put environment.
Manual Hand Decapper (Ergonomic) – 20 mm 1 N6621038 Experience the benefits of not only fast
and accurate crimping or decapping,
but also the ultimate tool in flexibility
with interchangeable jaw sets. Now in
a single unit, you can crimp and decap
standard analytical vials and headspace
vials. Changing the jaws, either size or High Powered Crimper
function, takes a matter of just seconds. with Jaw Set

Vial Racks
High Powered Crimping Tool 1 N9304510
20 mm Crimper Jaw Set 1 N9304511
11 mm Vial Rack – 50 Vial Capacity 1 N9301303
20 mm Decapper Jaw Set 1 N9304512
20 mm Vial Rack – 36 Vial Capacity 1 N9301304
11 mm Crimper Jaw Set 1 N9304513
11 mm Decapper Jaw Set 1 N9304514
Base and Mounting Kit 1 N9304515

LC COLUMNS
LC Columns Quasar HPLC

& UHPLC Columns
We offer a wide selection of superior quality products
designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind that
Whether it’s food, water, or
comes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.
pharmaceutical testing, our
Quasar LC column portfolio
allows you to achieve
Quick Reference Index Page rugged and reproducible
results - batch to batch and
Brownlee Aquapore Columns 51 column to column – with an
all-encompassing, flexible
solution that meets the
Brownlee Aquapore Prep-10 Cartridge Columns 51
diverse, changing needs
of analysis.
Brownlee Pecosphere Cartridge Columns 53
Brownlee Polypore Cartridge Columns 54
Brownlee Spheri-5 and Spheri-10 Columns 52 Quasar SPP Columns

Our next-generation superficially porous particle (SPP) phases
Brownlee SPP Columns 55 promise productivity with shorter run times and less solvent.
Just as robust as traditional silica phases, with excellent ligand
Cartridge Holders for MPLC Cartridges 57 stability and solid packed bed results in robust, reliable columns.
LC Column Selection Overview 35
NewGuard Cartridges 57
Brownlee Spheri Columns
Quasar HPLC and UHPLC Columns 37 The Brownlee Spheri line of columns is based on a small-pore
(80 A) silica-based sorbent (5 µm and 10 µm) optimized for
Quasar C18 Method Validation Kits 45 separating small molecules.
Quasar SPP Columns 46
Selecting the Right Column 34
USP Column Listing 36
CLICK THE ARROWS

LC COLUMNS
Copyright © 2018 PerkinElmer, Inc. 400387_01 All rights reserved. PerkinElmer® is a registered trademark of PerkinElmer, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
REVEAL
MORE
Meet the triple quad that surpasses expectations

Our QSight® triple quad LC/MS/MS family is known for robust, reliable
performance. But now there’s something new – something better: the
QSight 400 series. Our ready-to-implement solution has the highest sensitivity
and throughput in the industry and the capability to take on the most
challenging samples – adulterants in the food supply, mycotoxins and pesticides
in cannabis, and environmental contaminants in soil and water. The QSight 400
series: The triple quad you know just got even better.
Learn more at www.perkinelmer.com/QSight

32
LC COLUMNS
LC Instruments
Flexar™ Liquid HPLC and UHPLC QSight® LC/MS/MS QSight® LX50 Solvent
Our rugged, reliable Flexar HPLC system A versatile triple quad LC/MS/MS Delivery Module
provides robust, trouble free-operation instrument with the accuracy, sensitivity The QSight LX50 UHPLC system, paired
and is perfect for routine analyzes, while and repeatability needed to ensure with the industry’s most flexible mass
the Flexar UHPLC gives you the highest compliance. QSight includes StayClean™ spectrometer, delivers all the sensitivity
sensitivity and resolution, with faster technology, Laminar Flow Ion Guide™ and and specificity you need for a wide range
results for more demanding applications. dual source ESI and APCI modes allow you applications. Featuring a high precision
to be more productive, with 15% more autosampler, advanced UHPLC solvent
uptime and virtually no maintenance. delivery module and a flexible column
Applications: temperature module, the QSight LX50
UHPLC delivers the performance required
• Routine analysis
Applications: for even the most demanding analyzes.
• Quality testing of raw materials
• Testing for Pesticide Residues
• Determine fraud/adulteration
of products • Analyzing for Mycotoxins Applications:
• Ensure lot-to-lot consistency • Detecting Veterinary Drug Residues
• Ideal for critical analyzes such as
• Research-based analysis for • Detecting Acrylamide pesticide residues and nutritional
new products • Testing for Hormones component analyzes
• Analyzing for Vitamins • Suitable for difficult sample matrices

often found in food, environmental
• Analyzing for Pharmaceutical and
and industrial applications
Personal Care Product Contaminants

LC COLUMNS
Selecting The Right Column • Ion Exchange

Having the right stationary phase for your separation is the first • Reversed Phase
Water Soluble • HILIC
step in selecting the appropriate column. This should be based on
Low MW
sample solubility, chemical differences among the analytes and (<5000 g/mol)
similarity to the chemistry of the stationary phase. • Normal Phase
Organic Soluble • Reversed Phase
Selection of column type should first be considered by choosing • Non-Aqueous
the appropriate chromatographic separation mode; guided by the Size Exclusion
solute’s molecular size and polarity. An outline of this is illustrated
• Aqueous Size
on the right for reference. For some analytes more than one Exclusion
technique may be appropriate. • Ion Exchange
Water Soluble • Hydrophobic
Reversed Phase Separations High MW Interaction
(>5000 g/mol)
The majority of HPLC analyzes are still performed in reversed-
Organic Soluble • Non-Aqueous
phase mode, due to the fact that the analytes of interest can Size Exclusion
be dissolved in water, or mixtures of water and a polar organic
solvent such as methanol or acetonitrile. Today, there are a wealth
of RP bonded phase chemistries that can be applied to your
HILIC Separations
separation challenges, some of which are illustrated below.
HILIC is a hybrid of normal phase (NP), reverse phase (RP) and
The scope of bonded phases available in RP has widened over
ion chromatography techniques. The eluents of RP combined
the years and now incorporates not only the traditional C18 and
with the stationary phases of NP and charged analytes of ion
C8 chemistries but includes “AQ type” columns to aid in the
chromatography yield the basis of HILIC. The mechanism of
retention and resolution of more complex polar analytes. There
separation has been the subject of much discussion in the
are two general approaches to the bonded phase chemistry of
literature. However it is generally agreed that a water-rich
AQ columns; to either employ a polar or hydrophilic endcapping
layer forms on the surface of the polar stationary phase vs. the
or embed a polar entity, such as an amide, within the alkyl chain.
water-deficient mobile phase, creating liquid/liquid partitioning.
Both offer the potential to alter selectivity compared to alkyl phases.
Moreover, the separation mechanism is more complex than
partitioning alone, with dipole-dipole and electrostatic
• Alternative • Alternative • Alternative interactions also contributing to retention. The more polar
selectivity selectivity selectivity compounds will have a stronger interaction with the stationary
• Can be used • Can be used • More retention • Less aqueous layer and are therefore retained longer than the less
in HILIC & in HILIC & for polar retention
NP mode NP mode compounds than C18 polar compounds. The elution order opposite to that is observed
in reverse phase HPLC.
CN AMINO HILIC C8 Below is a useful guide for the application of C18, AQ and HILIC
• Polar end column phases in the analysis of polar compounds.
capped
C18 phase
• Alternative • 100% H2O
selectivity C18/PFP C18 AQ Poly- Amino acids/ low to Lipids
compatible saccharides peptides medium polar Liposolubles
• High • More components vitamins
resolution retention
for polar Hydrophilic analytes Hydrophobic analytes
RP compounds
PFP Phenyl Amide AQ Plus
• Alternative • Alternative • Alternative • Alternative C18

selectivity selectivity selectivity selectivity
• Less retentive • Particularly • Amide group • More retention
than C18 for phenolics embedded in for polar C18 AQ
• Particularly the alkyl chain compounds
for phenolics • More retention for HILIC
polar compounds
Choice in RP bonded phase chemistries for HPLC analysis. Application of C18, AQ and HILIC phases in the analysis of polar compounds.

LC COLUMNS
PerkinElmer LC Column Selection Overview

Brand Phase Particle Pore size Carbon End Cap Application USP Code
Size (μm) (Å) %
Aquapore ODS (C18) 7, 20 300 10 Yes Suitable for the separation of large biomolecules such as peptides L1
and proteins
Pecosphere C18 3,5 80 11 Yes RP column for fast separation of small compounds L1
Pecosphere RA C18 3,5 80 12 Yes RP sorbent geared towards the fast separation of basic L1
compounds/pharmaceuticals
Pecosphere RA C8 3,5 80 5 Yes RP sorbent geared towards the fast separation for increasingly L7
basic compounds
Pecosphere C18 scavenger 10 80 11 Yes L1
Polypore CA 10 microporous – – For the analysis of sugars and organic acids L19
Polypore H 10 microporous – – For the analysis of sugars and organic acids L17
Quasar C18 1.7, 3, 5 100 17 Yes Workhorse HPLC and UHPLC phase for RP small molecule analysis, basic, L1
neutral and acidic analytes
Quasar C8 1.7, 3, 5 100 13 Yes General purpose C8 for separations that require less retention, L7
both charged and neutral
Quasar AQ 1.7, 3, 5 100 18 Polar end Improved retention for more hydrophilic compounds that are not well retained L1
capping on C18 or C8 columns. Increased retention of polar compounds
without the addition of IP reagents
Quasar AQ Plus 1.7, 3, 5 100 18 Yes Provides resolution of analyte species which standard C18 stationary phases may L1
struggle to resolve. Ideal for increasing retention for polar compounds. Offers improved
separations with polar, acidic, basic and phenolic compounds
Quasar HILIC 1.7, 3, 5 100 4 Yes Retention of very polar, hydrophilic compounds in RP, including herbicides, L20
nucleotides, alkaloids and peptides
Quasar Biphenyl 1.7, 3, 5 100 13 Yes Alternative selectivity for aromatic containing analytes; metabolite analysis L11
and isomer separations
Quasar Cyano 3, 5 100 7 Yes Suitable for RP (higher weight compounds) and NP applications L10
Quasar Amino 3, 5 100 5 No RP and NP applications, sugars and steroids L8
Quasar Silica 3, 5 100 n/a No Traditionally used for NP applications, but can also be used in the HILIC mode L3
Quasar SPP C18 2.6, 5 80 10 Yes Workhorse phase for small molecule analysis; basic, neutral and acidic analytes L1
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 2.6, 5 80 8 Yes Alternative selectivity to improve separations which are problematic on C18. Ideal for L1
closely related species and metabolites.
Quasar SPP HILIC 2.6, 5 80 n/a No HILIC separation mode for increased retention of very polar compounds under L3
RP conditions
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 2.6, 5 80 7 Yes Alternative selectivity for aromatic containing analytes and separation L11
of structurally similar analytes
Quasar SPP RP Amide 2.6, 5 80 9 Yes Ideal method development starting point due to wide analyte applicability with both L60
hydrophobic and dipolar phase interactions
Quasar SPP PFP 2.6, 5 80 6 Yes Alternative selectivity to hydrophobic phases, metabolite analysis L43
and isomer separations
Spheri-5 ODS 5 80 14 Yes Polyfunctional phase which provides slight differences in selectivity L1
Spheri-5, -10 RP-18 5, 10 80 11 Yes Monofunctional bonded phase for general purpose L1
RP small molecule applications
Spheri-5, -10 RP-8 5, 10 80 6 Yes Monofunctional bonded phase RP for more basic small molecule applications L7
Spheri-5 Cyano 5 80 4 No Offering alternative selectivity in RP to alkyl phases L10
Spheri-5 Amino 5 80 – No For NP and RP applications, sugars and carbohydrates L8
Brownlee SPP C18 2.7 90 8 Yes High purity general Purpose C18 phase for RP separations L1
Brownlee SPP C8 2.7 90 – Yes Less retentive high purity C8 phase for RP separations L7
Brownlee SPP HILIC 2.7 90 – No High purity silica column for NP and HILIC applications L3
Brownlee SPP Peptide ES C18 2.7 160 – No Sterically protected ligand provides greater stability at low pH where most peptide L1
separations are performed
Brownlee SPP PhenylHexyl 2.7 2.7 90 – Yes Alternative selectivity to alkyl bonded phases, recommended for aromatic groups. L11
Compatible with highly aqueous eluents
Brownlee SPP RP-Amide 2.7 90 Yes Shows significant increased retention and selectivity for acids. Excellent peak shape for L60
bases, zwitterions and other polar compounds
* Maximum pressure 9,000 psi for all columns. All particle sizes are 2.7 µm. **Not end-capped. All others end-capped.

LC COLUMNS
USP Column Listing L11

Phenyl groups chemically bonded to porous silica particles,
1.5 to 10 µm in diameter, or a monolithic silica rod.
L1
Octadecyl silane chemically bonded to porous or non-pourus Brand Particle Size (µm)
silica or ceramic micro-particles, 1.5 to 10 µm in diameter, or a Brownlee SPP Phenyl-hexyl 2.6
monolithic rod. Quasar Biphenyl 1.7, 3, 5
Brand Particle Size (µm) Quasar SPP Biphenyl 2.6, 5
Aquapore ODS 7, 20
Brownlee SPP 2.7 L14
Brownlee SPP Peptide ES C18 2.7 Silica gel having a chemically bonded strongly basic quaternary
Spheri ODS 5 ammonium anion-exchange coating, 5 to 10 µm in diameter.
Spheri RP18 5, 10 Brand Particle Size (µm)
Brownlee SPP 2.6 Aquapore AX 300 7
Pecosphere C18 3, 5
Pecosphere RA C18 3, 5 L17
Pecosphere C18 Scavenger 10 Strong cation-exchange resin consisting of sulfonated cross-linked
Quasar AQ 1.7, 3, 5 styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer in the hydrogen form,
Quasar AQ Plus 1.7, 3, 5 6 to 12 µm in diameter.
Quasar C18 1.7, 3, 5 Brand Particle Size (µm)
Quasar SPP C18 2.6, 5
Polypore H
®
10
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 2.6, 5
L3 L19
Porous silica particles, 1.5 to 10 µm in diameter, or a monolithic Strong cation-exchange resin consisting of sulfonated cross-linked
silica rod. styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer in the calcium form,
Brand Particle Size (µm)
5 to 15 µm in diameter.
Brownlee SPP HILIC 2.6 Brand Particle Size (µm)
Quasar Silica 3, 5 Polypore® CA 10
Quasar SPP HILIC 2.6, 5
L20
L7 Dihydroxypropane groups chemically bonded to porous silica
Octylsilane chemically bonded to totally or superficially porous silica particles, 3 to 10 µm in diameter.
particles, 1.5 to 10 µm in diameter, or a monolithic silica rod.
Quasar HILIC 1.7, 3, 5
Aquapore RP 300 (C8) 7
Brownlee SPP C8 2.7
L43
Pecosphere RA C8 3, 5
Pentafluorophenyl groups chemically bonded to silica particles by
Spheri RP8 5, 10
a propyl spacer, 1.5 to 10 µm in diameter.
Quasar C8 1.7, 3, 5
L8 Quasar SPP PFP 2.6, 5
An essentially monomolecular layer of aminopropylsilane
chemically bonded to totally porous silica gel support, L60
1.5 to 10 µm in diameter, or a monolithic silica rod. Spherical, porus silica 10 µm or less in diameter, the surface of
Brand Particle Size (µm) which has been covalently modified with alkyl amide groups and
Spheri Amino 5 endcapped.
Quasar Amino 3, 5 Brand Particle Size (µm)
Brownlee SPP RP Amide 2.7
L10
Nitrile groups chemically bonded to porous silica particles, Quasar SPP RP Amide 2.6, 5
1.5 to 10 µm in diameter, or a monolithic silica rod.

Spheri Cyano 5
Quasar CN 3, 5

LC COLUMNS
Quasar HPLC & UHPLC Columns

Whatever your separation challenge, your choice of liquid chromatography
(LC) column can make all the difference. Our Quasar™ portfolio of LC columns Features and Benefits
allows you to achieve rugged and reproducible results – batch to batch and • High sensitivity for mass spectrometry (MS) applications
column to column – with an all-encompassing, flexible solution that meets the • High efficiency for complex separations
diverse, changing needs of analysis. • Supports both high- and low-throughput environments
Ultrapure silica-based Quasar columns deliver a comprehensive range of • Increases productivity and reduce run times
chemistries, together with state-of-the-art, optimized bonding technology to • Excellent pH stability across commonly used mobile
give you a versatile, high-performing analytical solution for your increasingly phase buffers
complex samples.
• High-sample loading capacity
For flexibility, we provide a wide range of column sizes, including shorter
columns packed with smaller particle sizes for shorter run times and better
productivity. Plus, our scalable columns facilitate easy method transfer between
HPLC and UHPLC technology platforms – and the smaller particle sizes means
optimized sensitivity for those applications. Whatever your separation need,
we have a chemistry or dimension to fill it.
Visit www.perkinelmer.com/quasarlc to browse some application details.
Material Characteristics
Brand Phase Particle Size (um) Pore Size (Å) Carbon % End Cap pH Stability USP Code
Quasar C18 1.7, 3, 5 100 17 Yes 1-10 L1
Quasar C8 1.7, 3, 5 100 13 Yes 1-10 L7
Quasar AQ 1.7, 3, 5 100 18 Yes 2-9 L1
Quasar AQ Plus 1.7, 3, 5 100 18 Yes 2-9 L1
Quasar HILIC 1.7, 3, 5 100 4 Yes 2-8 L20
Quasar Biphenyl 1.7, 3, 5 100 13 Yes 2-8 L11
Quasar Cyano 3, 5 100 7 Yes 2-9 L10
Quasar Amino 3, 5 100 5 TBC 2-8 L8
Quasar Silica 3, 5 100 - No 2-8 L3
Guard Cartridges
Guard vs. No Guard Quasar.
Quasar guard cartridges help to
protect your analytical column
from strongly bound sample
components, prolonging column
lifetime. Directly coupled to
the analytical column, there is
no loss in separation efficiency.
Available in all phase chemistries
that come in a convenient
3-pack.

LC COLUMNS
Comparison of Fully Porous C18 LC Columns

C18 columns remain the workhorse phase for reverse phase Neutral Compound Column Efficiency
HPLC and UHPLC separations. They have a broad applicability
High retention needs to be accompanied by good peak shape for
from pharmaceuticals to food and environmental analyzes.
the most effective separations. Calculation of column efficiencies
However, not all C18 columns are alike. Simply swapping a
gains insight into overall column performance. Using a neutral
C18 column from one manufacturer to another can result in
compound (such as toluene) for efficiency measurements allows
differences in retention time, resolution and even selectivity.
retention from unwanted secondary interactions to be minimized.
Differences can arise due to variations in hydrophobicity, silanol
This provides greater indication on factors such as particle
activity, packing quality, particle size distribution, and silica purity.
size, packing efficiency, and particle size distribution. Lower
efficiencies indicate broader peaks, which can reduce
Hydrophobicity
the resolving power of the column. Quasar demonstrates
Phases with greater hydrophobicity will experience greater excellent efficiency and peak shape for neutral compounds,
analyte retention for a hydrophobic compound. Quasar C18 as well as high retention. InertSustain C18 shows to be slightly
is a highly retentive phase due to the high surface area of the more retentive than Quasar C18. However, it demonstrates
silica, combined with its optimized ligand bonding process 30 % less efficiency (below).
(below). This gives Quasar greater opportunity to resolve analytes
without increasing the column length. Additionally, with greater
retention, the water content of the mobile phase does not need Toluene peak obtained using Quasar C18 (blue)
to be increased to improve retention, yielding greater and InertSustain C18 (orange).
MS sensitivity.
Neutral compound test mix, under the same conditions,

on C18 columns of varying hydrophobicity.
Comparison of various C18 columns for toluene peak shape.

LC COLUMNS
Alongside high efficiencies, reasonable backpressures are

Basic compound (pyridine) peak obtained using Quasar C18
observed using Quasar C18 (below). This allows Quasar to
at 2.45 mins (blue), YMC ODS-A at 2.40 mins (red), and Kromasil
operate easily at higher flow rates and stay within pressure
C18 at 2.22 mins (black).
limitations of the pump and column. Continuous use of LC
columns under higher backpressures leads to deterioration in
overall column efficiency, which can be detrimental to column
lifetime. It may also limit the method development scope.
Toluene column efficiency and backpressure for a few

C18 columns.
Tailing factors (5 %) obtained for a basic compound (pyridine)

on C18 columns.
Evaluation of Silanol Activity

Neutral compounds are useful for determining packing efficiency
and efficiency of a column. However, they do not indicate the
activity of the silica surface or how the column might perform
when separating basic/cationic compounds (e.g. pyridine).
Basic compounds can frequently interact with weakly acidic
underivatized residual silanols on the surface of the silica
particles. This unwanted secondary retention results in peak
tailing and impacts on the separation efficiency of the column.
Silica purity is also an important factor for LC columns in order
to obtain peaks with little tailing and maintain high efficiency
separations. Surface metals can further activate free silanol To read the full Technical Note visit:
groups, making them even more acidic, and become even more www.perkinelmer.com/libraries/TCH-Comparison-of-
likely to interact with basic analytes. FullyPorousC18ReversedPhase-HPLCColumns
The Quasar C18 phase demonstrates excellent peak shape with
very low peak tailing when compared with other phases, due
to its ultra-high purity silica base and low residual silanol activity
(right). Inertsil ODS-3 shows comparable peak tailing for pyridine To watch the webinar 'Choosing the Right HPLC Columns' visit:
but shows a 26 % drop in efficiency for neutral compound
www.perkinelmer.com/library/choosing-the-right-hplc-columns-
toluene in comparison with Quasar.
webinar.html

LC COLUMNS
Quasar C18 HPLC Analysis of Indoxyl Sulfate using

Based on an ultra-high purity silica and combined with Quasar C18, 100 mm x 4.6 mm, 3 μm.
optimal ligand bonding technology enables wide pH range Institute for Materials Discovery
for method development. Excellent peak shape for a wide University College London, UK
range of compounds is exhibited. Whether it’s food, water, or
pharmaceutical testing, our Quasar C18 columns allows you to
achieve rugged and reproducible results.
Applications
• Workhorse HPLC and UHPLC phase for RP small molecule analysis
• Basic, neutral, and acidic analytes
Phase Length ID μm Part No.

(mm) (mm)
Quasar C18 300 3.9 5 N9308800
Quasar C18 250 4.6 5 N9308801 HPLC analysis of metformin hydrochloride using
Quasar C18 150 4.6 5 N9308802 Quasar C18 column, 250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm.
Quasar C18 100 4.6 5 N9308803
Quasar C18 50 4.6 5 N9308804
Quasar C18 150 4.6 3 N9308805
Quasar C18 100 4.6 3 N9308806
Quasar C18 50 4.6 3 N9308807
Quasar C18 150 3 3 N9308808
Quasar C18 100 3 3 N9308809
Quasar C18 50 3 3 N9308810
Quasar C18 150 2.1 3 N9308811
Quasar C18 100 2.1 3 N9308812
Quasar C18 50 2.1 3 N9308813
Quasar C18 100 4.6 1.7 N9308814 HPLC Analysis of Azithromycin using
Quasar C18 50 4.6 1.7 N9308815 Quasar C18, 150 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 μm.
Quasar C18 100 3 1.7 N9308816
Quasar C18 50 3 1.7 N9308817
Quasar C18 100 2.1 1.7 N9308818
Quasar C18 50 2.1 1.7 N9308819
Quasar C18 Guard Cartridge 10 3 5 N9308980
(3/pack)
Quasar C18 Guard Cartridge 10 3 3 N9308981
(3/pack)
Quasar Guard Cartridge Holder - - - N9306876

LC COLUMNS
Quasar C8 Quasar Biphenyl

The C8 phase is less hydrophobic than the C18 phase and Utilizing a biphenyl bonded phase, the Quasar Biphenyl stationary
consequently offers less retention. Still based on an ultra- phase provides π-π interactions to facilitate alternative selectivity.
high purity silica and combined with optimal ligand bonding
technology enables wide pH range for method development. Applications
Excellent peak shape for a wide range of compounds is exhibited. • Alternative selectivity for aromatic containing analytes
• Metabolite analysis and isomer separations
Applications
• For separations that require less retention
• More hydrophobic compounds, both charged and neutral (mm) (mm)
• Lipids and steroids Quasar BiPhenyl 300 3.9 5 N9308859

Quasar BiPhenyl 250 4.6 5 N9308860
Phase Length ID μm Part No. Quasar BiPhenyl 150 4.6 5 N9308861

(mm) (mm) Quasar BiPhenyl 100 4.6 5 N9308862
Quasar C8 250 4.6 5 N9308879 Quasar BiPhenyl 50 4.6 5 N9308863
Quasar C8 150 4.6 5 N9308880
Quasar C8 100 4.6 5 N9308881
Quasar C8 50 4.6 5 N9308882
Quasar C8 150 4.6 3 N9308883
Quasar BiPhenyl 150 3 3 N9308867
Quasar C8 100 4.6 3 N9308884
Quasar C8 50 4.6 3 N9308885
Quasar C8 150 3 3 N9308886
Quasar C8 100 3 3 N9308887
Quasar C8 50 3 3 N9308888
Quasar C8 150 2.1 3 N9308889
Quasar C8 100 2.1 3 N9308890 Quasar BiPhenyl 100 4.6 1.7 N9308873
Quasar C8 50 2.1 3 N9308891 Quasar BiPhenyl 50 4.6 1.7 N9308874
Quasar C8 100 4.6 1.7 N9308892 Quasar BiPhenyl 100 3 1.7 N9308875
Quasar C8 50 4.6 1.7 N9308893 Quasar BiPhenyl 50 3 1.7 N9308876

Quasar C8 100 3 1.7 N9308894 Quasar BiPhenyl 100 2.1 1.7 N9308877
Quasar C8 50 3 1.7 N9308895 Quasar BiPhenyl 50 2.1 1.7 N9308878
Quasar C8 100 2.1 1.7 N9308896 Quasar Biphenyl 10 3 5 N9304490
Guard Cartridge
Quasar C8 50 2.1 1.7 N9308897
(3/pack)
Quasar C8 10 3 5 N9308982
Guard Cartridge Quasar Biphenyl 10 3 3 N9304491
(3/pack) Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Quasar C8 10 3 3 N9308983
Guard Cartridge Quasar Guard - - - N9306876
(3/pack) Cartridge Holder
Quasar Guard - - - N9306876

Cartridge Holder HPLC Analysis of cephalosporins
using Quasar Biphenyl column, 150 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm.
HPLC Analysis of Omeprazole (in accordance with USP)
using Quasar C8, 150 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm.
Peak Identification
1. Cefadroxil
2. Cefaclor
3. Cefalexin
4. Cefradine

LC COLUMNS
Quasar AQ
HPLC analysis of Prednisolone, Prednisone and Cortisone
The drive for improved retention of polar compounds without steroids A) on a Quasar C18 column, 150 x 4.6 mm, 5 µm
the addition of additives led to the development of “AQ” type B) on a Quasar AQ column,150 x 4.6 mm, 5 µm.
phases. There are two general approaches to the bonded phase
chemistry of AQ columns; to either employ a polar or hydrophilic Peak Identification
endcapping or embed a polar entity, such as an amide, within the 1. Prednisolone
alkyl chain. 2. Prednisone
3. Cortisone
The Quasar AQ phase has a polar endcap, improving the
retention of polar compounds, under reverse phase HPLC
A 2. B 1.
conditions, without the addition of ion pair reagents. The graphs
2.
(right) illustrate the difference in chromatography between the
C18 and AQ bonded phases for the separation of steroids.
Applications 1. 3. 3.
• Improved retention for more hydrophilic compounds

• Increased retention of polar compounds without the addition
of IP reagents
• Vitamins, polar pesticides
Phase Length ID μm Part No. Minutes Minutes

(mm) (mm)
Quasar AQ 250 4.6 5 N9308840
Quasar AQ 150 4.6 5 N9308841 HPLC Analysis of Resorcinols and Catechols A) on a Quasar C18
Quasar AQ 100 4.6 5 N9308842 (150 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 75/25 Buffer/MeCN, B) on a Quasar
Quasar AQ 50 4.6 5 N9308843 AQ (150 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 75/25 Buffer/MeCN, and C) on a
Quasar AQ 150 4.6 3 N9308844
Quasar AQ (150 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 80/20 Buffer/MeCN.
Quasar AQ 100 4.6 3 N9308845
Quasar AQ 50 4.6 3 N9308846 Peak Identification
Quasar AQ 150 3 3 N9308847 1. Resorcinol
2. 2-methyl resorcinol
Quasar AQ 100 3 3 N9308848
3. Catechol
Quasar AQ 50 3 3 N9308849 4. 4-methyl catechol
5. 4-nitro catechol
Quasar AQ 150 2.1 3 N9308850
6. 3-methyl catechol
Quasar AQ 100 2.1 3 N9308851
Quasar AQ 50 2.1 3 N9308852
Quasar AQ 100 4.6 1.7 N9308853
Quasar AQ 50 4.6 1.7 N9308854
Quasar AQ 100 3 1.7 N9308855
Quasar AQ 50 3 1.7 N9308856
Quasar AQ 100 2.1 1.7 N9308857
Quasar AQ 50 2.1 1.7 N9308858
Quasar AQ 10 3 5 N9308986
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Quasar AQ 10 3 3 N9308987
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Cartridge Holder

LC COLUMNS
Quasar AQ Plus
HPLC Analysis of Resorcinols and Catechols
The Quasar AQ Plus phase, with its proprietary end capping A) on a Quasar C18 (150 x 4.6 mm, 5μm),
and bonding, offers increased retention of polar compounds B) on a Quasar AQ Plus (150 x 4.6 mm, 5μm).
and provides alternative selectivity for method development.
It provides resolution of analyte species which standard C18 Peak Identification
stationary phases may struggle to resolve. 1. Resorcinol
2. 2-methyl resorcinol
Applications 3. Catechol
• Increased retention for polar compounds 5. 4-nitro catechol
• Improved separations with polar, acidic, basic and phenolic
compounds

(mm) (mm)
Quasar AQ Plus 250 4.6 5 N9304440
Quasar AQ Plus 150 4.6 5 N9304441
Quasar AQ Plus 100 4.6 5 N9304442
Quasar AQ Plus 50 4.6 5 N9304443
Quasar AQ Plus 150 4.6 3 N9304410
Quasar AQ Plus 100 4.6 3 N9304411
Quasar AQ Plus 150 3.0 3 N9304413
Quasar AQ Plus 100 3.0 3 N9304414
Quasar AQ Plus 150 2.1 3 N9304451
Quasar AQ Plus 100 2.1 3 N9304452
Quasar AQ Plus 100 4.6 1.7 N9304454
Quasar AQ Plus 50 4.6 1.7 N9304455
Quasar AQ Plus 100 3.0 1.7 N9304456
Quasar AQ Plus 50 3.0 1.7 N9304457
Quasar AQ Plus 100 2.1 1.7 N9304458
Quasar AQ Plus 50 2.1 1.7 N9304459
Quasar AQ Plus 10 3 5 N9304460
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Quasar AQ Plus 10 3 3 N9304461
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Quasar Guard
Cartridge Holder - - - N9306876

LC COLUMNS
Quasar HILIC HPLC Analysis of Vitamin B2 and Vitamin B3

HILIC is a hybrid of normal phase (NP), reverse phase (RP) and using Quasar HILIC 150 x 3.0 mm, 3 µm.
ion chromatography techniques. The eluents of RP combined
2.
with the stationary phases of NP and charged analytes of ion
chromatography yield the basis of HILIC.
Peak Identification
The separation mechanism is more complex than partitioning 1. 1. Vitamin B2
alone, with dipole-dipole and electrostatic interactions also 2. Vitamin B3
contributing to retention. The elution order opposite to that
observed in reverse phase HPLC.
Any polar chromatographic surface can be used for HILIC
separations. Typical HILIC stationary phases consist of classical
bare silica or silica modified with polar functional groups. Based
on an ultra-high purity silica the Quasar HILIC column is bonded
diol phase.
Quasar Cyano
Applications
The Quasar cyano phase is less hydrophobic phase than the alkyl
• Retention of very polar, hydrophilic compounds
C8 and C18 phases. The cyano functionality offers increased
• Herbicides, nucleotides, alkaloids, and peptides dipole interactions for alternative selectivity.
Phase Length ID μm Part No. Applications

(mm) (mm)
• Suitable for RP and NP applications
Quasar HILIC 250 4.6 5 N9308820
• Higher molecular weight compounds in RP
Quasar HILIC 150 4.6 5 N9308821
Quasar HILIC 100 4.6 5 N9308822
Quasar HILIC 50 4.6 5 N9308823 (mm) (mm)
Quasar HILIC 150 4.6 3 N9308824 Quasar Cyano 250 4.6 5 N9308898
Quasar HILIC 150 3 3 N9308827 Quasar Cyano 50 4.6 5 N9308991
Quasar HILIC 100 3 3 N9308828 Quasar Cyano 150 3 3 N9308902
Quasar HILIC 50 3 3 N9308829 Quasar Cyano 100 3 3 N9308903
Quasar HILIC 150 2.1 3 N9308830 Quasar Cyano 50 3 3 N9308904
Quasar HILIC 100 4.6 1.7 N9308833 Quasar Cyano 50 2.1 3 N9308907
Quasar HILIC 50 4.6 1.7 N9308834 Quasar CN 10 3 5 N9308988
Quasar HILIC 100 3 1.7 N9308835 Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Quasar HILIC 50 3 1.7 N9308836
Quasar CN 10 3 3 N9308989
Quasar HILIC 100 2.1 1.7 N9308837 Guard Cartridge
Quasar HILIC 50 2.1 1.7 N9308838 (3/pack)
Quasar HILIC 10 3 5 N9308984 Quasar Guard - - - N9306876

Guard Cartridge Cartridge Holder
(3/pack)
Quasar HILIC 10 3 3 N9308985
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Cartridge Holder

LC COLUMNS
Quasar Silica
The Quasar silica phase is based on an ultra-high purity silica
Quasar C18 Method
which makes it an ideal choice for normal phase separation of
polar compounds. Especially those that exhibit a poor peak shape Validation Kits
on more acidic traditional type A silicas. We recognize your need for 3 different batches of material
when validating a method, to ensure reproducibility. We have
Applications made that easy for you, by providing method validation kits.
• Traditionally used for NP applications Conveniently order a single part number to ensure 3 different
• Can be used in the HILIC mode lots of phase.

(mm) (mm)
Quasar Silica 250 4.6 5 N9308908
Quasar Silica 150 4.6 5 N9308909
Cartridge Holder
Quasar Amino
The Quasar amino phase is based on an ultra-high purity
silica which makes it an ideal choice for both reverse and normal
phase separations and analysis of compounds with weak ion
exchange capacity. Method Validation Kit
Applications
• Sugars, Carbohydrates, Vitamins Phase Length ID μm Part No.
(mm) (mm)
Quasar C18 250 4.6 5 N9300940
(mm) (mm) Quasar C18 150 4.6 5 N9300941
Quasar Amino 250 4.6 5 N9304400 Quasar SPP C18 150 4.6 2.6 N9300942
Quasar Amino 150 4.6 5 N9304401 Quasar SPP C18 100 3 2.6 N9300943
Quasar Amino 100 4.6 5 N9304402

Quasar Amino 50 4.6 5 N9304403 Iron Sucrose Injection Assay by HPLC
using Quasar Amino, 250 x 4.6 mm, 5 µm.
Quasar Amino 150 3 3 N9304404
Quasar Amino 150 2.1 3 N9304407
Quasar Amino 100 2.1 3 N9304408
Quasar Amino 50 2.1 3 N9304409
Mr. Sreedhar, SIPRA Labs Ltd.

LC COLUMNS
Quasar SPP Columns

Our next-generation superficially porous particle (SPP) phases promise
productivity with shorter run times and less solvent. Features and Benefits
• Next-generation superficially porous particle (SPP)
When it comes to your applications, it’s all about efficiency. Quasar SPP phases
phases that promise productivity
are just as robust as traditional silica phases, featuring excellent ligand stability
and solid packed bed and resulting in robust, reliable columns. A comparison • Faster run times and method development
of the same column dimensions packed with silica C18 phase versus a SPP C18 • No specialized filtrations of sample and
phase (opposite) clearly shows the reduction in run time achieved by making the mobile phase
switch. The additional benefit is reduced solvent consumption and cost. There is • Optimized low-band spreading
the scope to decrease run times further by using shorter columns. • Lower back pressures compared to sub 2 μm
columns with robust operation
Whether you’re using an ultrahigh-performance liquid chromatography (UHPLC)
system or a traditional high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) system,
you can seamlessly switch to Quasar SPP columns and enjoy the benefits right away.
Brand Phase Particle Size (μm) Pore Size (Å) Carbon % End Cap pH Stability USP Code
Quasar SPP C18 2.6, 5 80 10% Yes 1-9 L1
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 2.6, 5 80 8% Yes 2-9 L1
Quasar SPP HILIC 2.6, 5 80 - No 2-8 L20
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 2.6, 5 80 7% Yes 2-9 L11
Quasar SPP RP Amide 2.6, 5 80 9% Yes 2-9 L60
Quasar SPP PFP 2.6, 5 80 6% Yes 2-9 L43
Quasar Particles: Porous vs. SPP.
Traditional 3 μm fully 2.6 μm superficially

porous silica particles porous particles (SSP)
• Porous through • 5 μm SPP have
the entire particle a 4 μm solid core
• Shorter diffusion path
Silica vs. SPP.
Peak Identification
1. Uracil
2. Dimethyl phthalate
3. Toluene
4. Biphenyl
5. Phenanthrene

LC COLUMNS
Quasar SPP C18 Phase Length ID μm Part No.

(mm) (mm)
Utilizing fused core technology, based on ultra-high purity silica,
Quasar SPP C18 150 4.6 2.6 N9308910
the Quasar SPP phase offers excellent peak shape for a wide
range of compounds. The optimal ligand bonding facilitates wide Quasar SPP C18 100 4.6 2.6 N9308911
pH range for method development. Quasar SPP C18 50 4.6 2.6 N9308912
Quasar SPP C18 150 3 2.6 N9308913
We recognize the need for three different batches of material
Quasar SPP C18 100 3 2.6 N9308914
when validating a method, to ensure reproducibility. Method
validation kits ensure three different lots of phase, conveniently Quasar SPP C18 50 3 2.6 N9308915
ordered under a single part number. Quasar SPP C18 150 2.1 2.6 N9308916
Quasar SPP C18 100 2.1 2.6 N9308917
Applications Quasar SPP C18 50 2.1 2.6 N9308918
• Workhorse phase for small molecule analysis Quasar SPP C18 250 4.6 5 N9308955
• Basic, neutral and acidic analytes Quasar SPP C18 150 4.6 5 N9308956
Quasar SPP C18 100 4.6 5 N9308957
• Pesticides, antibiotics
Quasar SPP C18 50 4.6 5 N9308958
Quasar SPP C18 10 3 2.6 N9308992
Guard Cartridge
HPLC Analysis of Fluconazole (in accordance with USP) using (3/pack)
A) Quasar C18 (150 x 4.6 mm, 3 µm), Quasar SPP C18 10 3 5 N9308993
Guard Cartridge
B) Quasar SPP C18 (150 x 4.6mm, 2.6 μm). (3/pack)
Cartridge Holder
HPLC Analysis of Ibuprofen (in accordance with USP)

using Quasar SPP C18, 150 x 4.6 mm, 5 µm.
Peak Identification
1. Valerophenone
2. Ibuprofen
1.
2.

LC COLUMNS
Quasar SPP HILIC Phase Length ID μm Part No.

(mm) (mm)
HILIC is a hybrid of normal phase (NP), reverse phase (RP) and ion
Quasar SPP HILIC 150 4.6 2.6 N9308919
chromatography techniques, (see diagram below). The eluents
of RP combined with the stationary phases of NP and charged Quasar SPP HILIC 100 4.6 2.6 N9308920
analytes of ion chromatography yield the basis of HILIC. Quasar SPP HILIC 50 4.6 2.6 N9308921
Quasar SPP HILIC 150 3 2.6 N9308922
Quasar SPP HILIC 150 4.6 5 N9308960
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
Quasar SPP HILIC 10 3 5 N9308995
Guard Cartridge
(3/pack)
HILIC a hybrid of analytical techniques Quasar Guard - - - N9306876
Cartridge Holder
The mechanism of separation has been the subject of much
discussion in the literature however it is generally agreed that
a water-rich layer forms on the surface of the polar stationary
phase vs. the water-deficient mobile phase, creating liquid/
liquid partitioning. However, the separation mechanism is
more complex than partitioning alone, with dipole-dipole and
electrostatic interactions also contributing to retention. The
more polar compounds will have a stronger interaction with the
stationary aqueous layer and are therefore retained longer than
the less polar compounds. The elution order opposite to that
observed in reverse phase HPLC.
Any polar chromatographic surface can be used for HILIC
separations. Typical HILIC stationary phases consist of classical
bare silica or silica modified with polar functional groups. Based
on an ultra-high purity silica the Quasar SPP HILIC column is silica
phase, based on an ultra-high purity fused core silica.
Each Quasar column is individually tested and is supplied with its own
Applications unique test certificate.
• HILIC separation mode for increased retention of very polar

compounds under RP conditions

LC COLUMNS
Quasar SPP Biphenyl Quasar SPP RP Amide

The Quasar SPP Biphenyl bonded phase provides π-π interactions The Quasar SPP RP Amide phase contains a polar embedded
to facilitate alternative selectivity. It also benefits from no MS group within alkyl chain. This facilitates alternative selectivities
bleed, maximizing sensitivity. due to the mixed mode interactions that can now occur between
the analyte and the stationary phase. Excellent peak shape for a
Applications wide range of compounds, including basic analytes is observed.
• Alternative selectivity for aromatic containing analytes
Applications
• Separation of structurally similar analytes
• Alternative selectivity to alkyl chain phases
Phase Length ID μm Part No. • Ideal method development starting point due to wide analyte
(mm) (mm) applicability with both hydrophobic and dipolar phase interactions
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 150 4.6 2.6 N9308937
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 100 4.6 2.6 N9308938 Phase Length ID μm Part No.
(mm) (mm)
Quasar SPP RP Amide 150 4.6 2.6 N9308946
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 150 3 2.6 N9308940
Quasar SPP RP Amide 150 3 2.6 N9308949
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 150 4.6 5 N9308968
Quasar SPP RP Amide 150 4.6 5 N9308972
Guard Cartridge (3/pack) Quasar SPP RP Amide 100 4.6 5 N9308973
Quasar SPP Biphenyl 10 3 5 N9308999 Quasar SPP RP Amide 50 4.6 5 N9308974

Guard Cartridge (3/pack) Quasar SPP RP Amide 10 3 2.6 N9306888
Quasar Guard - - - N9306876 Guard Cartridge (3/pack)
Cartridge Holder Quasar SPP RP Amide 10 3 5 N9306889
Guard Cartridge (3/pack)
Cartridge Holder
Improved efficiency of SPP Silica.
SPP silica improves column

Van Deemter equation describes column efficiency due to reduced
efficiency as a function of mobile phase “A” and “C” terms:
velocity in terms of solute: Actual Plot
• eddy diffusion (A) SPP silica has much narrower particle
• molecular diffusion (B)
H
• mass transfer (C) C Term size distribution than most fully
porous silica particles. This results in Fully Porous Silica
Optimum efficiency
a more uniformly packed column,
A Term
leading to a reduced “A” term.
B Term
Solid core and thin porous shell
Linear Velocity (u) of SPP silica results in a reduced
solute diffusion path. This leads
Superficially Porous Particle Silica
to a reduced “C” term.

LC COLUMNS
Quasar SPP C18/PFP Quasar SPP PFP

The Quasar SPP C18/PFP utilizes a mixture of C18 alkyl chain The Quasar SPP PFP phase utilizes a pentafluorophenyl (PFP)
ligands and pentafluorophenyl (PFP) ligands. This facilitates stationary phase. It provides π-π interactions to facilitate
alternative selectivity over traditional C18 phases due to the alternative selectivity.
mixed mode interactions which can now occur between the
analyte and the stationary phase. The phase provides steric Applications
selectivity & π-π interactions, in combination with hydrophobic • Alternative selectivity to hydrophobic phases
interactions. Additionally, improved resolution can be achieved
• Metabolite analysis and isomer separations
even at high speed.

Applications
(mm) (mm)
• Alternative selectivity over traditional C18 phase Quasar SPP PFP 150 4.6 2.6 N9308928
• Closely related species and metabolites Quasar SPP PFP 100 4.6 2.6 N9308929
Quasar SPP PFP 50 4.6 2.6 N9308930
Phase Length ID μm Part No. Quasar SPP PFP 150 3 2.6 N9308931
(mm) (mm)
Quasar SPP PFP 100 3 2.6 N9308932
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 150 4.6 2.6 N9304420
Quasar SPP PFP 50 3 2.6 N9308933
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 100 4.6 2.6 N9304421
Quasar SPP PFP 150 2.1 2.6 N9308934
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 50 4.6 2.6 N9304422
Quasar SPP PFP 100 2.1 2.6 N9308935
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 150 3 2.6 N9304423
Quasar SPP PFP 50 2.1 2.6 N9308936
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 100 3 2.6 N9304424
Quasar SPP PFP 150 4.6 5 N9308964
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 50 3 2.6 N9304425
Quasar SPP PFP 100 4.6 5 N9308965
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 150 2.1 2.6 N9304426
Quasar SPP PFP 50 4.6 5 N9308966
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 100 2.1 2.6 N9304427
Quasar SPP PFP Guard 10 3 2.6 N9308996
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 50 2.1 2.6 N9304428 Cartridge (3/pack)
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 150 4.6 5 N9304429 Quasar SPP PFP Guard 10 3 5 N9308997
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 100 4.6 5 N9304430 Cartridge (3/pack)
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 50 4.6 5 N9304431 Quasar Guard Cartridge - - - N9306876

Holder
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 150 3 5 N9304432
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 100 3 5 N9304433
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 50 3 5 N9304434 HPLC Analysis of 4 Tocopherols and 4 Tocotrienols
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 150 2.1 5 N9304435 using Quasar SPP PFP, 150 x 4.6 mm, 2.6 µm.
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 100 2.1 5 N9304436
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 50 2.1 5 N9304437 Peak Identification
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 10 3 2.6 N9304438 1. δ-tocotrienol
Guard Cartridge (3/pack) 2. β-tocotrienol
3. γ-tocotrienol
Quasar SPP C18/PFP 10 3 5 N9304439 4. α-tocotrienol
Guard Cartridge (3/pack) 5. δ-tocopherol
Quasar Guard - - - N9306876 6. β-tocopherol
Cartridge Holder 7. γ-tocopherol
8. α-tocopherol
(Note: I – Impurities)
Institute of Horticulture, LATVIA

LC COLUMNS
Brownlee Aquapore Columns

Brownlee Aquapore columns are built on large pore (300 Å) ID Length RP-300 (C8) AX-300
silica for the analysis of large biomolecules such as peptides (mm) (mm) Part No. Part No.
and proteins. Large pore stationary phases are required for 1.0 250 07120097
the analysis of large molecules because the analytes need to 2.1 30 07110056 07110074
penetrate the pores to improve retention and resolution. The 2.1 100 07110058 07110076
RP-300 is a reverse-phase C8; AX-300 is a weak anion exchanger 2.1 220 07110060
that is composed of a crosslinked polyethyleneimine phase
4.6 30 07110055 07110073
bonded on the silica surface. The reverse-phase columns are also
4.6 100 07110057 07110075
available in microbore (1.0 mm ID) for increased sensitivity and
4.6 220 07110059 07110077
better compatibility with LC/MS interfaces.
4.6 250 07120033 07120040
Features and Benefits

• Rugged, spherical silica particles with 300 Å pore size
• Excellent choice for separation of peptides, proteins and
other large molecules
Phase* Particle Sizes (μm) Pore Size (Å) Carbon Load End Capping pH Stability Temp. Limit (°C) USP Code
AP RP-300 (C8) 7 300 5% Yes 2.5 – 8.0 60 L7
AP AX-300† 7 300 – – 2.0 – 8.0 60 L14
* AP = Aquapore; † AX = Weak Anion Exchange.
Brownlee Aquapore Prep-10 Cartridge Columns

The Brownlee Prep-10 columns are 10 mm ID cartridges packed with 20 μm particle size, 300 Å pore size Aquapore® sorbents.
These unique 250 mm cartridges incorporate a moveable inlet plug and filter which compensates for changes in bed volume
with continued use. The typical capacity of the 250 mm cartridge is 50 mg to 1 g depending on the resolution and purity required.
A separate column holder needs to be purchased in addition to the cartridge column.
Phase Particle Sizes (μm) Pore Size (Å) Carbon Load End Capping Surface Area pH Stability Temp. Limit USP Code
(m2/g) (°C)
Aquapore ODS (C18) 20 300 10% Yes 100 2.5 – 8.0 60 L1
Phase Length Particle Qty. 4.6 mm ID Column

(mm) Size (μm) Part No. Holder
Aquapore Octyl 250 20 Each 07110166 07150006
(C8)
Aquapore ODS 250 20 Each 07150006
(C18)

LC COLUMNS
Brownlee Spheri-5 and Spheri-10 Columns

The Brownlee Spheri line of columns is based on a small-pore
(80 Å) silica-based sorbent for optimized for separating small Features and Benefits
molecules. Spheri-5® columns are based on 5 μm particle size silica • Small pore size (80 Å) designed for separating small molecules
and Spheri-10® incorporates a 10 μm silica particle. The Spheri-5
• Reverse phase sorbents in 5 μm and 10 μm particles sizes
reverse phase C18 type sorbents are available in a monofunctional
and normal phase 5 μm particles
comb-type (RP-18) and a polyfunctional loop-type (ODS) which
provide slight differences in selectivity.
Phase* Particle Sizes (μm) Pore Size (Å) Carbon Load End Capping pH Stability Temp. Limit (°C) USP Code
Spheri-5, -10 RP-8 5.0, 10.0 80 6% Yes 2.5 – 8.0 60 L7
Spheri-5, -10 RP-18 5.0, 10.0 80 11% Yes 2.5 – 8.0 60 L1
Spheri-5 ODS 5 80 14% Yes 2.5 – 8.0 60 L1
Spheri-5 Cyano 5 80 4% No 2.5 – 8.0 60 L10
Spheri-5 Amino 5 80 3% No 2.5 – 8.0 60 L8
Columns with Cartridge Column Hardware

Columns are supplied in the MPLC cartridge column format and require a separate MPLC column holder.
Phase* Length (mm) Particle Size (μm) Qty. 2.1 mm ID 4.6 mm ID Column Holder Column Holder
Part No. Part No. Code* w/o Guard Code* w/ Guard
Spheri-5 RP-8 100 5 1 07110004 07110003 07150014 07150016
220 5 1 07110006 07110005 07150015 07150017
Spheri-5 RP-18 100 5 1 07110016 07110015 07150014 07150016
220 5 1 07110018 07110017 07150015 07150017
Spheri-5 ODS 100 5 1 07110022 07110021 07150014 07150016
220 5 1 07110024 07110023 07150015 07150017
Spheri-5 Cyano 100 5 1 07110046 07110045 07150014 07150016
220 5 1 – 07110047 07150015 07150017
Spheri-5 Amino 220 5 1 – 07110041 07150015 07150017
Spheri 10 RP-8 30 5 2 – 07110121 07150013
220 5 1 – 07110119 07150015 07150017
Spheri 10 RP-18 30 5 2 – 07110115 07150013
* Requires Holder (07150013).
Columns with Conventional Column Hardware

All columns are 250 x 4.6 mm
Phase Particle Sizes (μm) Carbon Load End Capping USP Code Part No.
Spheri-5 RP-8 5 6% Yes L7 07120012
Spheri-5 RP-18 (monofunctional) 5 11% Yes L1 07120016
Spheri-10 RP-18 10 11% Yes L1 07120001
Spheri-5 C18 ODS (Polyfunctional) 5 14% Yes L1 07120019
Spheri-5 Silica 5 – – L3 07120023

LC COLUMNS
Brownlee Pecosphere Cartridge Columns

PerkinElmer pioneered the development of Fast HPLC and
Analysis of an Analgesic Tablet Using Fast1 LC.
introduced the popular 3 μm particle size ‘3 x 3’ Columns
(33 mm x 4.6 mm) in the 1980s. The ‘3 x 3’ columns are
capable of very rapid analysis and still they are still very popular
because of the economical price and reliable performance. The
Pecosphere cartridges are also available 83 mm and 150 mm
lengths for the separation of more complex mixtures.
They are packed with rugged, high purity silica in 3 μm and
5 μm, 80 Å pore size particles; with standard end-capping for
the analysis of acidic and neutral analytes. A special end-capped Peak Identification 3
Reduced Activity (RA) version that is especially suited for the
1. Acetaminophen
analysis basic analytes. In addition, the 10 μm particles size 2. Caffeine
C18 Scavenger cartridge designed to remove contaminants from 3. Salicylamide
4. Acetylsalicylic Acid
the mobile phase when installed prior to the HPLC injector.
These columns use cartridge style hardware – thus the associated
4
column holder needs to be ordered with the column.
Features and Benefits 2
• The Pecosphere ‘3 x 3’ column is the world’s first fast HPLC column

• Reduced Activity C18 and C8 with low silanol activity for the analysis
of basic compounds TIME (Min) 0 1 2
Phase* Particle Sizes (μm) Pore Size (Å) Carbon Load Surface Area (M2/g) End Capping pH Stability USP Code
C18 3.0, 5.0 80 11% 170 Yes 2.0 – 8.0 L1
RA C8 3.0, 5.0 80 5% 200 Yes 2.0 – 8.0 L7
RA C18 3.0, 5.0 80 12% 200 Yes 2.0 – 8.0 L1
C18 Scavenger 10 80 11% 170 Yes 2.0 – 8.0 L1
Cartridge Columns and Hardware

Phase Length (mm) Particle Size Qty. 4.6 mm ID Part No. Column Holder Part No.
33 3 μm 5 02580164 07150028
C18 83 3 μm 1 02580166 07150029
150 5 μm 1 02580169 07150030
33 3 μm 5 02580195 07150028
RA C18
83 3 μm 1 02580194 07150029
33 3 μm 5 02580191 07150028
RA C8
83 3 μm 1 02580192 07150029
C18 Scavenger 33 10 μm 5 02580202 07150028
C18 Scavenger Kit* 33 10 μm 1 02580204 –
* Scavenger kit includes C18 cartridge (02580202) and holder (07150028).

LC COLUMNS
Brownlee Polypore Cartridge Columns

Brownlee Polypore® columns are 10 mm, microporous polymer
Organic Acids.
based columns especially suited for the analysis of sugars and
organic acids.
Peak Identification
1. Oxalic Acid 6. Formic Acid
Features and Benefits 2. Citric Acid 7. Acetic Acid
• Available in calcium (CA) and hydrogen (H) counter ion forms 3. α-Ketoguitaric Acid 8. Fumaric Acid
4. Malic Acid 9. Butyric Acid
• For analysis of sugars and organic acids 5. Succicinic Acid
1
6
Material Characteristics 2 8
7
Phase Particle Sizes Pore Size pH Stability Temp. Limit USP Code 3 4
(μm) (°C)
Polypore® H 10 Microporous 1 – 14 90 L17 5
Polypore CA
®
10 Microporous 1 – 14 90 L19
9
Brownlee Polypore cartridge columns are supplied in the MPLC
cartridge column format, requiring a separate MPLC holder to be
ordered, if not previously purchased.
0 10 20
Phase Length Particle Size Qty. 4.6 mm ID Column
MINUTES
(mm) (μm) Part No. Holder*
Polypore® H 30 10 2 07110085 07150013 Chromatographic Conditions
100 10 1 07110087 07150014 Column Detection Mobile Flow Sample Part No.
220 10 1 07110089 07150015 Phase Rate
Polypore® CA 30 10 2 07110091 07150013 Polypore H 210 nm 0.01 0.15 25 °C 07110089
(220 x 4.6 mm ID) NH2SO4 mL/min
100 10 1 07110093 07150014
220 10 1 07110095 07150015

LC COLUMNS
Brownlee SPP HPLC and UHPLC Column Solutions

Say goodbye to the limitations of traditional columns and experience greater speed, lasting durability and better results from your liquid
chromatography instrument.
Brownlee Superficially Porous Particle (SPP) columns produce sharper peaks and faster separation results. These results are possible
due to their breakthrough particle design and size. Brownlee SPP columns use 2.7 µm particles comprised of a thin outer shell of
high-quality porous silica fused to a solid inner core. This advanced design allows for a shorter diffusion path, reducing the time solute
molecules spend inside the particles while passing through the stationary phase.
SPP Particle Technology
1.7 µm 2.7 µm Smaller in size

and innovative
in design,
superficially porous
particles are made
0.5 µm by fusing a porous
silica layer to a
solid inner core.
Brownlee SPP Phases and Applications

UHPLC Phases* Pore Size Coverage pH Range Temp Limit Applications Chromatographic Properties
(Å) (µmol/m2) (°C)
C18 90 3.5 2–9 60 General purpose Octadecyl phase for reversed A high purity column that exhibits excellent
phase separations peak shape for a wide range of compounds
C8 90 3.7 2–9 60 General purpose Octyl phase for reversed High purity reversed phase packing that
phase separations when less retention than exhibits excellent peak shape for a wide
a C18 is desired range of compounds
HILIC** 90 – 2–8 60 General purpose bare silica column for normal High purity silica substrate
phase and HILIC applications
Peptide ES-C18** 160 2.0 1–8 90 Sterically protected ligand (isobutyl – side chains), The 160 Å pore size was specially chosen for
results in an extra stable bonded phase at low pH the molecular weight range of peptides. The
where most peptide separations are performed ligand was chosen due to its sterically pro-
tected bonding technology that inhibits acid
hydrolysis of the siloxane bonds, even under
extremes of high temperature and low pH
PhenylHexyl 90 3.0 2–9 60 Alternative selectivity to alkyl bonded phases, Base-deactivated for good peak shapes when
recommended for aromatic groups. Compatible separating basic compounds. Hexyl spacer
with highly aqueous mobile phases to facilitate the provides optimal flexibility for phenyl ring to
retention and separation of polar compounds facilitate π-π interactions with solutes
* Maximum pressure 9,000 psi for all columns. All particle sizes are 2.7 µm.
**Not end-capped. All others end-capped.

LC COLUMNS
Brownlee SPP Columns

Phase Length 2.1 mm ID 3.0 mm ID 4.6 mm ID HPLC analysis of 8 parabens using
(mm) Part No. Part No. Part No. Brownlee SPP C18 100 x 3.0 mm, 2.7 µm.
C18 30 N9308401 N9308407 N9308413
Peak Identification
50 N9308402 N9308408 N9308414
1. 2-phenoxyethanol 5. Propylparaben
2 2. Methylparaben 6. Isobutyl paraben
75 N9308403 N9308409 N9308415
3. Ethyl paraben 7. Butylparaben
4. Isopropyl paraben 8. Benzyl paraben
100 N9308404 N9308410 N9308416 3
45
150 N9308405 N9308411 N9308417 67
8
Peptide 50 N9308451 N9308456 N9308461 1
ES-C18
75 N9308452 N9308457 N9308462
100 N9308453 N9308458 N9308463
150 N9308454 N9308459 N9308464 HPLC analysis of 6 furans using Brownlee SPP C8 100 x 2.1 mm,
2.7 µm. Chromatographic overlay of a standard run at 218 nm
C8 30 N9308419 N9308424 N9308430 (black) and 278 nm (blue).
50 N9308420 N9308425 N9308431
Peak Identification
75 N9308421 N9308426 N9308432 1. 5 -hydroxymethyl-2-furfural 4. 3-furfural
2. 2-furfuryl alcohol 5. 2-acetylfuran
100 N9308422 N9308427 N9308433 3. 2-furfural 6. 5-methyl-2-furfural
150 N9308423 N9308428 N9308434
Phenyl Hexyl 50 N9308483 N9308488 N9308493 3
75 N9308484 N9308489 N9308494 5

1
100 N9308485 N9308490 N9308495
6
2
150 N9308486 N9308491 N9308496
4
HILIC 50 N9308436 N9308441 N9308446
75 N9308437 N9308442 N9308447
100 N9308438 N9308443 N9308448
150 N9308439 N9308444 N9308449
SPP Guard Columns (Pkg. 3)* HPLC analysis of 7 cannabinoids using

Brownlee SPP C18 150 x 3.0 mm, 2.7 µm.
Phase Length 2.1 mm ID 3.0 mm ID 4.6 mm ID
(mm) Part No. Part No. Part No. Peak Identification
C18 5 N9308513 N9308514 N9308515 1. CBDA 5. THC
2. CBG 6. CBC
Peptide 5 N9308528 N9308529 N9308530 3. CBD 7. THC-A
ES-C18 4. CBN
C8 5 N9308522 N9308523 N9308524

6
4
Phenyl Hexyl 5 N9308519 N9308520 N9308521
HILIC 5 N9308525 N9308526 N9308527 5

1 3
2 7
SPP Guard N9308534 N9308534 N9308534
Column
Holder
* Maximum pressure 9,000 psi for all columns. All particle sizes are 2.7 µm.

LC ACCESSORIES
NewGuard Cartridges
NewGuard cartridges are small guard cartridges (15 mm x 3.2 mm ID)
packed with 5 or 7 µm sorbents. They help to prolong column Features and Benefits
life by eliminating particulates, contaminants, and strongly bound • Prolong column life by 2 to 5 times
sample components; acting as replaceable disposable heads of • Optimized dimensions to prevent loss of resolution
your analytical column. There is negligible loss of efficiency and • Easy coupling to MPLC cartridges or conventional columns
little effect on retention or resolution. NewGuards are available • Finger-tight seal to 7,000 psi using NewGuard holders
in a convenient 3-pack and can be coupled directly to any • Can be used for sample preconcentration
MPLC cartridge with a union (07150018), or any LC column using (connected to sample injection loop)
the stand alone holder (07150001).
Description Size (μm) Shape Part No.

Amino, Aquapore Amino 7 Spherical 07110098
a)
Anion, Aquapore Anion 7 Spherical 07110102
RP-8, Aquapore Octyl 7 Spherical 07110090
b)
RP-18, Aquapore ODS 7 Spherical 07110092
* Requires holder (07150001). Note: Actual bed length of NewGuard is about 13 mm.
a) NewGuard cartridges directly coupled to a 220 mm MPLC cartridge (with union
07150018) b)connected externally to a 250 mm conventional column with a stand
alone holder (07150001).
MPLC Cartridge Holders

Description Part No.
Single 30 mm holder for MPLC cartridges 07150013
MPLC holder for directly coupling a NewGuard and a 100 mm cartridge 07150016
Holder for directly coupling a 30 mm and 100 mm MPLC cartridge 07150032
MPLC holder for directly coupling a NewGuard and a 220 mm cartridge 07150017
Holder for a single, stand-alone NewGuard cartridge 07150001
For direct coupling of two cartridge holders or a NewGuard to any cartridge holder. (NewGuard end assembly required) 07150018
Used with union to couple a NewGuard to any cartridge holder 07150002
End assembly for any MPLC holder body 07150019
Holder body for 100 mm MPLC cartridge 07150021
Holder body for 220 mm MPLC cartridge 07150022
Includes 100 mm and 220 mm holder bodies, 2 end assemblies, 1 union and 1 NewGuard end assembly 07150025
Holder for a single 250 mm Prep-10 MPLC cartridge 07150006
Holder for a 33 mm fast LC Pecosphere cartridge. (Not for use with MPLC cartridges) 07150028
Holder for a 83 mm fast LC Pecosphere cartridge. (Not for use with MPLC cartridges) 07150029

LC ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES
LC Accessories LX-50 Instrument Spares

& Consumables
An overview of key spares and
consumables needed to keep your
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality LX-50 LC system operating at
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments. optimum productivity.
Flexar Instrument Spares

Quick Reference Index Page For your convenience a list
of commonly used parts to
Instrument Spares and Consumables 66-72 keep your system running
at optimal performance.
LX 50 Spares 66
QSight 67-70
Flexar 59-65 Rheodyne Valves

Series 200 71-72 and Spare Parts
A range of valves with
General LC Accessories 73-78 associated spares for
LC/MS (low dispersion),
Fittings, Nuts and Ferrules 76 biological applications
(PEEK valves) and high
Microsyringes (For Manual Injection) 73 precision, high accuracy
standard LC applications.
Rheodyne Valves 73
Rheodyne Spare Parts, Sample Loops,

Internal Loops, and Rotor Seals 73-74
LC Starter Kits
Solvent Sparger and Solvent Filters 75 Essential items to keep your
pumps running at maximum
Starter Kits 78 efficiency; seals, pistons and
check valves.
Tubing 75
Vacuum Degassing Kits 77
CLICK THE ARROWS

58
FLEXAR INSTRUMENT SPARES
Flexar Instrument Spares Flexar Needles,

Syringes and Kits
PerkinElmer syringe kits for high pressure applications are
manufactured for precise liquid delivery. All of these glass syringes
come with precision stainless steel plungers. They are used for
sampling and flushing and are available in a large variety of sizes.
Flexar Autosampler Needles
Sample needle/w fittings has a 90° bevel and is the standard
needle for the Flexar system. The Bio compatible needle features
an inert titanium needle.
Air guide needles are available in two different lengths to
Flexar UV/Vis PDA Flowcells accommodate different plate heights in the autosampler.
The standard air needle is a 62 mm needle. This air needle
These flowcells provide the highest detection limits possible for accommodates use of a wide range of high and low plates.
your sample. The 6 mm pathlength flowcell has been optimized
Blunt tip/low volume needles are for injection of low μL volumes
for lower-dispersion LC analysis and is the perfect choice when
out of already low μL samples. The needle inlet is at the very tip,
using narrowbore, 2.1 mm or microbore, 1 mm columns.
instead of slightly up the side, to ensure reliable sampling.
The 3 mm pathlength is the choice for semiprep LC to avoid
detector saturation at high-solute concentrations. Description Part No.
Sample Needle w/ Fittings N2936009
Air Guide Needle (62 mm) N2936000
Bio Compatible Sample Needle w/ Tubing Connector N2936010
Air Guide Needle (80 mm) N2936342
Blunt Tip/Low Volume Needle N2931199
Flowcell Assembly Flexar Autosampler Syringe Kits

(w/ heat exchanger and zdv unions)
Dimension Buffer Tubing Part No.
100 µL 200 µL N2936051
UV/Vis and PDA Flowcells and Assemblies
250 µL 500 µL N2936052
Description Size Part No. 500 µL 1,000 µL N2936053
Flowcells for Flexar FX-UV/Vis UHPLC Detectors 1,000 µL 2,000 µL N2936054
Flowcell 6 mm x 2.4 µL N2920127 2,500 µL 2,000 µL N2936055
Flowcell Kit (includes flowcell and 6 mm x 2.4 µL N2920070
detector head plate w/ gasket) Flexar Autosampler Syringes
Flowcell Kit (includes flowcell 10 mm x 15 µL N2920125 Syringe replacements for current system setup. If syringe size is
w/ heat exchanger and zdv unions)
changed from current setup, a syringe kit (containing the relevant
Flowcell 10 mm x 15 µL N2920124
sized tubing) is required.
Flowcell Assembly 6 mm x 2.4 µL N2920128
Contents Size Part No.
Prep Flowcell Assembly (w/ zdv unions) 3 mm x 1.7 µL 29000545
Sampling Syringe 50 µL 09923304
Flowcells for Flexar FX-PDA UHPLC PDA Detectors
Flowcell Assembly (dual-lensed) 6 mm x 2.4 µL N2920166
Flowcells for Flexar PDA Detectors
Flowcell Assembly 10 mm x 15 µL N2920160
Sampling Syringe 2500 µL 09923219*
Flexar PDA Plus
Sampling Syringe Kit 2500 µL 2500 µL N2930313
Flowcell 10 mm x 1 μL N2950450
(includes 2500 µL syringe, union and tubing kit)
Flowcell 50 mm x 5 μL N2950455
Flush Syringe 2500 µL 09923219
Flowcell Dry Cell N2950429
*Requires one-time purchase of N2930313.

Flow Cells and Pump

Accessory Kits
Detector Backpressure Regulator
Pump Seal Kits Detector Backpressure Regulator

Description Part No. The detector backpressure regulator is a device that is attached
Micropump Piston Seal Replacement Kit N2910384 to the outlet of the detector to prevent outgassing in the
Includes: Seals and O-Rings flowcell, eliminating variations to the detector baseline.
Flexar Standard LC Pump Maintenance Kit N2910345
Includes: Fuses, Seals, O-Rings and Seal Tools Description Material Part No.
40 psi in-line backpressure regulator N2925090
2 – 5K psi variable backpressure regulator N2925091
Backpressure Regulator Stainless Steel 09907126
Adjustable from 15 – 59 psi
Flexar HPLC and UHPLC Detector Lamps
UV/VIS Deuterium Detector Lamp Photo Diode Array Detector Lamp
Our extensive quality control and inspection process demands Photo Diode Array Detector Lamps
the very best quality sources. Choosing a PerkinElmer deuterium,
The Flexar Photo Diode Array Detector provides true UV/VIS
tungsten or xenon source provides outstanding ultraviolet and
detection and high resolution spectral data. The excellent
true visible performance.
signal-to-noise characteristics make it ideally suited for
low-volume or low concentration samples.
• Exceptional performance anywhere in the detector’s 190 – 700 nm Components Part No.
wavelength range
Flexar
• Lamp changes are quick and easy due to a unique self-aligning Deuterium Lamp (PDA) N2925030
lamp mount
Deuterium Lamp (PDA Plus) 09290900
Tungsten Lamp N2922011
UV/VIS Detector Lamps
Description Part No. Fluorescence Detector Lamps
Flexar UV/VIS Detector Lamps The major benefit afforded by fluorescence detection is
Deuterium Lamp N2920149 the inherent high sensitivity of the technique coupled with
Tungsten Lamp N2920146 outstanding specificity. The Fluorescence Detector provides
signal to noise ratio of >700:1 from trace analysis using a
150 W xenon source.
Refractive Index Detector Lamps
The Flexar Refractive Index lamps, with its deflection-type design, Components Part No.
allows sensitive detection of these compounds with low noise Flexar

and drift characteristics. Xenon Lamp N2922082
Festoon Lamp 04969486
Flexar
Refraction Index (RI) Lamp 02712303

Flexar FX-15 and FX-20 Pump Head

Check Valve Assemblies 2
6 8
5
4
9
3
FX-15 FX-20
Description Stainless Steel Standard Stainless Steel Biocompatible Titanium
Part No. Part No. Part No.
1 Pump Head (Stainless Steel – pkg. 2, Titanium – each) †
N2911251 N2911244
2 Inlet/Outlet Check Valve Kit (1 inlet and 1 outlet) N2911220 N2911220 –
3 High Pressure Piston Seal * * *
4 High Pressure Piston Seal Backup Washer * * *
5 Self Flush Assembly w/ Seals N2911235 N2911235 N2911245
6 Self-Flush Check Valve Kit (1 inlet and 1 outlet) N2911236 N2911236 N2911236
7 Self-Flush Seal * * *
8 Piston N9308535 N9308535 N9308535
9 Check Valve Capsule (Stainless Steel – Each, Titanium – pkg. 4) N2911239 N2911239 N2911240
10 0.5 mm Tee Assembly Frit N2911224 N2911224 N2911241
11 Check Valve Capsule N2911239 N2911239 N2911240
* Seals sold in Kits only. See Preventive Maintenance and Seal Kits.
†
Replacement with FX-20 pump heads (N2911251) is recommended.
Tee Valve Assembly

Preventive Maintenance (PM) and Seal Kits
FX-15 PM Kit Complete (4 Heads) N2911249
FX-15 Single Head Seal Kit (1 Head) N2911221
FX-15 Heavy Duty HP Seals (1 Head) N9308536 MULTIPLE HOLES
FX-20 PM Seal Kit (4 Heads) N2911250

11 CHECK VALVE CAPSULE
SINGLE HOLE

Flexar Seals, Pistons and Check Valves

Check valves, which include a sealing washer, are easy to install using the optional Torque Wrench kit. For all PerkinElmer pumps an
intermediate check valve is required. The input check valve, which is identical, should be ordered.
Flexar LC FX-10
Description Standard Stainless Steel Micropump Stainless Steel Biocompatible Titanium Micropump Stainless Steel
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
1 Standard High Pressure Piston Seal 09907324 09923367† 09907338 09923367†
1 High Pressure Piston Seal – Chemically Resistant 09907345
2 High Pressure Piston with Seal Backup Ring 02542076 † †
3 High Pressure Piston Seal PTFE O-Ring 09902128 09902128 09902018 09902128
4 Low Pressure Piston Seal 09923366 09907339 09923366
5 Low Pressure Piston Seal Backup Guide Bushing 02542313 N2915006 N2915006
6 High Pressure Piston N2600124 N2910511 N2600124 N2910511
7 Low Pressure Piston N2600117 N2910512 N2600104 N2910512
8 Inlet Check Valve 02540177 02540177 N2600226 02540177
9 Intermediate Check Valve 02540177 02540177 N2600226 N2916052
10 Outlet check Valve 02540197 02540197 N2600192 02540154
* Refer to Users Manual for complete illustrated parts list.

†
High Pressure Piston Seal Backup ring (2) is included with the Standard High Pressure Piston Seal (1).
10
Check Valves 2
4 Exploded View of Standard Stainless Steel Pump Head.

5
8 9
Pistons and Seals

FX-15, FX-20 UHPLC Pump Accessories

Flexar SS
Replacement 0.5 µm Filter Frits for FX-15 (pkg. 4)
High Pressure FX-15 Piston Seal Kit (Need 4 per FX-15)
N2911224
N2911221
Sample Loops
Piston Wash Bottle Kit N2601616
For Flexar FX UHPLC Autosampler
2,500 µL Sample Syringe Starting Kit N2930313
(up to 18,000 psi operation) Sample Loops
Stainless Steel loops required for use
FX-10, FX-15 and FX-20 UHPLC System Accessories
with FX-10 or FX-20/FX-15 systems operating above 6,200 psi.
Description Color Size (cm) Part No.
Description Size Part No.
ID PEEK Tubing
Sample Loop, Stainless Steel 2 µL N2936071
0.004 in. Black 50 N2916200
0.005 in. Red 50 N2916056
0.004 in. Black 76 N2916260
0.005 in. Red 66 N2916262
Connector Tubing, Stainless Steel
Flexar ISO/Binary/Quaternary Pump to Autosampler N2916210
Dual Mixer Connection (≤ 250 µL) N2916216
Dual Mixer Connection (≤ 350 µL) N2916217
Sample Loop, Stainless Steel 1 mL N2936063
FX-10 Pump A (Upper) to T-mixer N2916213
FX-10 Pump B (Lower) to T-mixer N2916214
FX-10 Purge Valve to Filter/Scavenger N2916212
FX-10 Injector to Column N2916215
FX-10 Pump A (Upper) to Dual Mixers
FX-10 Pump B (Lower) to Dual Mixers
N2916218
N2916219
Flexar PEEK Sample Loops
FX-15 Pump to In-line Mixer N2916222 Flexar LC Autosamplers (up to 6,200 psi operation)
FX-15 Pump to Dual Mixers N2916224
These loops are compatible with all standard Flexar autosamplers as
FX-15 Injector to Column, Standard N2916223 well as Series 225 autosamplers. PEEK loops cannot be used above
FX-15 Injector to Column, 33 cm N2916201 6,200 psi operation therefore are NOT compatible with standard
3 cm Scavenger Cartridge Holder 02580178 Flexar autosamplers. Stainless steel loops required for use with
Spheri-5 Scavenger Columns (pkg. 5) 02580202 FX-10 or FX-20/ FX-15 UHPLC systems operating above 6,200 psi.
30 mL Priming Syringe 09904849
FX-15 C18 Scavenger Column Kit N2910765
PEEK Sample Loop 2 µL N2936072
FX-15 C18 Scavenger Columns (pkg. 2) 02580223
Flexar Pump Solvent PEEK Sample Loop

PEEK Sample Loop
20 µL
50 µL
N2936075
N2936076
Upgrade Kits
The unique design of the PerkinElmer Flexar Pump allows it to easily PEEK Sample Loop 500 µL N2936079
be upgraded for additional solvent capability right in your laboratory PEEK Sample Loop 1 mL N2936080
as your needs change. Installation of the kit by a PerkinElmer Service PEEK Sample Loop 2 mL N2936081
and Support is recommended, but not included. Contact your local PEEK Sample Loop 5 mL N2936082
PerkinElmer representative for more information.

Binary to Quaternary Upgrade Kit N2910344
Isocratic to Binary Upgrade Kit N2910342
Isocratic to Quaternary Upgrade Kit N2910343

Flexar Autosamplers Flexar Autosampler Trays and Accessories

25-Position 6 mL Vial Sample Tray N2936045
Features and Benefits 80-Position 2 mL Vial plus (5) 6 mL Vial Tray (for derivatization) N2936046
80-Position 2 mL Vial Tray with Dilution Tray N2930676
• Injects sample volumes as little as 1 µL at pressures up to 18,000 psi
with the FX UHPLC Autosampler 96-Well Microtiter Adapter N9302562
• Loads sample in only 8 seconds (in partial fill mode) 96-Well ‘Deep-well’ Microtiter Adapter N9302560
96-Well 7 mm Pre-slit Silicone Plate Mat/Seal N9302555
• Three injection modes: full loop, partial fill and µL-pickup with no
sample waste and excellent reproducibility 96-Well ‘Deep’ Microtiter Plate Adaptor N2936048
(Supports Dual Microtiter Plates)
• Peltier cooling/heating mode option for operation at 4 °C to 40 °C.
96-Well ‘Shallow’ Microtiter Plate Adaptor N2936049
Will reach 4 °C ± 2 °C, achievable even at ambient temperatures
(Supports Dual Microtiter Plates)
up to 25 °C
384-Well Microtiter Adapter N2936050
100-Position 2 mL Vial Sample Tray N2936042
(200) 0.2 mL Microvial plus (5) 2 mL Vial Tray N2936043
250 µL Syringe Tip Replacements (pkg. 10) N2936003
Flexar/225 Biocompatible Upgrade Kit (w/ valve) N2930675
1⁄16 in. OD x 0.038 in. ID PTFE Tubing (AS Transfer Line) 02506495
Flexar Autosampler Valve Maintenance Parts

Description Flexar LC Flexar UHPLC
(6000 psi) (18000 psi)
All Flexar autosamplers can be upgraded in the field for Peltier Part No. Part No.
cooling and heating and they all include: Rotor Seal N2936021 N2932001
• 100-sample tray • Service Manager SW CD Stator N2936022 N2932002
• 100 2 mL vials • User’s manual

• 100 2 mL screw top cap with • Nuts and ferrules
cross slit vial septum • All fuses for 120–240 V
• Tubing to connect to Flexar UHPLC (18000 psi) Autosampler Valve Upgrade Kit N2936023
• All cables required for connection
waste reservoir to a TotalChrom or Chromera Flexar Analytical LC (6000 psi) Autosampler Valve N2936020
• I/O cable (Pump Start/Ready-In) Operating Environment
Flexar Autosamplers and Upgrade Kits

Flexar LC Autosampler
High throughput autosampler with exceptionally low carryover. Operates up to 6,100 psi (420 bar). Provides flexible injection modes: full-loop, partial-fill N2930660
and µL-Pickup (no sample waste). Peltier cooling and heating options available as field upgrades. Comes standard with 100 µL loop and 250 µL sample
flush syringe
Flexar Peltier LC Autosampler
High throughput autosampler with exceptionally low carryover. Operates up to 6,100 psi (420 bar). Provides flexible injection modes: full-loop, partial-fill N2930661
and µL-Pickup (no sample waste). Built-in Peltier cooling comes standard. Peltier heating option available as field upgrade. Comes standard with 100 µL
loop and 250 µL sample flush syringe
Flexar FX UHPLC Autosampler
High throughput UHPLC autosampler with exceptionally low carryover. Operates up to 18,000 psi (1,241 bar). Provides flexible injection modes: full-loop, N2930664
partial-fill and µL-Pickup (no sample waste). Built-in Peltier cooling comes standard. Peltier heating option available as field upgrade. Comes standard with
10 µL loop and 250 µL sample flush syringe
Field Upgrade Peltier Kits
Flexar and Series 225 Upgrade Kit (from standard to Peltier Cooling option) N2930672
Flexar and Series 225 Upgrade Kit (from standard to Peltier Cooling and Heating option) N2930673
Flexar and Series 225 Upgrade Kit (from Peltier Cooling to Peltier Cooling and Heating option) N2930669

Peltier Tray Accessories High Pressure

100-Position Peltier Temperature-Controlled
Tray Accessory
Analytical Static Mixers
Static Mixers are important in facilitating complete mobile phase
100 standard 2 mL vials. Temperature controlled from
blending, resulting in improved retention performance. These
4 – 60 °C within ± 1 °C directly from Autosampler keypad
mixers should be used as part of FX10, or FX15 LC systems,
– or from TotalChrom Workstation – Client/Server.
where high pressure blending is required. Mixers incorporate a
Description Part No. highly efficient cross-flow shearing mechanism which produces
100-Position Peltier Temperature-Controlled Tray Accessory N2930035 vortex sheer mixing over a wide range of volumes. They are now
offered in 18,000 psi pressure max flavor.
Peltier Temperature Controller A good first choice selection is a volume of about half the flow
rate volume. For example, when pumping at a 0.5 mL/min
flow rate, a 350 μL mixer provides good mixing with very good
baseline stability.

50 μL In-Line High Pressure Mixer Assembly, Stainless Steel N2911200
Binary High Pressure T-Mixer, Stainless Steel, 50 μL N2911212
Controller Unit required for operation of either Binary High Pressure T-Mixer, Stainless Steel, 350 μL N2911210
100-position or Double Microtiter Peltier trays. Binary High Pressure T-Mixer, Stainless Steel, 500 μL N2911211
Description Part No. T-connector, Stainless Steel N2911127
Peltier Temperature Controller N2930036
100-Position Peltier Temperature-Controlled Tray Accessory N2930035

LX-50 INSTRUMENT SPARES
LX-50 Instrument Spares

The PerkinElmer QSight® LX50 UHPLC system is the perfect
complement to our QSight LC/MS/MS platform. Featuring a
high precision autosampler, an advanced UHPLC solvent delivery
module and a flexible column temperature module, the QSight
LX50 UHPLC delivers the performance required for even the most
demanding analyzes.
QSight LX50 Precision Sampling Module QSight LX50 Solvent Delivery Module
Description Part No. Description Part No.
Valco Ferrule, 1/16" (pkg. 10) N2992100 Seal Replacement Tool N2991100
Valco Nut, 1/16" (pkg. 10) N2992101 Hastelloy Steel Tubing, 1/16" Pump-to-Pump N2991101
Sample Needle, Stainless Steel N2992102 Stainless Steel Tubing, 1/16" Valve-to-Purge Pump A N2991102
7 µL Sample Needle, PEEKsil N2992103 Stainless Steel Tubing, 1/16" Valve-to-Mixer N2991103
500 µL Tefzel Buffer Tubing N2992104 Stainless Steel Tubing, 1/16" Valve-to-Purge Pump B N2991104
200 µL Tefzel Buffer Tubing N2992105 Hastelloy Steel Tubing, 1/16" Pump A-to-Valve N2991105
QSight Valve Rotor Seal for UHPLC Injection Valve N2992107 Hastelloy Steel Tubing, 1/16" Pump B-to-Valve N2991106
Nut, 1/16" for Collapsible Ferrule N2992108 Piston Cartridge Replacement Kit N2991107
Collapsible Ferrule N2992109 Flangless Nut + Ferrule, Brown, 1/8" (pkg. 10) N2991108
100 µL Syringe with Metal Screw Connection N2992110 Flangless Nut+Ferrule, Black, 1/8" (pkg. 10) N2991109
250 µL Syringe with Metal Screw Connection N2992111 Flangless Nut+Ferrule, 1/16" (pkg. 10) N2991110
200 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop N2936061 High Pressure Seal N2991111
10 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop N2936057 Check Valve Cartridge, Single N2991112
20 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop N2936058 Outlet Filter, 2 µm N2991113
50 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop N2936059 PM Kit Pump, 120 Liters or Yearly N2991114
Peek One-Piece Hex-Head Nut N2992117 PM Kit Pump, 60 Liters N2991115
Two Plate Carrier Sample Tray N2992122 Inlet Check Valve Housing Assembly N2991120
Standard Vial Tray, 108 Positions N2992123 Outlet Check Valve Housing Assembly N2991121
Rotor Seal, Purge Valve 20.000psi N2991128
Lubrication Kit N2991136
QSight LX50 Column Temperature Module

Rotor Seal for Selection Valve N2993109
Stainless Plug, 1/16" N2993112

QSIGHT LC/MS INSTRUMENT SPARES
QSight LC/MS/MS Instrument Spares

Ion Source Accessories
Additional ESI Probe BC001283F
Additional APCI Probe BC002312F
PerkinElmer’s QSight LC/MS/
™
MS provides a high sensitivity ESI Source Needle BC004866F
triple quadrupole solution that APCI Source Needle BC004868F

enables high levels of efficiency
and productivity to meet Tuning Solutions
both standard and regulatory
requirements.
100-200 Series Tuning Solution BC004850
LC Infusion Kit BC002931
Uninterruptable Power Supply Systems

With the Security Plus Series, you get much more protection
and a higher comfort level than you get with most other UPS
Features and Benefits systems. The Security Plus Series also provides complete power
• Self-cleaning StayClean™ technology conditioning and, because the Security Plus Series features
• Dual-source ion probes for flexible method development on-line inverter design, added peace of mind. Regardless of input
fluctuations, the Security Plus Series ensures that the output
• Easy-to-use and learn Simplicity™ software to streamline workflow
remains continuous and regulated.

QSight UPS System N9306749
Noise Enclosure and Reduction Cover

Laboratories can be loud and noise in labs is distracting, stressful
and potentially harmful to your hearing. While noise in labs may
not be frequently talked about, it is something you should be
concerned with.
Noise enclosure for SC40 and reduces perceived operator noise
level by approximately 4 to 5 dB (A) Fits on MZ321147.
Description Part No. Depth Width Height Height with Oil Enclosure Oil Tray
(in./cm) (in./cm) (in./cm) Tray (in./cm) Weight (lbs/kg) Weight (lbs/kg)
Noise Enclosure Including Dolly MZ321146 29.15/74 16.75/42.5 23.25/59 26.97/68.5 30.8/14 16.75/8

QSIGHT LC/MS ACCESSORIES
Genius Gas Generators

With curated and dedicated gas solutions for PerkinElmer, PEAK Scientific has developed optimal performing gas generators for your lab. The
generators are engineered for your instrument to deliver the consistent flow and purity you demand, at the push of a button. If you’re looking
for a gas generator that you can rely on, is cost efficient, and highly efficient in streamlining your workflow – look no further than PEAK. With
training and certification from PEAK, our PerkinElmer engineers are prepared for available services from installation, preventative maintenance,
and general needs, we’ve got you covered worldwide. With us, you can be assured your lab is running smoothly – day to day, analysis to analysis.
Genius XE QSD Genius 1025

Nitrogen and Air Generator for PerkinElmer Nitrogen and Air Generator for
QSight® Dual Source LC/MS/MS PerkinElmer Instrumentation
Advanced technology coupled with robust With up to 15 L/min of LC/MS grade
features, Genius XE QSD provides a quality nitrogen and up to 35 L/min of air being
standalone nitrogen solution custom produced in a single output, the Genius
designed to meet the requirements of our 1025 was specifically designed to meet
QSight Dual Source LC/MS/MS. the requirements of our QSight Triple
Featuring dual outlets (nitrogen and air), the generator was built Quad 110 and 210 Single Source LC/MS/MS systems.
to reduce size, noise, and heat emissions. Genius XE QSD has This gas generator was outfitted using membrane technology
been tested and validated by our trusted engineers for use with to produce LC/MS grade purity and an internal air dryer to be
the QSight and accompanied by factory pre-set pressures which an all-in-one solution.
allows for flows to meet the precise demands of our system.
Features and Benefits • Self-contained solution with integrated compressors
so no need for an external air supply
• Multi-Stage Drying Filtration to efficiently remove moisture and
contaminants, providing a consistent quality of gas • Economical and efficient source of nitrogen/dry air
with low lifetime running costs
• Low environmental lab impact with low noise and heat emissions
• Easy to use – gas at the push of a button
• Next-generation high performance premium compressors
• One year on-site warranty
• Intuitive LED Service Indication
• ECO (Electronic Compressor Optimisation™) technology
Description Genius 1025
for low energy consumption and compressor durability
Part Number N2800012
• Fixed annual maintenance schedule
Maximum Flow Up to 15 L/min Nitrogen and up to 35 L/min
• One year manufacturer’s warranty Dry Air
Min/Max Pressure Up to 80 psi Nitrogen and up to 110 psi
Dry Air
Description Genius XE QSD
Gas Outlets 2 x ¼” BSPP
Maximum Relative Humidity 80% Non-Condensing
Nitrogen Maximum Flow 16 L/min @ 5.52 bar (0.57 cfm @ 80 psi)
Maximum Altitude 2000 m
Air Maximum Flow 67 L/min @ 7.58 bar (2.37 cfm @ 110 psi)
Particles <0.01 μm
Dewpoint Nitrogen ≤ -40 °C Dry Air ≤ -20 °C
Phthalates None
Suspended Liquids None
Drain Outlet 1 x ¼” BSPP
Operating Temperature 5 °C (41 °F) to 30 °C (86 °F)
Particles <0.01 μm
Electrical Requirements 230 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz 7A
Phthalates None
Power Consumption <1,265 VA
Heat Output 3,925 BTU/Hr
Noise Level 57dB(A) @ 1m
Electrical Requirements 220-240 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz
Dimensions (HxWxD) 713 x 600 x 750 mm 28.1 x 23.7 x 29.6 in.
Power Consumption 1.64 kVA
Weight 108.5 kg / 239.3 lbs
Heat Output <5545 BTU
Shipping Weight 137 kg / 302.1 lbs
Noise Level 57dB(A) @ 1 m
Weight 153 kg

QSIGHT LC/MS CONSUMABLES
Ultra Clean Gas Filters and Kits for LC/MS

To meet the high flow needs of the LC/MS system, the hydrocarbon or moisture filled cartridges are positioned and placed in parallel.
The incoming gas stream is split equally between the cartridges and the two streams are re-joined after purification but before the
gas exits the base plate. Get up and running with speed and benefit from increased sensitivity by removing unwanted moisture and
hydrocarbons.
Ultra-High Capacity Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle Ultra Clean Filter Kits for LC/MS
Up to 20 L/min of
hydrocarbon-free nitrogen
per minute.
Capacity
HC 24 g (as n-butane)
Description Specification Description Qty. Part No.
Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999 Ultra Clean 2 High Flow Hydrocarbon Filter Kit – Kit N9306840
1/4 in. Brass: Includes (1) 2 position high flow base
Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi) plate with 1/4 in. Brass inlet/outlet fittings,
Maximum Flow 20 L/min (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Traps, and a 1/4 in.
Brass Particle Filter
Usable For Nitrogen
Ultra Clean 2 High Flow Hydrocarbon Filter Kit – Kit N9306841
Dimensions 24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm 1/4 in. Stainless Steel: Includes (1) 2 position high
Weight 0.26 Kg flow base plate with 1/4 in. Stainless Steel inlet/outlet
fittings, (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Traps, and a 1/4 in.
Estimated Lifetime 3 to 6 months Brass Particle Filter
Part No. N9306823
Ultra Clean Filter Base Plates for LC/MS

Ultra-High Capacity Moisture Filter Bundle
High Flow moisture
filters are ideal for central
purifying solutions.
Moisture in carrier gas
lines will prematurely degrade oxygen and hydrocarbon traps and Description Qty. Part No.
increase detector noise. As a precaution, we highly recommend
Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306800
installing a moisture trap before the hydrocarbon and oxygen
traps on all carrier gas lines.
Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/4 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306802
Capacity Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306803
H2O 14.4 g Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306804
Description Specification Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Brass 1 N9306805
Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999 Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306806
Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi) Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306807
Maximum Flow 20 L/min Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306810
Usable For Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Brass 1 N9306811
Dimensions 24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/4 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306812
Weight 0.26 Kg Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306813
Estimated Lifetime 3 to 6 months
Part No. N9306824

QSIGHT LC/MS CONSUMABLES
Replacement Filter Bundles for LC/MS

Accessories
Ultra Clean High Flow Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle: 1 Bundle N9306823 Particle Filter for LC/MS
Includes (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Filters of 2
Cartridges
Ultra Clean High Flow Moisture Filter Bundle: 1 Bundle N9306824
Includes (2) High Flow Moisture Filters of 2
Cartridges

Ultra Clean Replacement Individual Cartridge Filters Ultra Clean 0.5 Micron Particle Filter – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306856
for LC and LC/MS Ultra Clean 0.5 Micron Particle Filter Cup 12 N9306857
Replacement Pack
Ultra Clean Moisture Filter 1 N9306814
Ultra Clean Oxygen Filter 1 N9306815 Ultra Clean Base Plate Fittings for LC/MS
Ultra Clean Hydrocarbon Filter 1 N9306816
Ultra Clean Combi (Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter 1 N9306818
Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) 1 N9306819
Filter
Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) 1 N9306820 Description Qty. Part No.
Helium-specific Filter Ultra Clean High Flow Connector Set – 1/4 in. Brass 6 N9306850
Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) 1 N9306822 Ultra Clean High Flow Connector Set – 1/4 in. 6 N9306851
Hydrogen-specific Filter Stainless Steel
Base Plates Ultra Clean Base Plate Flush Cap Replacement Set
for LC/MS
Ultra Clean High Flow Base Plates for LC/MS

Ultra Clean High Flow Flush Cap Replacement Set 2 N9306853

Wall Mounting Bracket for All Cartridge Base Plates
Ultra Clean High Flow Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in. 1 N9306808
Brass: Includes 1/4 in. Stainless Steel Particle Filter
Ultra Clean High Flow Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in. 1 N9306809
Brass: Includes 1/4 in. Stainless Steel Particle Filter

Ultra Clean Wall-Mounting Bracket Set 1 N9306855
Replacement O-Rings for All Cartridge Base Plates

Ultra Clean Base Plate O-Ring Replacement Set 20 N9306854

SERIES 200 INSTRUMENT SPARES
Series 200/785A and UV/VIS Detector Lamps

Series 200 EP Flow Cells Series 200/200a, 785A UV/VIS Detector Lamps
Deuterium Lamp N2920149
These flowcells provide the highest detection limits possible for Tungsten Lamp N2920146
your sample. The 6 mm pathlength flowcell has been optimized LC-295 UV/VIS Detector Lamps
for lower-dispersion LC analysis and is the perfect choice when Deuterium Lamp 02712266
using narrowbore, 2.1 mm or microbore, 1 mm columns.
The 3 mm pathlength is the choice for semiprep LC to avoid
Refractive Index Detector Lamps
detector saturation at high-solute concentrations.
The Flexar Series 200/200a Refractive Index lamps, with its
UV/Vis and PDA Flowcells and Assemblies deflection-type design, allows sensitive detection of these
compounds with low noise and drift characteristics.
Flowcells for 785A and Series 200 UV/Vis Detectors Description Part No.
Flowcell 8 mm x 12 µL 29000542 Series 200/200a
Flowcells for Series 275 PDA Detectors Refraction Index (RI) Lamp 02712273
Flowcell Assembly (Dual-Lensed) 6 mm x 2.4 µL N2920166

Photo Diode Array Detector Lamps
Flowcells for Series 200EP PDA Detectors
The Series 200/200a EP Photo Diode Array Detector provides true
Flowcell 10 mm x 15 µL N2920126 UV/VIS detection and high resolution spectral data. The excellent
Flowcell Assembly 10 mm x 15 µL N2920160 signal-to-noise characteristics make it ideally suited for low-
Flowcells for Series 200 PDA Detectors volume or low concentration samples.
Components Part No.
Series 200/200a EP
Series 200 Pump Seal Kits Deuterium Lamp (PDA)

Deuterium Lamp (PDA Plus)
N2925030
09290900
Description Part No. Tungsten Lamp N2922011
Series 200 Standard Pressure Piston Seal Replacement Kit N2910383 Series 200/200a
Includes: Seals (4), Backup Rings and O-Rings
Deuterium Lamp N2922046
Micropump Piston Seal Replacement Kit N2910384
Includes: Seals and O-Rings Tungsten Lamp N2922011
LC-135C/235
Detector Lamp N2351285
Series 200 Detector Lamps Fluorescence Detector Lamps

Our extensive quality control
and inspection process demands The major benefit afforded by fluorescence detection is
the very best quality sources. the inherent high sensitivity of the technique coupled with
Choosing a PerkinElmer outstanding specificity. The Series 200a Fluorescence Detector
deuterium, tungsten or xenon provides signal to noise ratio of >700:1 from trace analysis
source provides outstanding using a 150 W xenon source.
ultraviolet and true visible
Series 200/200 EP Components Part No.
performance. Photo Diode Array Detector Lamp
Series 200/200a
Xenon Lamp N2922082
• Exceptional performance anywhere in the detector’s Festoon Lamp 04969486
190 – 700 nm wavelength range
• Lamp changes are quick and easy due to a unique
self-aligning lamp mount

SERIES 200 INSTRUMENT SPARES
Series 200 Seals, Pistons and Check Valves

Check valves, which include a sealing washer, are easy to install using the optional Torque Wrench kit. For all PerkinElmer pumps an
intermediate check valve is required. The input check valve, which is identical, should be ordered.
Series 200 (6000 psi)

Description Standard Stainless Steel Micropump Stainless Steel Biocompatible Titanium
Part No. Part No. Part No.
1 Standard High Pressure Piston Seal 09907324 09923367† 09907338
1 High Pressure Piston Seal – Chemically Resistant 09907345
2 High Pressure Piston with Seal Backup Ring 02542076 †
3 High Pressure Piston Seal PTFE O-Ring 09902128 09902128 09902018

4 Low Pressure Piston Seal 09923366 09907339
5 Low Pressure Piston Seal Backup Guide Bushing 02542313 N2915006
6 High Pressure Piston N2600124 N2910511 N2600124
7 Low Pressure Piston N2600104 N2910512 N2600104
8 Inlet Check Valve 02540177 02540177 N2600226
9 Intermediate Check Valve 02540177 02540177 N2600226
10 Outlet check Valve 02540197 02540197 N2600192
* Refer to Users Manual for complete illustrated parts list.

†
High Pressure Piston Seal Backup ring (2) is included with the Standard High Pressure Piston Seal (1).
Refer to page 62 for exploded diagram details.
Series 200 Maintenance Series 200 PEEK

Kits and Tools Sample Loops
For Series 200/225 LC Autosamplers
Biocompatible Piston Seal Replacement Kit N2910385
Includes: Four Seals, Backup Rings, and O-Rings
(up to 6,200 psi operation)
Piston Seal Replacement Kit N2910383 These loops are compatible with all standard Series 225
Includes: Four Seals, Backup Rings, and O-Rings autosamplers. PEEK loops cannot be used above 6,200 psi
Pulse Compensator Repair Kit N2600313 operation therefore are NOT compatible with standard
Includes: Diaphragm, Elastomer Plug, and Seal
Flexar autosamplers.
Series 200 Pump Maintenance Kit N2910345
Includes: Fuses, Seals, O-Rings, and Seal Tools Description Size Part No.
Micropump Piston Seal Replacement Kit N2910384 PEEK Sample Loop 2 µL N2936072
Check Valve Torque Wrench 02540871 PEEK Sample Loop 5 µL N2936073
Seal Removal Tool N2601295 PEEK Sample Loop 10 µL N2936074
Insertion Tool N2601503 PEEK Sample Loop 20 µL N2936075
PEEK Sample Loop 1 mL N2936080

Rheodyne Valves Rheodyne Valves

Bio Injection Valve
Model 9725 is inert and well-suited to the chromatography
Spare Parts
Description Model 9725 Model 7725
of biological molecules, including applications with aggressive Part No. Part No.
mobile phases. This valve is useful in all applications in which
Needle Guide S200 Autosampler N2931054 N2931054
metal contact with the mobile phase and or sample should be 1
Manual Valve ISS-100 09904800 09904800
avoided. This valve uses PEEK vent lines and a PTFE rotor seal
2 Needle Port Tube 09904805 09904805
and can be operated in a pH range from 0 – 14.
Rotor Seal Vespel 09904802 09904802
Description Part No. 3 Tefzel N9302677 N9302677
9725 Injection Valve for Series 200 Autosampler N9306020 PEEK N9306044 N9306044
4
Stator Face Assembly N9306047 N9306047
PEEK and Ceramic
Rheodyne™ 8125 Low-Dispersion
Stator PEEK N9306046
Stainless Steel Injection Valve 5
Stainless Steel Titanium N9306045
Ideal for use in an LC/MS system, the model 8125 is designed
for 1 and 2 mm microbore columns and can also be used with
conventional analytical (3 to 5 mm) columns. Small flow passages
produce low dispersion, maintaining the high mass sensitivity Knob assembly
inherent in micro columns. Set screws
1
Description Part No. Handle screw Handle
8125 Low-Dispersion Stainless Steel Injection Valve N9306021
Rheodyne™ 7725 Analytical Injection Valve

Body
Thrust bearing
Inject from 1 µL to 5 mL with high accuracy and precision,
with the Rheodyne 7725 and 7725i valves. Rheodyne 7725 and Rotor pin
7725i valves are versatile injectors and can use both partial-filling 2 Seal pins
and complete-filling methods for loading the sample loop. Wide
port angles of the 7725/7725i valve provide improved access to Bearing ring
fittings. Sample loop with a 2 µL internal capacity is also available. Isolation seal
In a clean system, the 7725/7725i typically can make more than 3
30,000 injections before requiring replacement of the rotor seal.
Stator ring
4
7725 Injection Valve for Series 200 Autosampler N9306019
7725i Injection Valve with Internal Switch N9306017 Set screws
5
Microsyringes (For Manual Injection)

Stator screws
Syringes are used for accurate and precise liquid delivery. Each Rheodyne Injection Valve
syringe is hand-fitted to assure maximum accuracy. Our syringes are

composed of glass barrels and precision stainless steel needles. The
needle features a blunt tip, required for use with a Rheodyne injector.

10 µL Syringe 09904937
100 µL Syringe 09904822
Rheodyne 22-Gauge Blunt Needle with Luer Hub 09904943

PEEK Sample Loops for Rheodyne Valves

PEEK Sample Loops avoid many of the problems associated with stainless steel sample loops. Metal loops will often absorb sample
components resulting in inaccurate quantitative results. In addition, metal loops may be corroded by high-salt buffers and chloride
salts. Sample Loops are made from PEEK tubing and fittings. PEEK (Poly-Ether-Ether-Ketone) is a mechanically strong, chemically inert
polymer ideal for HPLC applications where metal surfaces may interact with mobile phase or sample components. Each Sample Loop
is supplied with two PEEK hex-head nuts and ferrules. These fittings grip the tubing in two locations for a more reliable connection.
Description Model 9725

Part No.
5 µL PEEK Sample Loop N9306033
1 mL PEEK Sample Loop N9306040
Injector Valve Rotor Stainless Steel Sample

Seals for both Series 200 Loops for 7725 Valve
Autosampler and Description
5 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop

Model 7725
Part No.
N9306023
Manual Injectors 10 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop

20 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop
N9306024
N9306025
For both the Rheodyne and Flom valves, rotor seals should be
50 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop N9306026
periodically replaced every 6 months to a year and are available
in PEEK. For the Rheodyne valve, they are also available in
Vespel. PEEK is more inert towards amines and other basic
500 µL Stainless Steel Sample Loop N9306029
biomolecules/pharmaceuticals, exhibiting less sample carryover.
However, Vespel is more resilient than PEEK, providing better 1 mL Stainless Steel Sample Loop N9306030
wear life. 2 mL Stainless Steel Sample Loop N9306031

5 mL Stainless Steel Sample Loop N9306032
Flom Rotor Seal PEEK N9306068 00890873 Note: Loops are compatible with both manual valves and Series 200 Autosampler valves.
Rheodyne 7725 Vespel Rotor Seal 09904802

Rheodyne 8125 Vespel Rotor Seal
Rheodyne 7725/9725 PEEK Rotor Seal
10070900
N9306044
Internal Loop for
7725/9725 Valves
2 µL (PEEK and Ceramic) N9306022

Solvent Sparger Tubing

and Solvent Filters Tubing Accessories
Clean-Cut™ tubing tool
Solvent filters remove unwanted
is designed to cut PTFE, Tefzel®
particulate matter from the LC
and polymers in general but,
instrument. Spargers connect directly to
in particular, PEEK tubing. A unique safety locking mechanism
the solvent delivery line and are easily
secures the blade when not in use.
removed for cleaning. The scavenger
column is ideal for eliminating particulate Solvent Filters Description Part No.
material from solvents. Clean-Cut Tubing Cutter ED020015
Clean-Cut Tubing Replacement Blade ED020016
Solvent Spargers, Filters and Scavengers Cable/Tubing clip (U-Shaped) NX598006
Description Size Part No. Stick-on Tubing Organizer (Gray Plastic) NX598006
Solvent Reservoir Sparger
Stainless Steel 10 µm 09903610 PEEK Tubing
Titanium 10 µm N2600070
PEEK tubing has the strength required to withstand continuous
Stainless Steel 40 µm 09903615 use at HPLC pressure without swelling or bursting. Use PEEK
Titanium 40 µm N2600089 with virtually any organic or inorganic liquid. PEEK tubing is not
Solvent Filters/Scavengers affected by halide salts, high-strength buffers or other aggressive
In-Line Solvent Filter System 09903606 mobile phases that degrade stainless steel.
In-Line Solvent Filter Replacement Kit 02540311
In-Line Solvent Filter System, Titanium N2600259
1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID 5 ft N9302678
Replacement 2 µm Titanium Filter Element N2601477
1⁄16 in. OD x 0.010 in. ID 5 ft N9302650
Replacement Seal for In-Line Solvent Filter N2601262
1⁄16 in. OD x 0.004 in. ID (Black) 50 cm N2916200
3 cm Scavenger Cartridge Holder 02580178
1⁄16 in. OD x 0.005 in. ID (Red) 50 cm N2916059
Spheri-5 C18 10 μm Scavenger Column (pkg. 5) 02580202
Connector Tubing, Flexar/FX Mixer to Injector, N2916211
LC System Accessories Stainless Steel
Solvent Waste Cup N2916019 Connector Tubing, Flexar ISO/Binary/Quaternary N2916210
Pump to Autosampler, Stainless Steel
Drain Cup N2916085
90° Elbow Adapter, 1⁄4 in. ID HDPP 09220102
Tubing Clip (U-shaped, Polypropylene) NX598006
Stainless Steel Tubing
Polypro Elbow Barbs 09220102 Tubing is pre-cut and mirror-polished in 316 stainless steel.
Large ID (11 mm) Silicone Tubing (5 ft) N2916016
Manual Injector Bracket (Magnetic Clip-on) N2931275
SS-316 Tubing
Pulse Compensators 1⁄16 in. OD x 0.043 in. ID

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.015 in. ID
6 ft
6 ft
00873035
00873036
The pulse compensator combines high-efficiency pulse smoothing 1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID 3 ft 02540838
with a low void volume. A Teflon diaphragm separates a reservoir 1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID 20 cm 02711441
filled by an RTV elastomer plug. Normal use will necessitate the 1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID 50 cm 00891480
eventual replacement of the diaphragm.
Description Part No. Tefzel Tubing

Diaphragm for Pulse Compensator N2601316
Pulse Compensator Repair Kit N2601313
1⁄16 in. OD x 0.030 in. ID 10 ft N9301029
Includes: Diaphragm, Elastomer Plug, and Seal

Fittings and Ferrules

High-Performance Fingertight Fittings
This PEEK Fingertight® fitting is the toughest
with regard to chemical resistance and
pressure. This high-performance Fingertight
fitting is recommended for the most
Fittings Kits
demanding applications and will resist
pressures up to 6,000 psi (400 bar). Made from a single piece Recommended for users of a PerkinElmer Biocompatible
of PEEK, the size permits tightening without tools. LC system. Contains nuts, ferrules and unions.

PEEK One-Piece Fingertight Fitting®
ED020005 Biocompatible Column Fittings for LC N9301001
Fittings, Nuts and Ferrules Fittings Kit for LC

Stainless steel nuts are available in both Parker-Hannifin and The kit contains Rheodyne™ and SSI nuts and ferrules as well
Rheodyne™ formats. The nuts are used to connect 1/16 in. as Fingertight® II nuts and ferrules for tool-less installation.
OD stainless steel tubing and feature a 10 – 32 thread size. Zero-dead-volume unions are also included. In addition, you
PerkinElmer also offers select SSI fittings for 1/16 in. OD tubing receive varying lengths of stainless steel tubing in 0.007 and
in 1/4 – 28 thread size. 0.010 in. ID, as well as 0.30 in. ID Tefzel® tubing.

Stainless Steel Fittings
All-in-one Fittings Kit N9301002
Kel-F Reverse Ferrule, 1⁄8 in.* 09903771 Operation Kit
Kel-F Ferrule, 1⁄16 in.* 09920382
Recommended for purchasers of their first LC. Includes tubing,
Tefzel Nut, 1⁄16 in.* 09920381
union, fittings, syringe, basic LC book and test mix.
Parker-Hannifin Ferrule, 1⁄16 in. 00873032
Parker-Hannifin Nut, 1⁄16 in. 09903980 Description Part No.
Parker-Hannifin Nut and Ferrule Kit, 1⁄16 in. 00890945 Operation Kit 00890873
Includes: 6 Nuts and 6 Ferrules
Parker-Hannifin Zero-Dead-Volume Union with Nuts and Ferrules 09903289
Parker-Hannifin Medium-Stem Stainless Steel Nut N2916202
Rheodyne™ Ferrule, 1⁄16 in. 09904947
Rheodyne™ Nut, 1⁄16 in. Long Body 09904974
Rheodyne Nut, 1⁄16 in. Short Body
™
09904956
Rheodyne™ Nut and Ferrule Kit, 1⁄16 in. 02540274
Includes: 6 Ferrules, 3 Short Nuts and 3 Long Nuts
Tefzel Nut (for Reverse Ferrule), 1⁄8 in.* N2601189
Tefzel Nut, 1⁄16 in.* 09920381
Valco Ferrule 09903891
OptiTech Reusable Nut/Ferrule for UHPLC N9306301
(Fingertight to 15K psi)
OptiTech Ferrule Replacements for UHPLC (pkg. 10) N9306300
UHPLC 1⁄16 in. Reusable Fitting N9307800
* The Tefzel and Kel-F fittings above are only for low pressure use (under 400 psi).

Vacuum Degassing Kits Liquid Chromatography Laboratory Bottle Kits

Using a solvent degassing system will extend the performance of 1 x 5 Liter Bottle with Cap and PTFE Insert, N2601610
your pump. PerkinElmer offers both vacuum degassing systems 2 Meters PTFE 1⁄8 in. Tubing and 1x10 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit
that can handle all your degassing requirements. 1 x 2 Liter Bottle with Cap and PTFE Insert N2601611
1 Meter PTFE 1⁄8 in. Tubing and 1 x 10 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit
On-Line Vacuum Degasser Kit 1 x 1 Liter Bottle with Cap and PTFE Insert N2601612
1 Meter PTFE 1⁄8 in. Tubing and 1 x 10 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit
This is a low-volume, high efficiency on-line module for the
1 x 0.5 Liter Bottle with Cap and PTFE Insert N2601613
removal of dissolved gasses from HPLC solvents. The vacuum 1 Meter PTFE 1⁄16 in. Tubing and 1 x 40 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit
degasser is available in 3 and 5 channel models to support 1 Cap with PTFE Insert 1 Meter PTFE 1⁄8 in. Tubing N2601614
isocratic, binary and quaternary pumps as well as degassing of and 1 x 10 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit
autosampler flush solvent. 1 Cap with PTFE Insert 1 Meter PTFE 1⁄16 in. Tubing N2601615
and 1 x 40 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit
1 x 0.5 Liter Bottle with Cap and Dual PTFE Insert N2601616
3-channel Vacuum Degassing Package. N2600571 2 pcs of 2 Meter PTFE 1⁄8 in. Tubing (Piston Wash Function)
Includes: a Vacuum Degasser, one 1 L Bottle with Cap,
1 Cap with Dual PTFE Insert 2 pcs of 2 Meter PTFE 1⁄8 in. N2601617
one 2 L Bottle with Cap, one Organizer Tray and Accessory
Tubing and 1 x 10 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit (Piston Wash Function)
5-channel Vacuum Degassing Package. N2600570
Includes: a Vacuum Degasser, two 1 L Bottle with Caps,
two 2 L Bottles with Caps, Solvent Tray and Organizer Replacement Vacuum Degasser Bottles
Binary Bottle Cap Kit. N2600522
Includes: two Caps, Tubing, Fittings and Labels Description Part No.
required for two Solvent Bottles 1 L Glass Bottle N2600497
Quatenary Bottle Cap Kit. N2600523 2 L Glass Bottle N2600498
Includes: four Caps, Tubing, Fittings and Labels
required for four Solvent Bottles

Starter Kits
UHPLC – General Starter Kit HPLC – General Starter Kit
UHPLC – General Starter Kit N2930801 HPLC – General Starter Kit N2930802
Contents Qty./Pkg. Part No. Contents Qty./Pkg. Part No.

Open-End Wrench 2 09907233 Open-End Wrench 2 09907233
Adjustable Wrench 1 N9301326 Adjustable Wrench 1 N9301326
Reversible Screw Driver 1 N9301480 Reversible Screw Driver 1 N9301480
Parker-Hannifin ZDV Stainless Steel Union 1 09903289 Parker-Hannifin ZDV Stainless Steel Union 1 09903289
Parker-Hannifin Medium-Stem Stainless Steel Nuts 10 09903980 Parker-Hannifin Medium-Stem Stainless Steel Nut 10 09903980
1⁄16 in. Parker-Hannifin Stainless Steel Ferrules 10 00873032 1⁄16 in. Parker-Hannifin Stainless Steel Ferrule 10 00873032
1⁄16 in. Valco Stainless Steel Ferrules 6 09903891 1⁄16 in. Valco Stainless Steel Ferrules 6 09903891
Finger-Tight Fittings, PEEK, 5.5K psi Max (pkg. 5) 1 N9307822 Rheodyne Stainless Steel Nut, Short Stem 2 09904956
Optimize Technologies EZP (Hand-Tight Fitting to 1 N9306301 Rheodyne Stainless Steel Nut, Long Stem 2 09904974
13K psi, Wrench-tight to 20K psi)
1⁄16 in. Rheodyne Stainless Steel Ferrule 4 09904947
1⁄16 in. Tefzel Nuts 2 09920381
1⁄16 in. Tefzel Nuts 2 09920381
1⁄16 in. Tefzel Reverse Ferrules 2 09920382
1⁄8 in. Tefzel Nuts 4 N2601189
1⁄8 in. Tefzel Nuts 4 N2601189
PEEK Tubing Cutter (Includes 5 Extra Blades) 1 N9307820
Finger-Tight Fittings, PEEK, 4K psi Max 6 09920513
50 cm x 0.005 in. ID 1⁄16 in. Stainless Steel Tubing 3 02507060
PEEK Tubing Cutter (Includes 5 Extra Blades) 1 N9307820
5 ft. x 0.004 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Black 1 N2916261
5 ft. x 0.005 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Red 1 N2916263
30 mL Priming Syringe 1 09904849
5 ft. x 0.007 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Yellowish-Tan 1 N9302650
2 mL Clear Write-On Vials w/ 10 mm Pre-Slit 1 N9300695
5 ft. x 0.005 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Red 1 N2916263
PTFE/Silicone Caps (pkg. 100)
30 mL Priming Syringe 1 09904849
Cable/Tubing Organizer Clip 3 NX598006
2 mL Clear Write-on Vials w/ 10 mm Pre-Slit PTFE/ 1 N9300695
Silicone Caps (pkg. 100)
Cable/Tubing Organizer Clip 3 NX598006

GC COLUMNS
GC Columns Blood Alcohol Columns

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality The Elite-BAC Advantage
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments. columns are optimized for
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind that selectivities guaranteed to
comes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need. resolve ethanol, internal
standards, and frequently
encountered interferences.

Cross Reference Charts 82-83
GC Capillary Column Cutter 81, 105

Elite MS Columns
The Elite range of MS
GC Columns for GC/MS 95-98
columns are engineered
Elite-1ms, Elite-5ms 95-96 for extremely low
bleed for MS detectors,
Elite-17ms 97 providing optimum
Elite-35ms 97 sensitivity. They cover a
wide range of polarities
Elite-624ms 98 and applications.
General Purpose GC Columns 84-94
Elite-1 84
Elite-5 85
GC Column Cutter
Elite-17, Elite-35 86-87 PerkinElmer’s capillary column cutting tool
Elite-200, Elite-225 88-89 ensures you make a perfect cut of your GC
column, first time, every time. The rotating
Elite-624, Elite-1301 90-91 diamond blade with a built in magnifier to
verify a square cut, affords a precise clean
Elite-1701 92
cut of fused silica columns.
Elite-WAX, Elite-MWAX, Elite-WAX ETR 93-94
High Temperature GC Columns 99
Miscellaneous Accessories 105
Speciality Columns 100-105
Elite-BAC Advantage 100
Elite-VMS, Elite-XLB 101
Elite-Volatiles, Elite-CLPesticides 102
Elite-502.2, Elite-RX, Elite-Betacyclodextrin,

Elite-SimDist, Elite-608 103
Elite-TPH, Elite-PONA, Elite-FFAP, Elite-5 Amine,

Elite-2330, Elite-MTBE, Elite-2560 104
Elite-Carbon 104
PLOT Columns 105
CLICK THE ARROWS

GC COLUMNS
GC Instruments
Clarus® 590/690 GC TurboMatrix™ Headspace and Torion® T-9 Portable GC/MS

Sensitive, high-capacity, high-throughput Headspace Trap The world's smallest portable GC/MS,
GC systems delivering the power and TurboMatrix Headspace and Torion T-9 allows you to test samples
functionality needed to meet your high-sensitivity Headspace Trap where hazardous events occur: No sample
analytical goals. A robust autosampler samplers provide unparalleled processing , packaging , and prep time.
delivers easy access to two injector ports, precision and ease of use for numerous You simply respond, collect, analyze,
while the Clarus 690’s patented high- GC or GC/MS volatile-analysis applications. and identify in the field. And that means
performance oven delivers the fastest Different models offering a range of remedial action 70 times faster than with
heat-up and cool-down of any oven capacities are available to satisfy the conventional labs.
in the business. requirements of virtually any laboratory.
Clarus® SQ 8 GC/MS TurboMatrix Thermal Desorbers

With the flexibility to choose your level The five different TurboMatrix Thermal
of sensitivity and dynamic range, the Desorbers allow you to match throughput
Clarus SQ 8 GC/MS eliminates background and technology to your laboratory
noise, maximizes analyte signals, and and applications needs. Use this clean
enables you to reconfigure between technique to simplify and speed up a wide
EI and CI, simply and quickly. range of GC applications.

GC COLUMNS
Finest Quality High-Strength Fused Silica

Why Choose Fused Silica?
Many factors influence the quality of a column. Fused silica is
considered to be the purest form of glass, with fewer metal
oxides (Lewis acid sites) and hydrogen bonding (surface silanol)
groups. The stationary phase is cross linked (polymerized) and
also bonded to the surface of the column to provide a high
degree of stability, resulting in lower bleeding of the stationary
phase at elevated temperatures. The superior inertness of the
column means that acidic and basic compounds can be analyzed
on the same column.
Selecting the Right Stationary Phase

The inherent efficiency (large number of theoretical plates) of
capillary columns allows you to choose from relatively few types
of phases, compared to the many varieties of packed columns
What Length Do I Need?
previously required. Perhaps more importantly, because capillary
columns are more efficient, you will see superior resolution Typically capillary columns are available in lengths from 15 to 105
resulting in narrower, taller peaks that allow easier integration meters. The longer the column the more resolving power, but this
from your data system. Identification of small peaks are facilitated also increases the analysis time. Doubling a column length only
by a reduced baseline bleed and lower baseline noise. Non-polar increases resolution by approximately 40%. Under isothermal
Elite-1 columns from PerkinElmer will preferentially retain non- conditions, the analysis time will double if using temperature
polar compounds, whereas the PerkinElmer Elite-200 column programmed analysis retention times are more dependent on the
phase provides high selectivity for analytes containing lone temperature than on the column length. We provide columns in
pair electrons, such as nitro and carbonyl groups. Elite-WAX the most popular lengths of 5, 10, 12, 15, 25, 30, 50, 60, 75,
polyethylene glycol columns are highly selective toward polar 100 and 105 meters depending upon the column ID.
compounds such as alcohols.
GC Capillary
Column Cutter
Use PerkinElmer’s capillary column cutting tool
to ensure a perfect cut of your GC column,
first time, every time. The rotating diamond
blade with a built in magnifier to verify a square
cut, affords a precise clean cut of fused silica
columns. Suitable for use with 0.25 mm ID to
0.53 mm ID tubing, (0.78 mm OD maximum).

GC capillary cutting tool N6107245
Maintenance kit N6107246
Contains replacement cutting wheel,
O-Rings and tool to open the cutter

GC COLUMNS GC COLUMNS
Cross Reference Chart by Phase
PerkinElmer Phase Composition USP Agilent® Alltech® Machery-Nagel® Ohio Valley® Phenomenex® Quadrex® Restek® SGE® Supelco®
Elite-1, Elite-ms Dimethyl polysiloxane G1, G2, G38 HP-1, DB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB 007-1AT-1, EC-1 OPTIMA 1 OV-1 ZB-1 007-1 Rtx-1, Mtx-1 BP1 SPB-1
Elite-1ht Dimethyl polysiloxane G1, G2, G38 DB-1ht AT-1ht ZB-1HTinferno Rxi-1HT
Elite-1ms Dimethyl polysiloxane (low bleed) G1, G2, G38 HP-1, HP-1ms, HP-1msUI, DB-1, DB-1MS, DB-1msUI, Ultra-1, VF-1ms, AT-1ms OPTIMA 1 MS, OPTIMA ZB-1, ZB-1ms 007-1 Rxi-1ms BP-1 SPB-1, Equity-1
CP-Sil 5 CB 1 MS Accent
Elite-5 Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G27, G36 HP-5, DB-5, CP-Sil 8 CB EC-5, AT-5 OPTIMA 5 OV-5 ZB-5 007-5 Rtx-5 BP5 SPB-5
Elite-5ht Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G27, G36 DB-5ht, VF-5ht OPTIMA 5HT ZB-5HTinferno Rxi-5HT HT5
Elite-5ms 1,4-bis(dimethylsiloxy)phenylene dimethyl G27, G36 DB-5ms, DB-5msUI, VF-5ms, CP Sil 8 CB MS OPTIMA 5 MS Accent OV-5MS ZB-5msi 007-5MS Rxi-5Sil MS BPX5 SLB-5ms
polysiloxane
Elite-5ms II Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G27, G36 HP-5, HP-5ms, DB-5, Ultra-2 OPTIMA 5, OPTIMA ZB-5, ZB-5ms Rxi-5ms BP5ms
5 MS
Elite-17 Phenyl methyl polysiloxane G3 DB-17, CP Sil 24 CB AT-50 OV-17 007-17 Rtx-50 SPB-50
Elite-17ht Phenyl methyl polysiloxane G3 DB-17ht
Elite-17ms Phenyl methyl polysiloxane G3 HP-50+, DB-17, DB-17ht, DB-608, CP Sil 24 CB OPTIMA 17 ZB-50 Rxi-17 SPB-17
Elite-17ms+ Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G3 DB-17ms, VF-17ms, CP-Sil 24 CB OPTIMA 17 MS ZB-50 Rxi-17Sil MS BPX50
Elite-35 Unique Phase G42 HP-35, DB-35, VF-35 AT-35, AT-35ms OV-35 ZB-35 007-35 Rtx-35 BPX35,BPX608 SPB-35,SPB-608
Elite-35ms Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G42 DB-35ms, DB35msUI OPTIMA 35 MS MR2 Rxi-35Sil MS BPX35
Elite-200 Unique Phase G6 DB-210, DB-200, VF-200ms AT-210 OPTIMA 210 Rtx-200
Elite-225 Trifluoropropylmethyl polysiloxane G7, G19 DB-225ms, CP Sil 43 CB AT-225 OPTIMA 225 OV-225 007-225 Rtx-225 BP225 SPB-225
Elite-624 Cyanopropylmethyl phenylmethyl polysiloxane G43 DB-1301, DB-624, VF-624ms, CP-1301 AT-624, AT-1301 OPTIMA 1301, OPTIMA OV-624 ZB-624 007-1301, 007-624 Rtx-624 BP624 SPB-624
624
Elite-624ms Cyanopropylphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G43 DB-624, VF-624ms, CP-Select 624 CB OPTIMA 624 LB ZB-624 Rxi-624Sil MS BP624
Elite-1301 Unique phase G43 DB-1301, DB-624, VF-1301ms, VF-624ms, CP-1301 AT-624, AT-1301 OPTIMA 1301, OPTIMA OV-1301 ZB-624 007-1301, 007-624 Rtx-624 BP624 SPB-624
624
Elite-1701 Cyanoprpylphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G46 DB-1701R, DB-1701, CP Sil 19 CB, VF-1701ms, VF-1701 Pesticides AT-1701 OPTIMA 1701 OV-1701 ZB-1701, ZB-1701P 007-1701 Rtx-1701 BP10 Equity-1701
Elite-WAX Cyanoprpylphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane G14, G15, G16, G20, DB-Wax, CP Wax 52 CB, VF WAX AT-WAXms, EC-WAX OPTIMA WAX Carbowax 20M ZB-Wax 007-CW Rtx-Wax BP20
G39
Elite-WAX ETR Polyethylene glycol G14, G15, G16, G20, HP-INNOWax, CP Wax 52 CB, VF-WAX MS AT-WAX OPTIMA WAX plus ZB-WaxPLUS Stabilwax Supelcowax-10
G39
Cross Reference Chart by Application
PerkinElmer Applications Agilent® Alltech® Machery-Nagel® Ohio Valley® Phenomenex® Quadrex® Restek® SGE® Supelco®
Elite-23 cis/trans FAMEs and Dioxins VF-23ms AT-Silar90 007-23 BPX70 SP-2330, SP-2331, SP-2380
Elite-502 Volatile analytes by EPA Method 502.2 DB-502.2 Rtx-502.2 VOCOL
Elite-608 Semivolatile pesticides by EPA Method 608 DB-608, HP-608 007-608 SPB-608
Elite-2560 cis/transFAMEs HP-88, CP Sil 88 Rt-2560 SPB-2560
Elite-Alumina PLOT Light hydrocarbons Alumina PLOT
Elite-BAC 1 Advantage Blood alcohol testing DB-ALC1 ZB-BAC1 Rtx-BAC Plus 1
Elite-BAC 2 Advantage Blood alcohol testing DB-ALC2 ZB-BAC2 Rtx-BAC Plus 2
Elite-CLPesticides Organochlorine pesticides by EPA Methods 504, 608, 8081, 8082, and CLP DB-CLP1 Rtx-CLPesticides
Elite-CLPesticides2 Organochlorine pesticides by EPA Methods 504, 608, 8081, 8082, and CLP DB-CLP2 Rtx-CLPesticides 2 Rtx-200
Elite-Cyclosil B Chiral separations
Elite-FFAP Free fatty acids HP-FFAP, DB-FFAP, AT-AquaWax DA, PERMABOND FFAP, OPTIMA OV-351 ZB-FFAP Stabilwax-DA BP-21 Nukol
CP WAX58 CB, CP-FFAP CB AT-1000 FFAP, OPTIMA FFAP Plus
Elite-Molesieve PLOT Permanent gases
Elite-PONA Detailed analysis of petroleum naphtha HP-PONA, DB-Petro, Rtx-DHA BP1PONA Petrocol DH
CP Sil PONA CB
Elite-Carbon Permanent gases and light hydrocarbons
Elite-SimDist Simulated Distillation and Hydrocarbons – ASTM 2887 DB-2887, CP SimDist AT-2887 Rtx-2887 Petrocol 2887, Petrocol
EX2887
Elite-THP Total petroleum hydrocarbons
Elite-VMS Volatiles Organic Pollutants by GC-MS for EPA Methods 8260,624,524 Unique Phase
Elite-VRX Volatile analytes by EPA Methods 502.2, 601, 602, 8010, 8020 DB-VRX
Elite-XLB Polychlorinated biphenyl analytes by EPA Methods 8082, 6008, PCB congeners DB-XLB, VF-XMS MR1, ZB-XLB Rxi-XLB
82 BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 83
GENERAL PURPOSE GC COLUMNS
Elite-1
The Elite-1 100% dimethyl polysiloxane columns is a highly versatile, non-polar, cross-linked general purpose
phase that is rugged, exhibiting long column lifetime, low bleed, and high maximum operating temperatures.
Features Applications
• Temperature Range: -60 °C to 350 °C • Ideal for analysis of non-polar
petrochemical samples
• Equivalent to USP G1, G2, and G38 phases
• Also excellent for solvents, chemicals, flavors
& fragrances, air toxins and pesticides
ID df Temp Limits 5m 15 m 30 m 60 m 105 m

(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
0.25 0.10 -60 to 330/350 N9316006 N9316009 N9316012
0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9316007 N9316010 N9316013
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N9316686 N9316685
1.00 -60 to 320/340 N9316008 N9316011 N9316014
0.32 0.10 -60 to 330/350 N9316016 N9316022 N9316027
0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9316596 N9316017 N9316023 N9316028
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N93160211 N9316691
1.00 -60 to 320/340 N9316018 N9316024 N9316029
1.50 -60 to 310/330 N9316050 N9316580
3.00 -60 to 280/300 N9316019 N9316025 N9316030
5.00 -60 to 260/280 N9316020 N9316026 N9316031
0.45 0.13 -60 to 330/350 N9316032
0.42 -60 to 310/330 N9316037 N9316041
1.27 -60 to 310/330 N9316034 N9316038 N9316042
2.55 -60 to 270/290 N9316035 N9316039 N9316043
4.25 -60 to 260/280 N9316032 N9316036 N9316040
0.53 0.15 -60 to 320/340 N9316045
0.50 -60 to 310/330 N9316049 N9316053
1.50 -60 to 310/330 N9316046 N9316050 N9316054
3.00 -60 to 270/290 N9316047 N9316051 N9315499 N9316692
5.00 -60 to 270/290 N9316044 N9316048 N9316052
ID df Temp Limits 10 m 12 m 20 m 25 m 50 m
0.05 0.05 -60 to 330/350 N9316056
0.20 -60 to 330/350 N9316057
0.10 0.10 -60 to 330/350 N9316058
0.40 -60 to 320/340 N9316061
0.18 0.18 -60 to 330/350 N9316001 N9316003
0.40 -60 to 320/340 N9316002 N9316004 N93160052
0.20 0.33 -60 to 330/350 N9316062 N9316063 N9316064
1
N9316021: Elite-1, 25M x 0.32 mm x 0.52 µm. 2
The length of N9316005 is 40 m.

EIite-5
The Elite-5 is a 5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl polysiloxane stationary phase. It is regarded as a general purpose, low polarity phase that
is the most popular GC stationary phase used for a wide variety of applications. A crosslinked phase in which all residual catalysts and
low molecular weight fragments have been removed providing a tight mono-modal distribution and extremely low bleed.
• Temperature Range: -60 °C to 350 °C • Drugs, pesticides and solvent impurities
• Equivalent to USP G27 and G36 phases • Hydrocarbons and PCBs
• Essential oils and semivolatiles
ID df Temp Limits 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 50 m 60 m
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
0.05 0.05 -60 to 325/350 N9316104
0.20 -60 to 325/350 N9316105
0.10 0.10 -60 to 330/350 N9316108
0.40 -60 to 320/340 N9316109
0.18 0.18 -60 to 330/350 N9316066 N9316068
0.4 -60 to 320/340 N9316067 N9316069 N93160712
0.20 0.33 -60 to 330/350 N9316110 1
N9316111 1
N9316112
0.25 0.10 -60 to 330/350 N9316072 N9316075 N9316078
0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9316073 N9316076 N9316079
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N6107815
NEW 1.00 -60 to 320/340 N9316074 N9316077 N9316080
0.32 0.10 -60 to 330/350 N9316081 N9316085 N9316089
0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9316082 N9316086 N9316090
1.00 -60 to 320/340 N9316083 N9316087 N9316091
0.45 0.13 -60 to 340/350 N9316097
0.42 -60 to 310/330 N9316093 N9316096
1.27 -60 to 310/330 N9316092 N9316094
4.25 -60 to 260/280 N9316095
0.53 0.50 -60 to 310/330 N9316099 N9316102
1.50 -60 to 310/330 N9316098 N9316100 N9316103
5.00 -60 to 270/290 N9316101
1
The lengths of N9316110 and N9316111 are 12 m and 25 m respectively.
2
N9316071 use 40 m length column. Industrial
Determination of sulfur compounds in air by online TD-GC/FPD.
Recommended Column: Elite-5, 60 m x 0.32 mm x 0.25 mm, Part No. N9316090

Elite-17
The Elite-17 columns are general purpose, mid-polarity, (50%-phenyl)-methylpolysiloxane phases and incorporates a crosslinking
technology for very low bleed and long column lifetimes.
• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 330 °C • Herbicides and pesticides
• Equivalent to USP G3 phase • Phthalate esters, sterols and rosin acids
ID df Temp Limits 5m 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 60 m
0.05 0.05 40 to 280/300 N9316138
0.10 40 to 280/300 N9316139
0.10 0.02 40 to 280/300 N9316141
0.10 40 to 280/300 N9316140 N9316142
0.20 40 to 280/300 N9316143
0.18 0.18 40 to 310/330 N9316113 N9316115
0.3 40 to 300/320 N9316114 N9316116
0.25 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316117 N9316120
0.25 40 to 300/320 N9316118 N9316121 N9316123
0.50 40 to 290/310 N9316119 N9316122
0.32 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316124 N9316127
0.25 40 to 300/320 N9316125 N9316128
0.50 40 to 290/310 N9316126 N9316129
0.45 0.85 40 to 270/290 N9316131 N9316132 N9316133
0.53 1.00 40 to 260/280 N9316135 N9316136 N9316137
2.00 40 to 250/270 N9316134

Elite-35
The Elite-35 columns are general purpose, mid-polarity columns that are coated with a crosslinked, (35%-diphenyl)-dimethylpolysiloxane
commonly used for organochlorine pesticides, PDB congeners. It is a popular confirmation column for pesticides and herbicides, in
conjunction with an Elite-5 or Elite-1701. The higher phenyl content results in useful elution order and retention time changes.
• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 300/320 °C • Pesticides and herbicides
• Equivalent to USP G42 phase • Pharmaceuticals, sterols, rosin acids and
phthalate esters
ID df Temp Limits 15 m 30 m
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No.
0.25 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316144
0.25 40 to 300/320 N9316145
0.32 0.25 40 to 300/320 N9316146
0.50 40 to 290/310 N9316147
0.45 0.42 40 to 290/310 N9316150
0.85 40 to 280/300 N9316148 N9316149
0.53 0.50 40 to 260/280 N9303929 N9316153
1.00 40 to 260/280 N9316151 N9316152
Food and Flavor
Analysis of Ethyl Carbamate Using GC/MS.
Recommended Column: Elite-35, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm

(Part No. N9316145)
Liner: 2 mm ID glass (no glass wool)

Elite-200
Elite-200 columns are comprised of a (trifluoropropyl)-methylpolysiloxane stationary phase that has a unique selectivity which changes
elution orders and resolves compounds that phenyl, cyano, or Carbowax® phase cannot. These columns have accomplished many
difficult separations not possible on any other bonded stationary phase. It offers exceptional thermal stability, low bleed, and superior
inertness – even for active compounds such as phenols, and with sensitive detectors such as ECDs, NPDs, and MSDs. It is often used for
the confirmation of phenols, nitrosamines, organochlorine pesticides, chlorinated hydrocarbons, and chlorophenoxy herbicides when
paired with an Elite-5 column.
• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 320/340 °C • Solvents, fluorocarbons, ketones and
phenols
• Equivalent to USP G6 phase
• Alcohols and drugs of abuse
• Chlorinated herbicides and pesticides
ID df Temp Limits 15 m 30 m 60 m
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Part No.
0.25 0.10 -20 to 320/340 N9316616 N9316617
0.25 -20 to 320/340 N9316618 N9316619
0.50 -20 to 310/330 N9316620 N9316621
1.00 -20 to 290/310 N9316622 N9316623 N9316624
0.32 0.25 -20 to 320/340 N9316625 N9316626
0.50 -20 to 310/330 N9316627 N9316628
1.00 -20 to 290/310 N9316629 N9316630 N9316631
1.50 -20 to 280/300 N9316632 N9316633 N9316634
0.53 0.25 -20 to 310/330 N9316635 N9316636 N9316637
0.50 -20 to 300/320 N9316638 N9316639 N9316640
1.00 -20 to 290/310 N9316641 N9316642 N9316643
1.50 -20 to 280/300 N9316644 N9316645 N9316646
3.00 -20 to 260/280 N9316647 N9316648 N9316649

Elite-225
The Elite-225 is a general purpose column for the analysis of FAMEs, carbohydrates, sterols and flavor compounds. The cyanopropyl-
containing Elite-225 phase is slightly less polar than bonded polyethylene glycol (PEG) phases, but it can be used for many of the same
applications. Improvements to the Elite-225 polymer have increased thermal stability, reduced bleed, and improved inertness. In other
similar columns, the Carbowax® deactivation layer is not fully compatible with the cyanopropyl siloxane polymer, which can cause
tailing of active compounds, and lower efficiency.
• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 220/240 °C • FAMEs and carbohydrates
• Equivalent to USP G7, G19 phases • Sterols and flavor compounds
0.05 0.05 45 to 220/240 N9316186
0.10 0.10 45 to 220/240 N9316187
0.18 0.2 45 to 220/240 N9316172 N9316173
0.25 0.15 45 to 220/240 N9316174 N9316176 N9305631
0.25 45 to 220/240 N9316175 N9316177
0.32 0.15 45 to 220/240 N9316178 N9316180
0.25 45 to 220/240 N9316179 N9316181
0.45 0.85 40 to 200/220 N9316182 N9316183
0.53 1.00 40 to 200/220 N9316184 N9316185

Elite-624
The Elite-624 column is a specially engineered, low to mid-polarity (6%-cyanopropylphenyl)-dimethylpolysiloxane phase. The unique
polarity of this phase makes it ideal for analyzing volatile organic pollutants and it is recommended in U.S. EPA methods. The Elite-624
phase produces greater than 90% resolution of the first six gases in EPA Methods 8260 and 524.2. This stationary phase is especially
well-suited for EPA Method 524.2 since it resolves 2-nitropropane from 1,1-dichloropropanone, which share quantification ion m/z 43
and must be separated chromatographically.
• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 240 °C • Volatile organic pollutants
• Equivalent to USP G43 phase • EPA methods 524.2 and 8260
0.18 1.00 -20 to 240 N9316200
0.20 1.12 -20 to 240 N9316209
0.25 1.40 -20 to 240 N9316201 N9316202
0.32 1.80 -20 to 240 N9316203 N9316204
0.45 2.55 -20 to 240 N9316205 N9316206
0.53 3.00 -20 to 240 N9316207 N9305699 N9316208
Pharma Environmental
Analysis of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) in Air

Residual solvents in pharmaceuticals by USP 467.
Using US EPA Method TO-17.
Elite-624, 30 m x 0.32 mm x 1.8 μm, Part No. N9316203
Recommended Column: Elite-624, 60 m x 0.25 mm x 1.4 μm, Part No. N9316006

Elite-1301
The Elite-1301 column is a general purpose low to mid-polarity phase commonly used for the analysis of residual solvents, alcohols,
oxygenates and volatile organic compounds. Our polymer is fully characterized to ensure long-term reproducibility, column-to-column
consistency, and low bleed – even with sensitive detectors such as ECD and MS.
• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 280 °C • Residual solvents, alcohols
• Equivalent to USP G43 phase • Oxygenates, VOCs
0.18 0.40 -20 to 280 N9316210 N9316211
0.25 0.25 -20 to 280 N9316212 N9316214 N9316216
1.00 -20 to 260/280 N9316215 N9316217
0.32 0.25 -20 to 280 N9316218 N9316220 N9316222
1.00 -20 to 260/280 N9316219 N9316221 N9316223
0.45 0.85 -20 to 260/280 N9316224 N9316225
0.53 1.00 -20 to 260/280 N9316226 N9316227

Elite-1701
The Elite-1701 has a stationary phase of (14%-cyanopropylphenyl)-methylpolysiloxane. It is regarded as a good general purpose
column for the analysis of alcohols, oxygenates, and pesticides. The mix of cyano and phenyl functional groups increases the polarity
and offers a different elution order relative to less polar Elite-1 or Elite-5 columns. An Elite-1701 column is ideal for confirmation
analysis in combination with an Elite-35 or Elite-5 column. The polymer is fully characterized to ensure long-term reproducibility,
column-to-column consistency, and low bleed – even with sensitive detectors such as ECD and MS.
• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 280 °C • Alcohols, oxygenates
• Equivalent to USP G46 phase • PCB congeners, pesticides
ID df Temp Limits 10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 50 m 60 m
0.05 0.05 -20 to 280 N9316257
0.20 -20 to 280 N9316258
0.10 0.10 -20 to 280 N9316259
0.18 0.4 -20 to 270/280 N9316228 N9316229
0.25 0.15 -20 to 280 N9316230 N9316236
0.25 -20 to 280 N9316231 N9316234 N9316237
1.00 -20 to 260/280 N9316232 N9316235 N9316238
0.32 0.15 -20 to 280 N9316239 N9316242 N9316246
0.25 -20 to 280 N9316240 N9316243 N9316247
1.00 -20 to 260/280 N9326141 N9316244 N9316245 N9316248
0.45 0.42 -20 to 260/270 N9316250 N9316252
0.85 -20 to 250/270 N9316249 N9316251
0.53 0.50 -20 to 260/270 N9316254 N9316256
1.00 -20 to 250/270 N9316253 N9316255

Elite-WAX
The Elite-WAX column, a Polar Polyethylene Glycol (PEG) stationary phase column, is a general purpose polar PEG phase commonly
used for the analysis of polar compounds like alkenols, glycols and aldehydes. The operating temperature range up to 250 °C facilitates
the analysis of compounds that have a wide volatility range. Selectivity of the Elite-WAX is comparable to other Carbowax® columns for
compounds of intermediate to high polarity.
• Temperature Range: 20 °C to 250 °C • FAMEs, Glycols
• Equivalent to USP G14, G15, G16, G20 • Alkenols, aldehydes, solvents
and G39 phases
0.25 0.15 20 to 250 N9316399 N9316402 N9316405
0.25 20 to 250 N9316400 N9316403 N9316406
0.50 20 to 250 N9316401 N9316404 N9316407
0.32 0.15 20 to 250 N9316408 N9316411
0.25 20 to 250 N9316409 N9316412 N9316416
0.50 20 to 250 N9316410 N9316413 N9316417
0.45 0.42 20 to 250 N9316420 N9316422
0.85 20 to 240/250 N9316419 N9316421 N9316423
1.70 50 to 230 N9316418
0.53 0.50 20 to 250 N9316426 N9316428
1.00 20 to 240/250 N9316425 N9316427 N9316429
Elite-MWAX: Metal Column

ID df Temp Limits 30 m
Food and Flavor
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No.
0.53 1.00 20 to 240/250 N9316478 The Determination of Low Levels of Benzene, Toluene,
Ethylbenzene, Xylenes and Styrene in Olive Oil.
Recommended Column: Elite-WAX, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 1.0 μm

(Part No. N9316485)

Elite-WAX ETR
The Elite-WAX ETR (Extended Temperature Range) columns are manufactured with a special bonding process that binds the Carbowax®
polymer to the polar deactivated silica. This results in a low bleed WAX column that exhibits extended lifetimes even when repeatedly
heated to 250 °C. The bonding mechanism makes this column rugged enough to stand up to repeated water injections and allows
solvent washing to rejuvenate the column. The Elite-WAX ETR has a wide applicability including FAMEs, flavor compounds, acrolein/
acrylonitrile (EPA 603), oxygenated compounds, and impurities in water matrices.
• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 250 °C • FAMEs, flavor compounds, essential oils
• Equivalent to USP G14, G15, G16, G20 • Solvents, aromatics, alcoholic beverages
and G39 phases • EPA method 603
ID df Temp Limits 5m 15 m 30 m 50 m 60 m
0.25 0.25 40 to 250 N9316547 N9316549 N9316551
0.50 40 to 250 N9316548 N9316550
0.32 0.25 40 to 250 N9316552 N9316555 N9316559
0.50 40 to 250 N9316553 N9316556 N9316560
1.00 40 to 240/250 N9316554 N9316557 N9316558 N9316561
0.45 0.85 40 to 250 N9316563 N9316564 N9316565
1.70 40 to 230/250 N9316562
0.53 1.00 40 to 240/250 N9316567 N9316569 N9316571
2.00 40 to 220/250 N9316566 N9316568 N9316570
Food and Flavor

Determination of Omega-3 (n-3) and Omega-6 (n-6) Fatty Acid
Composition in Evening Primrose Oil and Flax Seed Oil.
Recommended Column: Elite-WAX, 30 m × 0.25 mm × 0.25 μm

(Part No. N9316403)

COLUMNS FOR GC/MS
GC Columns for GC/MS

The Elite range of MS columns are engineered for extremely low bleed for MS detectors, providing optimum sensitivity.
They cover a wide range of polarities and applications.
Elite-1ms
The Elite-1ms phase is a non-polar phase, (crosslinked dimethyl polysiloxane) designed to be robust for MS applications. With improved
thermal stability and ultra low bleed provides increased sensitivity. It is regarded as a good general-purpose columns for arson
accelerants, essential oils, hydrocarbons, pesticides, PCB congeners (e.g., Aroclor mixes), sulfur compounds, amines and
solvent impurities.
Elite-1ms Structure
• Temperature range: -60 °C to 330/350 °C. • Ideal for analysis of non polar petrochemical
samples
• Equivalent to USP G1, G2, and G38 phases
• Also excellent for solvents, chemicals, flavors
& fragrances, air toxins and pesticides
100%
ID df Temp Limits 15 m 20 m 30 m 60 m
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
0.18 0.18 -60 to 330/350 N9305635
2.00 -60 to 330/350 N9305636
0.25 0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9305637 N9305638 N9305639
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N9305640 N9305641 N9305642
1.00 -60 to 330/350 N9305643 N9305644 N9305645
0.32 0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9305646 N9305647 N9305648
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N9305649 N9305650 N9305651
1.00 -60 to 330/350 N9305652 N9305653
4.00 -60 to 330/350 N9305654

COLUMNS FOR GC/MS
EIite-5ms
The Elite-5ms phase incorporates a phenyl group in the polymer backbone to improve thermal stability, reduce bleed and make
the phase less prone to oxidation. This results in a phase that is inert to active compounds with extremely low bleed to meet the
requirements of sensitive MS detectors. It is a general purpose column ideal for GC/MS analysis of semivolatiles, PAHs, chlorinated
hydrocarbons, phthalates, phenols, amines, organochlorine and organophosphorus pesticides, drugs and solvent impurities.
• Temperature Range: -60 °C to 350 °C • Drugs, pesticides and solvent impurities
• Similar to USP G27 and G36 phases • Hydrocarbons and PCBs
• Essential oils and semivolatiles
0.18 0.18 -60 to 325/340 N93162761 N93162771
0.20 0.33 -60 to 330/350 N93163012 N93163022 N93163032
0.25 0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9316279 N9316282 N9316286
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N9316284
1.00 -60 to 325/350 N9316280 N9316283 N9316287
0.32 0.25 -60 to 330/350 N9316289 N9316293 N9316297
0.50 -60 to 330/350 N9316295
0.52 -60 to 330/350 N93162913
1.00 -60 to 325/350 N9316290 N9316294 N9316298
0.53 1.50 -60 to 310/330 N9316299 N9316300
1
The lengths of N9316276 and N9316277 are 20 m and 40 m, respectively.
2
The lengths of N9316301, N9316302 and N9316303 are 12 m, 25 m and 50 m, respectively.
3
The length of N9316291 is 25 m.
Food and Flavor Food
The Qualitative Characterization of Fruit Juice Flavor using a The Preparation and Analysis of Polycyclic Aromatic
TurboMatrix Hs Trap and a Clarus SQ 8 GC/MS. Hydrocarbons in Meat by GC/MS.
Column: Elite-5ms column, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm, Part No. N9316282

Liner Deactivated Liner, Part No. N6502002
Recommended Column: Elite-5ms, 60 m x 0.25 mm x 1.0 μm, Part No. N9316287

COLUMNS FOR GC/MS
Elite-17ms
The Elite-17ms columns are general purpose, mid-polarity columns that are coated with a crosslinked, (50%-diphenyl)-dimethylpolysiloxane
engineered for very low bleed to meet the requirements of sensitive MS detectors.
• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 300/340 °C • Herbicides and pesticides
• Equivalent to USP G3 phase • Phthalate esters, sterols and rosin acids
0.18 1.411 40 to 300/340 N9316534
0.25 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316535 N9316537
0.25 40 to 300/320 N9316536 N9316538 N9316539
0.32 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316540 N9316542
0.25 40 to 300/320 N9316541
Elite-35ms
The Elite-35ms columns are general purpose, mid-polarity columns offering extremely low bleed at higher temperatures. They are
coated with a unique blend of linked dimethyl polysiloxanes and diphenyl polysiloxanes that are inert and selective for substituted polar
compounds, such as drugs, pestcides, herbicides, PCBs and phenyls, while maintaining a similar selectivity and polarity as traditional
Elite-35 phases.
• Temperature Range: 50 °C to 340/ 360 °C • Pesticides and herbicides
• Equivalent to USP G42 phase • PCBs
0.25 0.25 50 to 340/360 N9305686 N9305687
0.50 50 to 340/360 N9305688 N9305689
1.00 50 to 320/340 N9305690 N9305691
0.32 0.25 40 to 340/360 N9305692 N9305693
0.50 40 to 340/360 N9305694 N9305695
1.00 40 to 320/340 N9305696 N9305697

COLUMNS FOR GC/MS
Elite-624ms
The Elite-624ms incorporates a unique proprietary blend of cyanopropyl and methyl siloxanes that results in a very inert, extremely
low bleed and high thermal stability column. This column provides excellent peak shape for a wide range of compounds and is
highly selective for residual solvents making it a great choice for USP<467>. These columns are manufactured for column-to-column
reproducibility, so they are well suited for validated methods.
• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 240 °C • Residual solvents
• Similar to USP G43 phase • Suitable for USP 467
• Ideal choice for USP method 467
0.18 1.00 -20 to 240 N9315067
0.25 1.40 -20 to 240 N9315068 N9315066
0.32 1.80 -20 to 240 N9315069 N9315070
Industrial
Determination of nine carbonates in lithium ion battery

electrolyte by GC/MS.
Recommended Column: Elite-35ms, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm

(Part No. N9316438)
Liner: Capillary splitless deactivated glass liners with deactivated wool (N9306235)

HIGH TEMPERATURE GC COLUMNS
High Temperature Columns

Available in a range of phases with varying polarity, the high temperature (ht) columns are specifically designed for reduced bleed
when operating at higher temperatures, up to 400 °C. The optimum higher operating temperatures varies by phase.
Elite-1ht Elite-17ht
ID df Temp Limits 15 m 30 m ID df Temp Limits 30 m
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No.
0.25 0.10 -60 to 380/400 N9316268 N9316269 0.25 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316264
0.32 0.10 -60 to 380/400 N9316270 N9316271 0.32 0.15 40 to 300/320 N9316266
Elite-5ht Elite-SimDist ht
ID df Temp Limits 15 m 30 m Application: High-temperature simulated distillation
Phase: Metal Column, 100% dimethylpolysiloxane, non-polar
0.25 0.10 -60 to 400 N9316272 N9316273
ID df Length Temp Limits 6m
0.32 0.10 -60 to 400 N9316274 N9316275
(mm) (μm) (m) (°C) Part No.
0.53 0.15 6 -60 to 400 N9316572
0.53 1.0 10 -60 to 400 N9316581
Metal High Temperature Columns

Using our new metal capillary columns eliminates the risk of column breakage at higher operating temperatures. A range of phases are
offered, covering common applications. Rugged up to 450 °C although the exact upper temperature limits varies depending on phase
and column configurations.
Temp Limits Inner Diameter df 15 m 30 m 60 m

(°C) (mm) (µm) Part No. Part No. Part No.
Elite-1mht -60 to 340/430 0.25 0.1 N9303453
Elite-1mht -60 to 340/430 0.25 0.25 N9303454 N9303455 N9303456
Elite-5mht -60 to 330/430 0.25 0.1 N9303457 N9303458
Elite-5mht -60 to 330/430 0.25 0.25 N9303459 N9303460 N9303461
Elite-1301mht -20 to 280 0.53 3.0 N9303462 N9303463
Elite-1701mht - 20 to 260 0.53 1.0 N9303464 N9303465
Elite-1701mht -20 to 250 0.53 1.5 N9303466

SPECIALITY GC COLUMNS
Elite-BAC Advantage: Blood Alcohol Content

The Elite-BAC Advantage columns are optimized for selectivities guaranteed to resolve ethanol, internal standards, and frequently
encountered interferences. These application-specific columns for blood alcohol analysis baseline separate all critical compounds,
including ethanol, methanol, acetone, tert-butanol, acetaldehyde, isopropanol, and n-propanol, in less than 2 minutes. Every
Elite-BAC 1 Advantage and Elite-BAC 2 Advantage column is qualified with a test mix containing these important BAC target
compounds to ensure reproducibility. These columns, baseline separate all blood alcohol compounds in blood, breath, or urine, in
less than 2 minutes, under isothermal conditions. Isothermal analysis increases productivity by eliminating the need for oven cycling.
Confirmation is easily achieved with this tandem set because there are two elution order changes between the columns.

• Robust and reproducible
• Baseline separation of all components in less than 2 minutes
• Stable to 260 °C
Clinical Clinical
Elite-BAC 1 Advantage. Elite-BAC 2 Advantage.
2 1
RT Conc. RT Conc.
PEAKS (min) (µg/mL) PEAKS (min) (µg/mL)
1. Methanol 0.912 100 1. Acetaldehyde 0.809 100
2. Acetaldehyde 0.967 100 2. Methanol 0.861 100
3. Ethanol 1.158 100 3. Ethanol 1.034 100
4. Isopropanol 1.420 100 4. Acetone 1.119 100
5. Acetone 1.548 100 5. Isopropanol 1.181 100
6. tert-Butanol 1.688 50 6. tert-Butanol 1.304 50
7. 1-Propanol 1.969 50 4 7. 1-Propanol 1.658 50
5 • Baseline resolution
• Symmetrical peaks
• Run time under 2 min 5
3 4
3 6
1
6
2
7
7
0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 GC_CF
Column Type (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No.
Elite-BAC 1 Advantage 0.18 1.00 -20 to 240/260 N9315075
0.32 1.80 -20 to 240/260 N9315071
0.53 3.00 -20 to 240/260 N9315072
Elite-BAC 2 Advantage 0.18 0.34 -20 to 240/260 N9315076
0.32 0.60 -20 to 240/260 N9315073
0.53 1.00 -20 to 240/260 N9315074

Elite-VMS
Elite-VMS columns offer lower bleed, better selectivity, and overall faster analysis for separating volatile organic compounds.
The stationary phase is a highly stable polymer that provides outstanding analysis of volatile compounds on MS detectors.
The 0.18 and 0.25 mm ID columns allow sample splitting at the injection port, eliminating the added expense and maintenance
of a jet separator. A 0.45 mm or 0.53 mm ID column can be directly connected to the purge-and-trap transfer line in a system
equipped with a jet separator.
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Features and Benefits
0.18 1.00 -40 to 240/260 N9316650 1
N9316651 1 • Temperature Range: -40 °C to 240/260 °C
0.25 1.40 -40 to 240/260 N9316652 N9316653 • No known equivalent phases
0.32 1.80 -40 to 240/260 N9316654 N9316655

Applications
0.45 2.55 -40 to 240/260 N9316656 N9316657
• Ideal for analysis of volatile organic pollutants by GC/MS
0.53 3.00 -40 to 240/260 N9316658 N9316659
• Suitable for EPA Method 8260B
1 The lengths of N9316650 and N9316651 are 20 m and 40 m, respectively
Elite-XLB
The Elite-XLB phase is a proprietary low-polarity, very inert and exceptionally low bleed column for GC/MS analysis of pesticides,
PCB congeners (e.g., Aroclor mixes) and PAHs. Improvements in polymer synthesis and tubing deactivation enable us to make inert,
stable Elite-XLB columns especially well-suited for analyzing active, high molecular weight compounds with sensitive GC-MS systems,
including ion trap detectors.
Features and Benefits Applications

• Temperature Range: 30 °C to 340/360 °C • Pesticides, PCB congeners
• No known equivalent phases • Semi volatiles in drinking water
• Exceptionally low bleed for GC/MS • Suitable for EPA Method 525
0.18 0.18 40 to 340/360 N93164801
0.20 0.33 40 to 340/360 N93164962 N93164972
0.25 0.10 40 to 340/360 N9316483
0.25 40 to 340/360 N9316481 N9316484 N9316487
1.00 40 to 340/360 N9318482 N9316485
0.32 0.10 40 to 340/360 N9316489
0.25 40 to 340/360 N9316488 N9316490 N9316493
0.50 40 to 340/360 N9316492
1.00 40 to 340/360 N9316491
0.53 1.50 40 to 320/340 N9316494 N9316495
¹ The length of N9316480 is 20 m.

2 The lengths of N9316496 and N9316497 are 12 m and 25 m, respectively.

Elite-Volatiles
The Elite-Volatiles stationary phase and optimized column dimensions provide low bleed, excellent resolution,
and fast analysis times for volatile organic pollutants.
• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 240 °C • Volatile organic pollutants
• Proprietary phase • Suitable for EPA Method 8021
• Ideal for EPA Method 8021
0.25 1.40 -20 to 240 N9316388 N9316389
0.32 1.80 -20 to 240 N9316390 N9316391
0.45 2.55 -20 to 240 N9316392 N9316393
Elite-CLPesticides: Chlorinated Pesticides

Elite-CLPesticides is specially designed to overcome the coelutions and analyte breakdown typically encountered in chlorinated pesticide
analyzes for U.S. EPA methods 8081, 608, and CLP. Column bleed measured by ECD is extremely low at temperatures greater than
300 °C, which is critical for baking out the column to remove high-boiling compounds commonly found in pesticide/PCB extracts.
Features and Benefits Applications

• Thermally stable to 340 °C • Chlorinated pesticides and herbicides
• Low column bleed – ideal for ECD or GC/MS analysis • Exceeds performance criteria for U.S. EPA Methods 8081, 608 and CLP
• Exceeds performance criteria for U.S. EPA Methods 8081, 608 and CLP
• Baseline separation in less than 15 minutes
Column Type (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No.
Elite-CLPesticides 0.25 0.25 -60 to 320/340 N9316661 N9316662
0.32 0.50 -60 to 320/340 N9316663 N9316664
0.53 0.50 -60 to 300/320 N9316665 N9316666
Elite-CLPesticides 2 0.25 0.20 -20 to 240/260 N9316667 N9316668
0.32 0.25 -20 to 240/260 N9316669 N9316670
0.53 0.42 -20 to 240/260 N9316671 N9316672

Elite-502.2: U.S. EPA Method 502.2

Application: Analysis of volatiles by U.S. EPA method 502.2
Phase: Proprietary Dimethyl-diphenyl polysiloxane, low-polarity
0.25 1.40 0 to 250/270 N9316498
0.45 2.55 0 to 250/270 N9316188 N9316189
0.53 3.00 0 to 250/270 N9316190
Elite-RX: Drugs of Abuse

Application: Analysis of drugs of abuse
Phase (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No.
Elite-1 RX 0.20 0.33 -60 to 330/350 N9316345 N9316346
Elite-5ms RX 0.20 0.33 -60 to 330/350 N9316349 N9316350
Elite-17 RX 0.20 0.33 40 to 300/320 N9316347 N9316348
Elite-Betecylodextrin: Elite-SimDist
Chiral Separations
Application: Simulated distillation
Phase: Specially processed dimethylpolysiloxane, non-polar
Application: General-purpose chiral, Chiral compounds
in essential oils (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No.
Column ID df Temp Limits 30 m 0.45 2.55 -60 to 360 N9316261

Type (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No.
0.53 3.00 -60 to 360 N9316262
Elite-Betacydex 0.25 40 to 230 N9316319
Elite-Cyclosil B 0.25 0.25 40 to 230 N9316545
Elite-608
Application: Analysis of semivolatile pesticides by U.S. EPA
method 608
Phase: Phenyl methyl polysiloxane, mid-polarity
0.32 0.50 40 to 290/310 N9316191
0.45 0.42 40 to 270/290 N9316194 N9316195
0.70 40 to 260/280 N9316192 N9316193
0.53 0.50 40 to 270/290 N9316198 N9316199
0.83 40 to 260/280 N9316196 N9316197

Elite-TPH Elite-2330/Elite-23
Application: Analysis of total petroleum hydrocarbons Application: Analysis of cis/trans isomers in FAMEs and dioxin
Phase: (5%-diphenyl)-dimethylpolysiloxane, low polarity isomers. Equivalent to USP G8 and G48
Phase: Biscyanopropyl cyanopropylphenyl polysiloxane, highly polar
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. ID df Temp Limits 60 m Column
0.32 0.25 -10 to 320 N9316386 (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Type
0.45 1.00 -10 to 290 N9316387 0.25 0.10 0 to 275 N6107813 Elite-2330
0.25 0.20 0 to 275 N6107814 Elite-2330
Elite-PONA 0.25 0.25 40 to 250/260 N9316508 Elite-23
Application: Detailed analysis of petroleum naphtha

Phase: Specially processed dimethylpolysiloxane, non-polar
Elite-MTBE
Application: Analysis of methyl t-butylether and other oxgenates
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Phase: Proprietary low polarity phase
0.20 0.50 -60 to 300/320 N9316065 ID df Temp Limits 30 m
0.25 0.50 -60 to 300/320 N9316015 (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No.
0.45 2.55 10 to 250 N9316520
Elite-FFAP 0.53 3.00 10 to 250 N9316521
Application: Free fatty acids

Phase: Nitroterephthalic acid modified PEG (bonded), polar
Elite-2560
Application: Application-specific column for cis/trans FAMEs
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. Phase: Biscyanopropylpolysiloxane, highly polar
0.25 0.25 40 to 250 N9316351 N9316352 ID df Temp Limits 100 m
0.32 0.25 40 to 250 N9316353 N9316354 (mm) (μm) (°C) Part No.
0.45 0.85 40 to 240/250 N9316355 N9316356 0.25 0.20 20 to 250 N9311570
0.53 1.00 40 to 240/250 N9316357 N9316358
Elite-Carbon Columns
Elite-5 Amine For Volatiles in Hydrocarbon Streams
Application: Amines and other basic compounds including The Elite-Carbon columns offer rapid separation of permanent
alkylamines and di/triamines gas/light hydrocarbon mixtures; including carbon monoxide
and carbon dioxide without cryogenic cooling. They are
(mm) (μm) (°C) Part No. Part No. preconditioned and thus take less than 30 minutes to stabilize.
0.25 0.50 -60 to 300/315 N9316684 N9316673 They are used in conjunction with a molecular sieve column
1.00 -60 to 300/315 N9316674 N9316675 (Molecular sieve 5 Å, 50 m, 0.53 mm, 50 µm Part No. NR201108).
0.32 1.00 -60 to 300/315 N9316676 N9316677
ID Length Mesh Temp Limits
1.50 -60 to 290/305 N9316678 N9316679 (mm) (m) Size (°C) Part No.
0.53 1.00 -60 to 290/305 N9316680 1.0 1 100/120 Up to 300 N9303927
3.00 -60 to 280/295 N9316681 N9316682 1.0 2 100/120 Up to 300 N9303926
Fittings for the micropacked Elite-Carbon columns need to be

ordered separately.

Installation kit for 1 mm ID columns; for valve applications N9303450
Installation kit for 1 mm ID columns; for direct injections N9303451

Elite-Alumina/KCI* PLOT Miscellaneous Accessories

ID Length Film Thickness Temp Limits
(mm) (m) (µm) (°C) Part No. Description Part No.
0.53 50 10 up to 200 N9316544 2 oz. Replacement Charcoal (30/60 mesh) 03300904
* Lower Polarity than Elite-Alumina. Liner Removal Tool N6100102
Injector/Detector Adapter 1/4 in. 00080100
Elite-Alumina/Na2SO4 PLOT Adapter fits on injector and detector outlet (inside oven) for use
with 1/4 in. columns
Silanized Glass Wool (2 oz.) 03300905
(mm) (m) (µm) (°C) Part No.
0.32 50 5 up to 200 N6107777
Wide-Bore Adapter Kit
Elite-Alumina PLOT
Contains all the parts necessary to
adapt to packed column injectors
quickly and easily for use with wide-
Phase for Analysis of Light Hydrocarbons bore capillary columns. Includes
ID Length Film Thickness Temp Limits 0–20 mL/min flow controller element,
(mm) (m) (µm) (°C) Part No. wide-bore adapter with 1/16 in. fitting, wide-bore glass liner and
0.53 30 6 -60 to 200 N9316304 column support hanger.
0.53 50 10 -60 to 200 N9316305
Note: -60 °C is the lowest temperature used on this phase in our lab. Lower temperatures may be used depending on the sample.
0.53 Capillary Column Adapter Kit N6120001
Elite-Cyclosil B PLOT Wafer Scribes

For Chiral Separations The PerkinElmer ceramic wafer scribe is
ID Length Film Thickness Temp Limits inexpensive and ideal for cutting polyimide fused
(mm) (m) (µm) (°C) Part No. silica capillary columns and guard columns. The
0.25 30 0.25 35 to 230 N9316545 scribe is easy to hold and simple to use. All four
0.32 30 0.25 35 to 230 N9316546 sides can be used as a cutting tool.
Elite-Molesieve PLOT Wafer Scribes (pkg. 10) N9301376
Phase for Analysis of Permanent Gases

Connectors
Universal Connectors
0.53 30 – -60 to 300 N9316361
Universal Connector (pkg. 5) N9302149
Elite-Q PLOT Metal Universal Connectors: 0.25 mm ID (pkg. 10)

Universal Y Splitter (pkg. 1)
N9301167
N9303448
Phase for Analysis of Light Gases and Hydrocarbons Polyimide Sealing Resin (5 g) N9301343
Undeactivated Presstight Column Connectors (pkg. 5) N9303962
0.32 30 10 -60 to 250 N9316359
0.53 30 20 -60 to 250 N9316360

GC CONSUMABLES & ACCESSORIES
GC Consumables GC Inlet Septa

& Accessories
We offer a range of inert septa, suited
to different application needs. The
blue septa offer a high-performance
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
cost-effective alternative, offering
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
a good level of inertness and are
recommended for GC applications.

Autosampler and Manual Syringes 114
Marathon Filament
The marathon filament has been
Catalytic Reactor Accessory 124
engineered to provide exceptional
Clarus 480, 580, 680 GC Capillary Inlet Liners 110 long life and withstand difficult
Clarus 590, 690 Capillary GC Inlet Liners 111 chromatography conditions.
Clarus 480/580/680 Consumables 118

Clarus 590/690 Consumables 122
Detector Series Operation Kit
ECD Add-On Kits, ECD Wipe Test Kits
119
133
Ferrules
Graphite and Graphite/Vespel
Clarus 480/580/680 FID Add-On Kits 119
ferrules in different configuration
Ferrules 113 are available. The choice of which
FPD Spares for All Clarus GC Models 131 depends on your application or use
within the GC instrument.
GC Inlet Septa 108-109
Marathon Filament 115
Merlin MicroSeal Septum 118
NPD Spares for All Clarus GC Models 134
Packed Column Injector for All Clarus GC Models 128
PID Spares for All Clarus GC Models 135
PSS Injector Liners for All Clarus GC Systems 112
POC Spares for All Clarus GC Models 130
PSS Spares for All Clarus GC Models 129
SMARTsource 116-117
Swafer 125
Swagelok Fittings 136
TCD Spares for All Clarus GC Models 132
TCD/FID Series Operation Kit 132
TurboMatrix 40 Headspace Trap 127
Wide Range FID Add-On Kits 118
Wide Range FID Miscellaneous Accessories 124
CLICK THE ARROWS

106
Copyright © 2018 PerkinElmer, Inc. 400376_07 All rights reserved. PerkinElmer® is a registered trademark of PerkinElmer, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. GC CONSUMABLES & ACCESSORIES
BETTER GC FOR THE

MOST CRITICAL
APPLICATIONS – YOURS
Superior sensitivity, capacity, and throughput – with flexibility

to handle more applications
Our new Clarus® 590 and 690 systems are making GC more productive, more consistent –
and more flexible than ever. Productive, because our proprietary autosampler technology, superfast oven cool-down, and
programmable temperature injectors make it much more efficient. Consistent, because it delivers precise, repeatable sample
introduction and fewer reruns. And flexible, because we integrate best-in-class TurboMatrix® headspace, thermal desorption,
and hands-free liquid or SPME sample prep. Highly capable Clarus systems are simply better for the most important
applications of all – those most important to you.
Learn more at www.perkinelmer.com/gc

GENERAL GC CONSUMABLES
GC Inlet Septa
BTO (Orange)
Septa rated to 400 °C. The precision molded silicone rubber
septa BTO® (Bleed Temperature Optimized) are premium
ultra-low bleed injector septa for today’s most demanding
applications. The BTO septa are uniquely formulated to extend
ultra-low bleed characteristics and outstanding mechanical
properties. It retains remarkable softness, even at high
temperatures, and has been optimized to reduce injection port
Injector septa used in Gas Chromatography provide a critical role adhesion, with the addition of a non-stick coating. The pre-
in maintaining system isolation but allowing the sample to be pierced BTO septa also benefit from the CenterGuide design.
introduced onto the column in a Quantative manor. Since the They have a recess on the injection side to help guide the syringe
injector septa provide the seal between the inner workings of needle to the same point for every injection. The BTO septa are
the injector and the laboratory environment, it must have several recommended for GC/MS applications.
desirable characteristics. For best performance the septa should
be inert, low off-gassing of silicone oligomers, soft enough to Green
avoid bending the needle and reseal after injection and resistant
Septa rated to 350 °C. The advanced green septa were created
to coring by the syringe.
to combine significantly longer injection life, low bleed and low
We offer a range of inert septa, suited to different application injection port adhesion. These septa also benefit from also with
needs. The BTO (orange) septa offer the ultimate in inertness the non-stick coating and the CenterGuide design. The result is a
and are ideally suited to GC/MS applications and trace analysis. mid-range general purpose septum made of uniquely formulated
The mid-range advanced green septa combine low inlet adhesion silicone rubber you can use for all your daily analyzes.
properties with long lifetime and are recommended for
GC applications. The blue septa offer a high-performance Blue
cost-effective alternative, offering a good level of inertness
Septa rated to 275 °C. The blue septa are designed for routine
and are also recommended for GC applications.
applications. Employing a soft silicone rubber material and stay
clean surface, they are easy to penetrate without a recess. As the
blue septa used at lower operating temperatures the non-stick
• Select from a range of GC septa with varying properties limits coating is not required to prevent inlet adhesion. They offer a
• Non-stick coating ensures no adhesion of the septa to the GC inlet low level of inertness and for routine GC applications providing
• Pre-conditioned septa, ready to use optimum performance at lower operating temperatures.
• The CenterGuide design facilitates needle penetration to the same
point with every injection, for easy and rugged operation
• Pre-pierced BTO septa provide long autosampler injection life
• Stay clean surface does not attract dust
• Compatible with all GC instruments

Comparison of septa bleed by TD-GC/MS.
Septa come packed in a glass jar, for high purity. Or select the
disc format where septa are located in individual pockets for ease
of selection and avoids any risk of cross contamination.
Description Quantity Part No.

BTO Orange Injection Port Septa 50 N9302972
BTO Orange Injection Port Septa 10 N9306872
Green Injection Port Septa 50 N9306219
Green Injection Port Septa 10 N9306218
Blue Injection Port Septa 50 N9306874
Blue Injection Port Septa 10 N9306873

Clarus 480, 580, 680 GC Capillary Inlet Liners

Inlet liners for split injection have mixing chambers with tortuous flow paths to allow full vaporization of the sample. Deactivating
the surface of these liners prevents active compounds from degrading. Packing the liner with wool will trap non-volatile residue and
prevent column contamination when analyzing dirty samples.
Inlet liners for splitless injection are generally designed as straight tubes, although new designs such as the gooseneck will help contain
the sample in the injector. Packing these liners with wool will also help trap non-volatile residue and prevent column contamination.
Split Injector Liners*

Product Description ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) Pkg. Part No.
Split Glass Liner Ultra Deactivated Surface Liner (with wool) 4 6.2 92.1 5 N6121020
– Universal liner for general purpose analysis
Split Glass Liner (with wool) 4 6.2 92.1 5 N6502009
– Universal liner for general purpose analyzes
Split Siltek Deactivated Glass Liner (with wool) 4 6.2 92.1 5 N6502010
Clarus Cup Split Glass Liner 4 6.2 92.1 5 N6502011
– Good for both high and low molecular weight compounds
Uniliner Deactivated Glass Liner (with wool) 4 6.2 92.1 5 N6121022
Zero Dilution Glass Outer Liner – Ideal for trace HS work. 2 6.3 90 1 N1011445
Use in conjunction with N1011446
Zero Dilution Glass Inner Liner – Ideal for trace HS work. 2 73 1 N1011446
Use in conjunction with N1011445
Quartz Liner for Split Operation 4 6.2 92.1 1 N6121001
– Good for large volume injection samples
Glass Liner for Split Operation 4 6.2 92.1 1 N6101052
* Not compatible with Clarus 590/690 capillary injector.
Splitless Injector Liners*

Clarus Splitless Glass Liner – Low volume sample analyzes, 1 6.2 92.1 5 N6502006
beneficial with headspace and purge/trap
Quartz Liner for Splitless Operation 2 6.2 92.1 1 N6121002
(ships with instrument) – Standard injector liner
Glass Liner for Splitless Operation 2 6.2 92.1 1 N6101372
Deactivated Glass Liner for Splitless Operation (with wool) 2 6.2 92.1 5 N6121021
– Good for analyzes of trace samples
Wide-Bore Column Glass Liner (for 0.53 mm ID columns) 4 6 92.1 1 N6101375
Wide-Bore Column On/Off Quartz Liner 4 6 92.1 1 N6121003

(for 0.53 mm ID columns)
* Not compatible with Clarus 590/690 capillary injector.
Split/Splitless Injector Liners*

Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with 4 6.2 92.1 5 N9306233
Deactivated Wool
Deactivated Wool and Tapered End
Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with deactivated 4 6.2 92.1 5 N9306236
Wool. Quartz wool is used to fully vaporize the sample
*Not compatible with Clarus 690/590 GC capillary injector.

Clarus 590, 690 Capillary GC Inlet Liners

For the capillary injector on the Clarus 590 or 690 GC system, the liners are required to be 78.5 mm long.
These liners are not compatible with the older Clarus GC systems (480, 580, 680 and any prior models).
Split Injector Liners

Ultra Deactivated Straight Splitless Liner with Wool 2 6.3 78.5 5 N6502033
Ultra-deactivated Split Precision Liner with Wool 4 6.3 78.5 5 N6502034
Ultra Deactivated Straight Inlet Liner, no Wool 1 6.3 78.5 5 N6502037

(for P&T, HS, Gas Sampling)
Quartz Glass Liner, no Wool, Straight Through with 4 6.3 78.5 1 N6502038
Dimple at the Bottom
Straight Through Glass Liner, no Wool 2 6.3 78.5 1 N6502039
Glass Liner, Straight Through with Dimple at Bottom, no Wool 4 6.3 78.5 1 N6502040
Ultra-Deactivated 0.75 mm ID Straight/SPME Inlet Liner 0.75 6.3 78.5 5 N6502044
Ultra Deactivated Single Low Pressure Drop Precision Liner 4 6.3 78.5 5 N6502032
with Wool
Ultra Deactivated Straight Inlet Liner with Wool 4 6.3 78.5 5 N6502036
for Split/Splitless Inlets
Splitless Injector Liners

Ultra Deactivated Glass Liner Single Taper for Splitless Injection 2 6.5 78.5 5 N6502030
Ultra Deactivated Single Taper Splitless Liner 4 6.5 78.5 5 N6502031
Ultra Deactivated Single Taper Inlet Liner with Wool 4 6.5 78.5 5 N6502035
for Splitless Inlets
Split/Splitless Injector Liners

Deactivated Wool
Deactivated Wool and Tapered End
Capillary Split Deactivated Glass Liners with Deactivated Wool. 4 6.3 78.5 5 N6502043
Quartz wool is used to fully vaporize the sample

PSS Injector Liners for all Clarus GC Systems

Programmed Temperature Split/Splitless (PSS) Injector Liners
Quartz Liner for Splitless Operation 1 4 86.2 1 N6121006
– Excellent liner for low volume analyzes
Quartz Liner for Split Operation 2 4 86.2 1 N6121004
– Standard injector liner for routine applications
Siltek Deactivated Glass Liner for Split Operation (with wool) 2 4 86.2 5 N6502001
– Maximum inertness and packed with wool gives optimum sample
dispersion. Surface provides inertness over wide sample pH range.
Wool can be adsorptive if fibers are broken
Siltek Deactivated Glass Liner for Split O
peration 2 4 86.2 5 N6502002
– Max inertness gives optimum sample dispersion.
Deactivated surface provides minimal bleed and inertness
over a wide sample pH range
Zero Dilution Outer Liner – Use in conjunction with N1011446 2.8 4 83 1 N1011447
Zero Dilution Inner Liner – Use in conjunction with N1011447 2 73 1 N1011446
On-column Glass Liner 2.4 4 86.2 1 N6101539
Liner/Hour Glass for POC Injector 2.4 4 19.05 1 N6101703
Quartz Split Liner with Silanized Glass Wool 2 4 86.2 1 N6121008
Quartz Split Liner with Silanized Glass Wool 2 4 86.2 5 N6121009
Deactivated Glass Liners with Deactivated Wool. Narrow bore and 2 4 86.2 5 N9306232
quartz wool increase volatilization and reproducibility
Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners 1.25 4 86.2 5 N9306237
Packed Column Injector liners for all Clarus GC Models

Packed Column Injector Liners
Description ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) Pkg. Part No.
Glass Liner 3 6 112 1 N6101048
Quartz Liner 3 6 112 1 N6121000

Ferrules Standard Ferrules for use with the Clarus 480/580/680

Capillary Injector
Size For use with Ferrule ID Graphite Graphite/Vespel
Capillary Column Ferrules* Column ID (mm) (mm) Part No. Part No.
Different materials and configurations of ferrules are available, 1⁄16 in. ≤0.25 0.4 09920104
the choice of which depends on your application or use within
the GC instrument.
Column ID (mm) Ferrule ID (mm)
≤ 0.25 0.4 1⁄16 in. 0.32 0.5 09903700 09920105
0.32 0.5
0.53 0.8
Graphite 1⁄16 in. 0.53 0.8 09920141 09920107

Ferrule of choice for high-temperature applications up to
450 °C. Graphite seals easily and does not stick to glass columns.
Suitable for use with FID, TCD and ECD detectors.
1⁄16 in. 0.32 0.5 N9306001 N9306000
Graphite/Vespel® (Two hole ferrule)
15% graphite/85% polyimide ferrules are recommended for use
with GC/MS systems. The upper temperature limit is 400 °C.
Short Ferrules 1⁄8 in. 0.32 0.5 09903395

(Two hole ferrule)
For use with the new capillary injector design on the Clarus 590
and 690 systems. These short ferrules are not compatible with
the older Clarus instruments.
Standard Ferrules
Standard Ferrules for use with detectors
PerkinElmer standard ferrules are used in for connecting – all Clarus models
columns to the detectors on all GC models. They are suitable
for use on the older Clarus capillary injectors (480, 580, 680 and Size For use with Ferrule ID Graphite Graphite/Vespel
Column ID (mm) (mm) Part No. Part No.
prior instruments).
1⁄16 in. ≤0.25 0.4 09920104
Short Ferrules for use with the Clarus 590/690
Capillary Injector
Size For use with Ferrule ID Graphite Graphite/Vespel
Column ID (mm) (mm) Part No. Part No. 1⁄16 in. 0.32 0.5 09903700 09920105
1⁄16 in. ≤0.25 0.4 09200785 09200685
1⁄16 in. 0.53 0.8 09920141 09920107

1⁄16 in. 0.32 0.5** 09200785 09200686
1⁄8 in. 0.53 1.0 09903394

1⁄16 in. 0.53 0.8 09200787 09200687
1⁄8 in. ≤0.32 0.5 09903981

1⁄16 in. 0.32 0.5 – 09200788
(Two hole ferrule)
**
Same graphite Part No. for 0.4 and 0.5 mm opening.

Autosampler and Manual Syringes

Point Style 2
This is a general purpose point style designed
for septum penetration in all chromatographic New Blue Barrel color design for enhanced
sample volume verification (packs of 5 and 10 syringes)
techniques. The needle has a 22° bevel to
minimize coring and needle plugging. Syringes – Gas Tight
Point Style 3 Syringe Capacity Fixed Needle (N) Removable

Part No. Needle (RN)
Needle has a 90° bevel. This point style is Part No.
recommended when the syringe is used for 10 μL N9302240 N9302241
accurate pipetting of liquids. Excellent for mixing 25 μL N9302242 N9302243
standards of very small volume. 50 μL N9302244 N9302245
100 μL N9302247
GC Autosampler Syringes 250 μL N9302250 N9302251
Syringes from PerkinElmer are individually inspected for accuracy 500 μL N9302253 N9302254
and performance. 1.0 mL N9302256 N9302257

2.5 mL N9302259
Recommended autosampler syringes are available in 0.5, 5 and
5.0 mL N9302262
50 µL capacities. For routine analyzes, the metal plunger in barrel
with PTFE-tipped seal is the standard syringe as shipped with 10 mL N9302265 N9302266
each Clarus® GC instrument. Alternative syringes to use are the

metal plunger in barrel or the 0.53 mm on-column injection. GC Manual Syringes
50 µL Syringe, Metal Plunger 0.63 mm OD Needle N6101760
• All PerkinElmer injectors have been tested and optimized
5 µL Syringe, Metal Plunger PTFE-tipped Seal N6101390
0.63 mm OD Needle (ships with instrument)
for use with a 7 cm needle
5 μL Syringe, Metal Plunger PTFE-tipped Seal N6103240 • A 7 cm needle is critical to be sure your sample is
0.63 mm OD Needle BLUE Barrel (Pkg. 5 syringes) deposited in the optimal zone
5 μL Syringe, Metal Plunger PTFE-tipped Seal N6103241
0.63 mm OD Needle BLUE Barrel (Pkg. 10 syringes)
Syringe
5 µL Syringe, Metal Plunger 0.63 mm OD Needle N6101251 Capacity Gauge Length Pkg. Point Style Part No.
0.5 µL Low Injection Volume Syringe, Metal Plunger N6101253 Removable Needle Syringes (RN)
0.47 mm OD Needle
10 µL 1 #2 N9302210
5 µL On-column Syringe Metal Plunger 0.47 mm OD Needle N6101380
25 µL 1 #2 N9302211
NEW N9308975
50 µL 1 #2 N9302212
5 µL, Syringe, PTFE-tipped Metal Plunger 0.47 mm OD Needle
100 µL 1 #2 N9302213
0.5 µL Low Injection Volume Syringe, Metal Plunger N6101252
0.63 mm OD Needle Replacement Needles for RN Syringes
0.5 μL Low Injection Volume Syringe Metal Plunger N6103242 10 µL 1 #2 N9302222
25/50/100 µL 22S 2 in. 3 #2 N9302224
0.5 μL Low Injection Volume Syringe Metal Plunger N6103243
250 µL 22S 2 in. 3 #2 N9302226
Fixed Needle Syringes
10 µL3 1 #2 00230523
10 µL 2
6 #2 N9302230
25 µL 1 #2 N9302202
25 µL 1 #3 09904823
50 µL 1 #2 N9302203
50 µL 1 #3 09904941
2
Savings based on one-piece price. Savings of 20% reflected in price shown.
3
Standard fitted with 7 cm needle.

Marathon Filament
The Marathon™ Filament is a revolutionary,

patent-pending technology developed exclusively Features and Benefits
by PerkinElmer, delivering long life even under the • Long life even under the most difficult chromatography conditions
most difficult chromatography conditions. • Unique white surface engineered for maximum durability and
optimum performance
After lengthy performance testing and filament research, the new
Marathon Filament has been engineered to provide exceptional • Now included with all new Clarus® GC/MS systems
long life and withstand difficult chromatography conditions. • B ackward compatible with all units using rhenium filaments
It has high resistance to demanding injections such as Headspace • Works with both electron and chemical ionization sources
or purge and trap and has stood up to challenging applications
such as flame-retardant analysis. Description Part No.
The Marathon Filament is a direct replacement of the previous Marathon Filament for PerkinElmer GC/MS Systems N6470012
rhenium filament – no system changes required.

CLARUS SQ 8 GC/MS CONSUMABLES
SMARTsource with
Marathon Filament
for Clarus SQ 8
GC/MS Systems
Capable of both EI and CI ionization, the SMARTsource™
(Simplified Maintenance And Removal Technology) on the
Clarus® SQ 8 GC/MS has been designed for ultimate simplicity,
flexibility and productivity. Switching sources can be done in
a matter of seconds by simply twisting and pulling – no tools
required, no wires to disconnect. Cleaning the source is equally as
easy and can be performed by the user. So even if you’re running
tough matrices, you won’t be slowed down by time-consuming
expensive source cleanings and replacements.
Fewer Parts, Greater Ease

With very few parts, the SMARTsource is exceptionally robust
and easy to maintain. Each component is clearly marked for
simple reassembly, and reconfiguring between EI and CI can even
be performed in less than 3 minutes with a quick-conversion kit.
Since the source is removed from the front of the Clarus SQ 8,
the analyzing quadrupole is never exposed, minimizing the risk Features and Benefits
of contamination to ensure more reliable data.
• 12 parts make up EI source
• SMARTsource rebuilt in minutes
• Remove SMARTsource with the twist of a wrist
• Marathon filament has a long life even under the most difficult
chromatography conditions and is engineered for maximum durability
and optimum performance
Handle Assembly (Source Blank and Sight)

Handle Assembly (Source Blank and Sight) N6480380
Replacement Protective Cover N6482024
SMARTsource Maintenance Kits

SQ8 Maintenance Kit N6480360
Tool kit needed to maintain source
Take the guesswork out of setting your column depth. Our Handle Assembly allows for
precise alignment of the column within the SMARTsource every time. SQ8 Deluxe Polishing Kit (120 Volt) N6480361
Kit for polishing cleanable source parts
SQ8 Deluxe Polishing Kit (240 Volt) N6480362

CLARUS SQ 8 GC/MS CONSUMABLES
6 7 8 9 10 11 14
1 2 3 4 5 12 13
SMARTsource Replacement Parts SMARTsource Kits

Source Lens #3 N6480149 Complete EI Source N6480132
Consists of a fully assembled EI Source, ready to install
Source Spring N6480151
Complete CI Source N6480130
Source Lens #2 N6480148
Consists of a fully assembled CI Source, ready to install
Lens Insulator N6480153
Insulator Replacement Kit (Numbers 2, 4, 7, 9, 13) N6480080
Source Lens #1 N6480147
El Optics Replacement Kit (Numbers 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12) N6480081
EI Ion Volume N6480144
Cl Optics Replacement Kit (Numbers 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12) N6480082
Insulator (Ion Volume) N6480145
Repeller N6480140
Insulator (Repeller) N6480141
CI Ion Volume N6480146
CI Ion Volume Disc N6480154
Trap N6480142
Insulator (Trap) N6480143
Marathon Filament N6470012

CLARUS 480/580/680 CONSUMABLES
Clarus 480/580/680 Merlin MicroSeal Septum

Consumables for 480/580/680 Systems
With more than 50 years’ experience The Merlin MicroSeal™ septa is a
in GC, the PerkinElmer family of unique replacement septa employing
Clarus® 480/580/680 GC instruments a two-step sealing system and an
can be depended upon to meet advanced elastomer material. It is
the most demanding performance ideally suited to SPME applications.
and throughput needs for today’s
Because the syringe needle does not
analytical, process monitoring and
pierce the septa, there is no debris and ghost peaks are greatly
quality control facilities.
reduced. The MicroSeal septa also reduces the incidence of
Capillary Injector with PPC Kit bent syringe needles and liner contamination. Usable in either
Kit includes split/splitless injector with programmable pneumatic manual or autosampler applications, this septa can improve
control for carrier gas, split vent, heater, sensor, and heater block. your productivity and run reliability. Designed to be used with
The AutoSystem XL must be PPC™ ready. If not, a PPC upgrade 23 gauge straight needle syringes. Pressure ranges from
kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer Service is 4 to 100 psi and injection port temperatures up to 325 °C.
required, but not included. Not compatible with Clarus 590 and This is not compatible with Clarus 690/590 GCs.
690 models. Description Part No.
Voltage Part No. Merlin MicroSeal Septum Kit N9303344

Includes: Injector Port Adapter, 2 Septa and 1 Nut
120 V N6120138
Merlin MicroSeal Septum N9303345
230 V N6120139
Wide Range
Complete Capillary Injector Add-On Kits
Kit includes split/splitless injector in module with heater
FID Add-On Kits

and sensor, 0 – 60 psi pressure regulator, and transducer for
pressure readout. For manual gas control. Not compatible with
Clarus 590 and 690 models.
Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID Add-On Kit (with PPC)
Voltage Part No.
120 V Clarus N6520012 Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor,
230 V Clarus N6520013 heater block, igniter, programmable pneumatics, amplifier and
controls for detector combustion gases. GC must be PPC ready.
Dual Capillary Column Adapter Kit If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by
Kit includes all necessary hardware to install two capillary PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
columns to a capillary injector. Note: kit does not include Voltage Part No.
appropriate 1/8 in. 2-hole ferrule (N9306097). For manual gas 120 V N6550167
control. Not compatible with Clarus 590/690 capillary injector.
230 V N6550168
Voltage Part No.
120 V N6120050
Split/Splitless Injector Starter Kit

Includes: 2 mm ID quartz liner, 4 mm ID quartz liner, silicone
O-Rings (10), green septa (50), 0.5 mm graphite ferrules (10),
0.8 mm graphite ferrules (10), 1/16 in. stainless steel nuts (5),
untreated quartz wool, packing rod, and wafer scribes (10).
Not compatible with Clarus 590 and 690 models.

Split/Splitless Injector Starter Kit for Manual Gas Control N6120101

Clarus 480/580/680 Auto-Ignite FID Replacement Parts*

FID Add-On Kits Collector Head Assembly

Silicone Rubber O-Ring* (not shown)
N6100357
09902143
Polarizer Nozzle N6103167
Auto-Ignite FID with PPC Add-On Kit* Nozzle Insulator 09907827
Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor, heater Nozzle Collector N6101085
block, igniter, programmable pneumatics, and controls for Body Assembly N6103175
detector combustion gases. Requires, but does not include, FID Jet Contact/Spring N6001204
amplifier (N6120162) and AutoSystem XL firmware revision 3.3 Jet Assembly* N6100361
or higher. The AutoSystem XL must be PPC ready. If not, a PPC FID Body N6100364
upgrade kit (N6120146) is required.
Nozzle Assembly N6100430
Voltage Part No. *Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details.
120 V* N6120167
230 V* N6120168
*Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs.
2
Auto-Ignite FID Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics) 1

3
Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor, heater
block, igniter, hydrogen pressure regulator, and needle valve. 4 9
Requires, but does not include, amplifier (N6120162). Requires

AutoSystem XL to have firmware revision 3.3 or higher. 5
6
Voltage Part No.
120 V Clarus* N6520018 7
230 V Clarus* N6520019

*Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs 8
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details
FID Amplifier
Required for use with FID Detector Add-On Kit*.
Description Part No. Detector Series

Operation Kit
FID Amplifier N6109364
* This is not required for the Clarus 590/690 FID add-on kits.
TCD/FID Series Operation Kit

Used to direct sample effluent from the TCD to the FID.

TCD/FID Series Operation Kit N6120006

Clarus 480/580/680 Catalytic Reactor Replacement Parts

FID Miscellaneous Catalyst

Jet Assembly
N9302698
N6100194
Accessories*
Description Part No. FID Base
Auto-Ignite Nozzle Replacement Tool N6103188
for removing nozzle from auto-ignite FID body
Auto-Ignite FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory* N6120161
Capillary Column Adapter for capillary column use N6120020 Catalyst
with the FID 1/8 to 1/16 in. detector adapter
Ceramic Column Cutter N9301376
Cotton Applicators N9301272
Detector Cover (White Color) N6103151
Eraser Brush-Pencil
Jet Assembly*
Jet Replacement Tool
09923078
N6100194
N6101297
Miscellaneous Accessories
1/4 in. nut driver for removing jet from auto-ignite FID body
External Ignite Nozzle Replacement Tool
Replacement Stainless Steel Glow Plug for Auto-ignite FID N6103089
Septa, low bleed (pkg. 50) N9302972 For removing nozzle from External Ignite FID body.
1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter 00080100
for use with 1/4 in. packed columns. Description Part No.
1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter fits both injector and detector ends External Ignite Nozzle Replacement Tool N6103188
Hydrogen Regulator Replacement Kit
Clarus 480/580/680 Description

Part No.
N6100289
Catalytic Reactor Accessory Hydrogen/Air Replacement Needle Valve

Auto-Ignite FID with PPC Add-On Kit
Hydrogen/Air Replacement Needle Valve N6101412
The catalytic reactor converts CO and CO2 to methane
conveniently and efficiently. The lower detection limit is
Igniter Assembly
extended to well below 0.1 ppm.
Complete replacement igniter assembly with glow plug.
The catalytic reactor consists of a special catalytic reactor base
which replaces the FID base. The reactor body contains a quantity Description Part No.
of catalyst held in place by a quartz wool plug. Igniter Assembly N6100016
Kits include base assembly, reactor tube, and instructions.

Replacement Glow Plug for External Ignite FID
External Igniter FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory
Description Part No. Replacement Glow Plug for External Ignite FID 00091279
External Igniter FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory* N6120070
FID Flow Measurement Adapter

Auto-Ignite FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory
Description Part No. FID Flow Measurement Adapter N6101345

Clarus 480/580/680 Capillary

Injector Replacement Parts*
Injector Cover N6101482
1
Septum Cap N6100153
PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50) N6621028
2
Injector Top Nut N6101358
Injector Head N6100158 3
O-Ring, Silicone for Glass Liner (pkg. 10) N6101374
Maximum injector temperature 250 °C
4
O-Ring, Graphite for Glass Liner (pkg. 5) N6101378
O-Ring, Kalrez® for Glass Liner (pkg. 1) N9302782
O-Ring, Viton® for Glass Liner (pkg. 10) N9302783
Maximum injector temperature 300 °C,
recommended for use with Mass Spec. 5
ships with instrument
Quartz Liner (2 mm) for Splitless Operation N6121002
6
Quartz Liner (4 mm) for Split Operation N6121001
or Large Volume Splitless Injection
Glass Liner (2 mm) for Splitless Operation N6101372
Glass Liner (4 mm) for Split Operation N6101052 16 7
Deactivated Liner for Splitless Operation N6121021
2 mm, packed with wool. (pkg. 5)
Deactivated Liner for Split Operation N6121020
Deactivated Uniliner N6121022 9
Injector Body N6100047
1/8 in. Swagelok Nut Brass (pkg. 5)
™
N9300056
15
Restrictor** N6101034
1/8 in. Graphite/Vespel Ferrule (pkg. 10)* 09920301
1/4 in. Graphite Ferrule (pkg. 10) 09920140 8
1/4 in. Graphite/Vespel Ferrule (pkg. 10) 09903739
1/4 in. Swagelok Nut, Stainless Steel (pkg. 5) N9300055
Injector Adapter Cap Assembly N6100562
Charcoal Trap N6100275 12
Charcoal Trap for PPC Version* N6100331 13
Split Vent Tube N6100159 14

Column Nut 1/16 in. 09903392 17
Long length for reversed ferrule (pkg. 5)
* Not suitable for Clarus 590 and 690 models.
** Not shown.
Suitable for all older models to Clarus GC instruments: 480/580/680 and systems prior.

CLARUS 590/690 CONSUMABLES
Clarus 590/690 Clarus 590/690 Capillary

Consumables Injector Parts
Sensitive, high-capacity,
Product Description Part No.
high-throughput GC systems
Septum Cap
delivering the power and
1 PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (Pkg. 50) N6621028
functionality needed to
meet your analytical goals. 2 Injector Top Nut N6550223
A robust autosampler 3 Injector Head N6550220
delivers easy access to two
O-Ring, Viton® for Glass Liner (Pkg. 10) 09200714
injector ports, while the Maximum Injector Temperature 300 °C,
Clarus 690’s patented high- 4 Recommended for use with Mass Spec.
performance oven delivers O-Ring, Kalrez® for Glass Liner (Pkg. 1) 09200725
Maximum Injector Temperature 450 °C
the fastest heat-up and
cool-down of any oven in Ultra-deactivated Straight Inlet Liner with wool, N6502036
4.0 mm ID, for Split/Splitless Inlets,
the business. 5 pack (ships with instrument)
See page 111 for a full listing of liners
Ultra Deactivated Straight Splitless Liner with wool N6502033
GC/MS PSS Injector Starter Kit N6100447 5
Ultra-deactivated Split Precision Liner with wool, N6502034
Contents Pkg. Qty. Part No.
4.0 mm ID, 5 pack
5.0 µL Autosampler Syringe 1 N6101390
Ultra-deactivated Straight Inlet Liner no wool, N6502037
Vial Locator (dongle) 2 N6101182 1.0 mm ID, 5 pack
PSS Injector Viton O-Rings (300 °C) 10 1 N6101747 Straight Through Glass Liner no wool, 2.0 mm ID N6502039
PSS Injector Kalrez O-Rings (450 °C)
®
1 1 09921004 6 Injector Body N6550221
PSS Split/Splitless Injector, 2 mm, no wool 1 N6121004 7 Brass Nut 09903128
Graphite/Vespel Ferrules, for 0.25 mm Columns 10 2 09920104 Front Ferrule – 1/8 in. Brass 09903129
8
PerkinElmer Green Septa (50 pieces) 1 N6621028
9 Back Ferrule – 1/8 in. Brass 09903130
Marathon Filament 1 N6470012
10 Gold Seal Nut N6552080
Aluminum Oxide Powder (3 oz.) 1 04190197
11 Gold Seal N6551043
1/16 in. Short Graphite/Vespel Ferrule (Pkg. 10) 09200685

Description Part No. 12 For column ID 0.18 – 0.32 mm/0.4 mm
GC/MS CAP Injector Starter Kit N6100448* See page 113 for a full listing of short ferrules
for Clarus 680, 580, 480
Not Trap Installation Kit N6550140
Contents Pkg. Qty. Part No. shown (same part for both split and splitless injection)
5.0 µL Autosampler Syringe 1 N6101390 Not Trap Replacement Cartridge N6550142
shown
Vial Locator (Dongle) 2 N6101182
Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, A Position N6552091
CAP Injector Viton O-Rings (300 °C) 10 N9302783
Not Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, B Position N6552092
CAP Injector Kalrez® O-Rings (450 °C) 10 N9302782
shown Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 590, A Position N6552093
CAP Split/Splitless Injector, 4 mm, no wool 2 N6121002
Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 590, B Position N6552094
Graphite/Vespel Ferrules, for 0.25 mm Columns 10 2 09920104
13 Capillary Column Nut N6552084
* N6100448 Not compatible with Clarus 590 and 690 models.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumable reference guide for more details.

2 1
Clarus 590/690
3
Split/Splitless Injector
Add-On Kits
All capillary add on kits need the charcoal trap kit
4 (Part No. N6550140) and the appropriate vent trap
connecting tube.
5 Configuration Part No.
6 Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, A Position N6552091
Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 590, A Position N6552093
8
9
Capillary Injector with PPC

Kit includes split/splitless injector with programmable pneumatic
control for carrier gas, split vent, heater, sensor, and heater
7 block. If not, a PPC upgrade kit (Part No. N6120146) is required
and in addition, modules may also be required. Installation by
PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
Voltage Part No.

120 V N6550138
11 240 V N6550139
10
12
Capillary Injector for Manual Pneumatics
13 Kit includes split/splitless injector in module with heater
and sensor, 0 – 60 psi pressure regulator, and transducer
GC/MS 590/690 Capillary for pressure readout. For manual gas control.
Voltage Part No.
Injector Consumable Kit 120 V Clarus

230 V Clarus
N6550012
N6550013
GC/MS Capillary Injector Starter Kit for Clarus 690, 590 N6550448
Split/Splitless Injector Starter Kit
Includes: 2 mm ID quartz liner, 4 mm ID quartz liner, silicone
5.0 µL Autosampler Syringe 1 N6101390
O-Rings, green septa (50), 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm and 0.8 mm
Vial Locator (Dongle) 2 N6101182
GV ferrules, gold seal, gold seal nut, capillary injector nut
Viton O-Rings (300 °C) 10 1 09200714
and wafer scribes.
Kalrez® O-Rings 1 2 09200725
(Maximum Injector Temperature 450 °C) Description Part No.
Ultra Deactivated Split/Splitless Liner, 4 mm, 5 1 09200624 Split/Splitless Injector Starter Kit for Manual Gas Control N6550101
with Wool
Graphite/Vespel Ferrules, 10 1 09200685
for 0.25 mm Columns

Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID Replacement Parts

Catalytic Reactor Accessory
Collector Head Assembly which includes N6550077 Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID with PPC Add-On Kit
Silicone Rubber O-Ring** (not shown) 09902143
The catalytic reactor converts CO and CO2 to methane
FID Jet Contact/Spring (included in N6550072) N6001204
conveniently and efficiently. The lower detection limit is
Jet Assembly (0.28 mm jet, fitted as standard) N6550080
extended to well below 0.1 ppm.
Jet Assembly (0.71 mm jet) N6550083
The catalytic reactor consists of a special catalytic reactor base
FID Body N6550082
which replaces the FID base. The reactor body contains a quantity
Nozzle Assembly N6550072
of catalyst held in place by a quartz wool plug.
Kits include base assembly, reactor tube, and instructions.
External Igniter Wide Range FID Catalytic

Reactor Accessory (For Methanizer Kit)*
1
** 5 External Igniter FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory N6550180
* Same part for Auto-Ignite catalytic reactor accessory
2
Catalytic Reactor Replacement Parts
3
Catalyst N9302698
4
Jet Assembly (specific to methanizer/catalytic reactor) N6100194
FID Base
Wide Range FID

Miscellaneous Accessories Catalyst
Description
Auto-Ignite Nozzle Replacement Tool
Part No.
N6103188
for removing nozzle from auto-ignite FID body
(Manual Pneumatics)
Capillary Column Adapter for capillary column use N6120020
with the FID 1/8 to 1/16 in. detector adapter
Ceramic Column Cutter N9301376
Hydrogen Regulator Replacement Kit N6100289
Cotton Applicators N9301272
Detector Cover (White Color) N6103151
Eraser Brush-Pencil 09923078
Hydrogen/Air Replacement Needle Valve
(Manual Pneumatics)
Jet Assembly (0.28 mm jet, fitted as standard) N6550080
Jet Assembly (0.71 mm jet) N6550083
Jet Replacement Tool N6101297
Hydrogen/Air Replacement Needle Valve N6101412
1/4 in. nut driver for removing jet from auto-ignite FID body
Replacement Stainless Steel Glow Plug for Auto-ignite FID N6103089
1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter 00080100 FID Flow Measurement Adapter
for use with 1/4 in. packed columns.
1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter fits both injector and detector ends Description Part No.
FID Flow Measurement Adapter N6101345

GC ACCESSORIES
Swafer Micro-Channel Wafer Technology

PerkinElmer’s Swafer™ micro-channel wafer technology is an innovative and user-friendly approach for flowswitching and splitting
applications. It delivers unparalleled hardware and application flexibility, expanding the capabilities of capillary
gas chromatography (GC).

• Allows you to tackle difficult or otherwise impossible
separations, delivering richer sample information which
was previously unattainable
• User-friendly design and user-defined oven position allow easy setup
and configuration changes, without requiring service intervention
• Complete independence of the column from injectors or detectors lets
you combine injection techniques (headspace, thermal desorption,
liquid, etc.), based on sample requirements
• 15 user-interchangeable configurations deliver over 18 possible
modes of operation for unparalleled application flexibility
• Can be used on any Clarus 580/500 or 680/600 GC with
programmable pneumatic control (PPC)
• Vent unwanted solvent or other large peak from chromatogram
• Tweak the column polarity with serial column for difficult separations
Swafer Kits for Clarus GC Systems Swafer Kits and Accessories for
Existing Clarus GC Systems
D-Swafer Complete Kit – for Clarus GC units only N6520273 Description Part No.
(for Clarus 680/580 GCs with PPC) Includes all required Micro-Channel Kit for Existing Clarus 680/600/580/500 GC N6520270
installation hardware user guides, and the D-Swafer with PPC. Includes all hardware required to install a Swafer.
S-Swafer Complete Kit – for Clarus GC units only (for Clarus N6520272 The Swafer and installation are not included and must be
680/580 GCs with PPC) Includes all required installation purchased separately
hardware, user guides, and the S-Swafer Micro-Channel Kit for Existing Clarus 680/600/580/500 GCs N6520271
with PreVent currently installed. If PreVent is already included in
the GC configuration, this hardware kit provides the additional
parts required to install a Swafer. The Swafer and installation
are not included and must be purchased separately
D-Swafer Dean’s Switch (Swafer only) N9306251
S-Swafer Splitter (Swafer only) N9306262

GC ACCESSORIES
How Can the Swafer Help You?

Enhanced Sample Information
Solvent venting Vent unwanted solvent or other large peak from chromatogram D-Swafer
S-Swafer
Detector switching Switch between your detectors of choice anytime during the run or between injections D-Swafer
Column switching Make your GC more flexible by choosing which column should be used to chromatograph the injected sample D-Swafer
Heartcutting Cut your chromatogram and analyze the cut on a different column for a better separation D-Swafer
Polarity tuning Tweak the column polarity with serial column for difficult separations D-Swafer
S-Swafer
Column selection Better utilize large and expensive detectors by choosing which of the two columns to monitor D-Swafer
Carrier-gas swapping Use a different carrier gas in the injector or sampling system from that used for the chromatography D-Swafer
Peak attenuation Analyze a wide dynamic range by diluting portions of your chromatography D-Swafer
Splitting Split your chromatography between up to four channels (detectors, sniffer ports, etc.) S-Swafer
Throughput and Maintenance

Column backflushing Remove unwanted compounds from the column after the analytes have eluted D-Swafer
S-Swafer
MS isolation Perform your MS, column and inlet maintenance without venting for less downtime D-Swafer
S-Swafer
Retention-gap purging Remove large amounts of solvent with cold on-column injection D-Swafer
Inlet selection Automate your inlet choices (headspace, thermal desorption, liquid autosampler, etc.) between injections D-Swafer
Injector maintenance or enhanced Enable injector septa or liner exchange while the system is still active Prevent solvent vapor from entering column and D-Swafer
large volume injection detector during injector purging S-Swafer
Heartcutting (D-Swafer) allows separation of selected peaks Swafer can be installed in any Clarus 580/500 or 680/600 GC
within a complex sample matrix. with programmable pneumatic control (PPC).

TURBOMATRIX CONSUMABLES
TurboMatrix 40 Headspace Trap

Sample Head Assembly Replacement Parts
Platinum/Iridium Needle, Wide-bore B0144169
Platinum/Iridium Needle, Small-bore B0500959
Platinum/Iridium Needle, Jet B0510364
Silcosteel Needle, for Headspace Trap Only N6700130
Stainless Steel Needle, Wide-bore B0131385
Stainless Steel Needle, Small-bore B0500987
Stainless Steel Needle, Jet (ships with instrument) B4000011
Needle Seal Assembly (without O-Rings) B0500833
O-Ring for Needle Seal Assembly (pkg. 10) B0198110
Vespel Ferrule 1⁄16 in. (pkg. 10) 09920127
Male Nut 1⁄16 in. N9302832
GLT Adapter Tube B0503956
GLT Adapter Tube, Silcosteel N6700113 Solid Glass Blocking Trap
Graphite/Vespel Ferrule 1⁄16 in. x 0.4 mm 09920104 Description Part No.
For use with 0.25 mm ID Transfer Line (pkg. 10)
Block for Use in Standard Headspace Mode N6701170
Graphite/Vespel Ferrule 1⁄16 in. x 0.5 mm 09920105
For use with 0.32 mm ID Transfer Line (pkg. 10)
Nut 1⁄16 in. Swagelok N9300059
Sample Trays
0.18 mm ID x 5 m Length N9301354
For use on the Mid-Range or High-Capacity headspace sampler.
Fused-Silica Capillary Transfer Line: N9301356
0.25 mm ID x 5 m Length Description Part No.
0.32 mm ID x 5 m Length N9301357 TurboMatrix 40 Mid-Range Sample Tray M0413592
TurboMatrix 110 High-Capacity Sample Tray M0413593
Transfer Lines
Description Tubing ID (mm) Length Part No.
Siltek Deactivated 0.25 5m N9316607
Headspace Sample Head Assembly Schematic Fused Silica
Siltek Deactivated 0.32 5m N9316608
Fused Silica
1
Gas Chromatography – Theory and Practice, N1011210
9 Static Headspace Book by L. Ettre and B. Kolb
8
7
6
Cold Trap Options
5
Headspace Trap instruments only.
4
2 Description Part No.
3
TurboMatrix HS Trap Cold Trap Tube (Carbopack C) N6200150
TurboMatrix HS Trap Air Monitoring Trap* M0413628
2
* Trap comes standard with instrument.

3

PACKED COLUMN ACCESSORIES
Packed Column Injector Packed Injector

for All Clarus GC Models Replacement Parts
Packed Column Injector Kit with Manual Pneumatics
Septum Cap N6100153
Includes: complete injector assembly with heater and sensor,
0 – 100 mL flow controller, and column head pressure gauge
Needle Guide N6101050
for installation into the AutoSystem.
Glass Liner (6 mm OD, 3 mm ID, 112 mm Length) N6101048
Voltage Part No. Quartz Liner (6 mm OD, 3 mm ID, 112 mm Length) N6121000
120 V* N6120007 Packed Injector Assembly N6100048
230 V* N6120023
Packed Column Injector Kit with PPC 1
The kit includes complete injector assembly with programmable

pneumatic control, heater, sensor, and heater block. The GC must
be PPC™ ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. 2
Voltage Part No.

120 V* N6120136 3
230 V* N6120137
Packed Column Injector Kit with Screen Readout and

Manual Pneumatics
Includes: complete injector assembly with heater and sensor,
0 – 100 mL flow controller and column head pressure gauge, 4
and transducer for screen readout of column carrier flow.
Voltage Part No.

120 V* Clarus N6520010
230 V* Clarus N6520011
Packed Column Injector Kit AutoSystem XL and Clarus

The kit includes complete injector, heater, sensor, and heater
block. (Does not include pneumatics).
Voltage Part No.

120 V* N6120071
230 V* N6120072
Packed Column Injector Starter Kit

Includes glass liner, needle guide, green septa (50), untreated
quartz wool, and packing rod.
Description Part No. 5
Packed Column Injector Starter Kit N6120100
*Service installation suggested.

PSS ACCESSORIES
PSS Spares for All PSS Replacement Parts

Clarus GC Models Description
Septum Cap
Part No.
N6100153
Injector Cover N6101482
PSS Injector Add-On Kits with Manual Pneumatics
The programmed-temperature split/splitless (PSS) inlet allows Trap, Charcoal – non PPC version N6100275
accurate sample delivery to a capillary column. The PSS allows PPC version (not shown)
the analysis of thermally labile compounds, while eliminating Nut N6101705
the discrimination of high-boiling compounds. One of the major
Septum Purge N6100260
advantages of the PSS is that any nonvolatile material will remain
O-Ring Viton (pkg. 10) max temp 300 °C, N6101747
in the inlet liner and not on the front of the column. recommended for use with
mass spec. Shipped with instrument
PSS with pneumatics and pressure readout on screen.
O-Ring Kalrez® (pkg. 1) 09921004
Kit includes all necessary hardware to install injector into GC.
max temp. 450 °C
Voltage Part No. O-Ring Graphite (pkg. 5) N6101751
max temp. 450 °C
120 V* Clarus N6520014
Quartz Liner, 2 mm Split Mode N6121004
230 V* Clarus N6520015
Shipped with instrument.
Quartz Liner, 1 mm Splitless Mode N6121006
PSS Injector with PPC On-column liner N6101539
Kit includes injector with programmable pneumatic control, PSS Body Braze Assembly N6550025
heater, sensor, and heater block. The GC must be PPC™ ready. Ferrule 1/8 in. x 1/16 in. (pkg. 10) 09920301
If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Nut 1/8 in. 09903128
Voltage Part No. Split Vent Line N6100159
120 V* N6550053 Purge Restrictor N6101034
230 V* N6550054 Nut 09903392
1 3
PSS Injector Starter Kit

Includes: universal connectors (5), 0.53 mm ID deactivated
2
fused-silica (5 m), 2 mm ID quartz liner, 1 mm ID quartz liner,
glass hourglass liner, 1/16 in. stainless steel nuts (5), 0.5 mm ID
graphite ferrules (10), 0.8 mm ID graphite ferrules (10), Viton®
O-Rings (6), graphite O-Rings (5), untreated quartz wool, wafer
10 4
scribes (10), and green septa (50).
11
Voltage Part No.
12 5
PSS Injector Starter Kit N6120102
6
Zero Dilution Liners
7
13
Used together as set.
Voltage Part No.

8
Inner Liner N1011446
Outer Liner N1011447
* Service installation suggested.
14

POC ACCESSORIES
POC Spares for All POC Replacement Parts

Clarus GC Models Description
Septum Cap
Part No.
N6100153
Programmed-Temperature On-Column (POC) Inlet is designed to PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50) N6621028
be used with fused-silica capillary columns. The sample is injected Needle Guide N6101702
onto the column while the inlet is cool. After the injection, Liner/Hour Glass N6101703
the inlet begins to heat. This delay in heating avoids the flash Body Assembly N6100256
vaporization associated with a normal injection. This explosive Packed Injector Assembly N6100048
vaporization can cause thermal breakdown and/or discrimination
of certain analytes, which can be avoided by using the POC.
The POC Injector is best used to achieve recovery of compounds
of greater than C60 (e.g., polywaxes). The POC utilizes flow
control, producing the best recovery out to C100 or greater. 1
POC Injector with Manual Flow Controller

and Head Pressure Gauge
2
Kit includes all necessary hardware to install injector into
AutoSystem Series or Clarus Series.
Voltage Part No.

3
120 V* N6120076
230 V* N6120077
4
POC Injector with Manual Flow Controller and Head
Pressure Gauge with Flow Readout on Screen
Kit includes all necessary hardware to install injector into
AutoSystem Series or Clarus Series.
5
Voltage Part No.

120 V* N6120082
230 V* N6120083
POC Injector with PPC Add-On Kit

Kit includes injector with programmable pneumatic control, heater,
sensor, and heater block. The AutoSystem XL or Clarus GC must
be PPC™ ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required.
Installation by PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
Voltage Part No.

120 V* N6120142
230 V* N6120143
POC Injector Starter Kit

Includes: needle guides (5), universal connectors (5), 0.53 mm ID
deactivated fused silica (5 m), 1/16 in. stainless steel nuts (5), 0.8 mm
graphite ferrules (10), green septa (50), and wafer scribes (10).
Voltage Part No.

POC Injector Starter Kit N6120098
* Service installation suggested.

FPD ACCESSORIES
FPD Spares for FPD Replacement Parts for AutoSystem Series GCs
All Clarus GC Models O-Ring

Seal Assembly and Window (heat shield)
09902247
N9300096
The FPD is a highly sensitive and selective detector for both Liner (window) N6003057
sulfur and phosphorus compounds. It is especially suitable for FPD Body (upper) N6100243
environmental monitoring of H2S and sulfur gases in general and Window Holder N6003066
for organopzhosphorus compounds present at trace levels in FPD Jet Assembly N6550055
pesticide analysis. Alkyl tin compounds can also be analyzed by
FPD Body (lower) N6100244
changing the filter assembly. The sulfur filter is shipped standard.
Photomultiplier Tube 09972321
The FPD mounts in either the front or rear detector position.
This allows many detector combinations, such as FPD/FPD,
FPD/TCD, and FPD/ELCD.
The AutoSystem also includes a linearizer function for the sulfur
mode and convenient control of the photomultiplier tube from
the keyboard.
The FPD is capillary-column compatible. The detector will accept Filter Assembly
columns of 0.530 mm ID or less. As a reminder, use of packed
1/4 in. columns requires a 1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter.
1
3
Filters 4
6
Phosphorus Lens (Yellow) N6000981 5 2
Sulfur Lens* (Blue) N6000637

Tin Lens (Orange) L4135472 Air
* Shipped standard. 8 7
Hydrogen
FPD Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
Kit includes detector, heater, sensor, heater block, hydrogen
needle valve, air pressure regulator, and sulfur photomultiplier
filter. Requires but does not include FPD amplifier (N6120095). FPD with PPC Add-On Kit
Firmware revision 1.6 or greater required. Firmware must be
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, programmable
PerkinElmer Service installed. AutoSystem operator’s manual
pneumatic control for detector combustion gases, and sulfur
(09938559) revision E or higher required.
photomultiplier filter. Requires, but does not include, FPD
Voltage Part No. amplifier (N6120095). AutoSystem XL GC must be PPC ready.
120 V Clarus N6520028 If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by
230 V Clarus N6520029 PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
Voltage Part No.

FPD Amplifier 230 V N6120129
Firmware revision 1.6 or greater required. Firmware must be
PerkinElmer Service installed. AutoSystem operator’s manual
Packed Column Adapter
(09938559) revision E or higher required.
1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter for use with 1/4 in. packed columns.
FPD Amplifier N6120095 Description Part No.
Adapter (set of 2) 00080100

TCD ACCESSORIES
TCD for Column Adapter

All Clarus GC Models Description
1/8 to 1/4 in.
Column adapter for use with 1/4 in. packed columns
Part No.
00080100
Features and Benefits 1/8 to 1/16 in. N6120020

Column adapter for use with capillary columns
• Lower Internal Volume and Smaller Overall Size
• No Makeup Gas Required with 0.53 mm and 0.32 mm ID
Capillary Columns
• Series Connection Option
• Excellent Sensitivity Over a Wide Dynamic Range
TCD Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)

Kit includes all necessary items to install the TCD into the
instrument: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, 1/16 in. gas
line, and flow controller pneumatics. Requires, but does not
include, amplifier (N6120015). The TCD can only be installed in
the rear detector position.
Voltage Part No.

120 V Clarus N6520022
230 V Clarus N6520023
Thermal Conductivity Detector
TCD Amplifier
Description
TCD Amplifier
Part No.
N6120015 TCD/FID Series
TCD with PPC Add-On Kit Operation Kit
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, and TCD and FID series operation kit for directing effluent from
programmable pneumatic control for reference gas. Requires, a TCD to an FID.
but does not include, amplifier (N6120015). The TCD can only be
installed in the rear detector position. The GC must be PPC ready.
TCD/FID Series Operation Kit N6120006
If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by
PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
TCD Detector Makeup Gas Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
Voltage Part No.
For use with TCD (at low flow rates). Required when using
120 V N6120124
0.25 mm ID and recommended when using 0.32 mm ID capillary
230 V N6120125
columns. Kit includes 1 m of 1/16 in. tubing to connect to
gas supply, graphite/vespel ferrules, manual pneumatics, and
TCD with PPC Makeup Gas Kit installation instructions.
Includes parts required to add PPC controlled makeup gas to an Description Part No.
existing TCD. Includes tubing, tee-piece, PPC pneumatics module,
TCD Detector Makeup Gas Kit (Manual Pneumatics) N6120080
and PPC frit #4 (N6120155). Requires PPC capability
in the GC.

TCD with PPC Makeup Gas Kit N6120150

ECD ACCESSORIES
ECD Spares for ECD Add-On Kit (PPC Pneumatics)

Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, and
All Clarus GC Models programmable pneumatic control for makeup gas. Requires, but
does not include, ECD amplifier (N6120014). The AutoSystem
The ECD is a versatile, nondestructive detector which responds XL or Clarus GCs must be PPC ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit
strongly to halogen-containing compounds as well as to certain (N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer Service is
other electron-capturing substances. The ECD’s high sensitivity required, but not included.
and selectivity make it an ideal choice for pesticide-residue Voltage Part No.
analysis and for detection of halogen-derivatized compounds. 120 V N6120122
The ECD has an independent temperature range of 230 V N6120123
100 – 450 °C. The detector contains thermal protection that
prevents heating the Ni63 source to temperatures beyond Vent Tube Assembly
safe operating limits. Two ECDs can be installed and operated Flexible tube to safely vent toxic sample effluent.
simultaneously on the AutoSystem Series and Clarus GCs.
Nitrogen or argon/methane is the required detector operating Description Part No.
gas. The base of the detector terminates in a 1/8 in. fitting. Vent Tube Assembly N6100161
Collector Anode Column Adapters

To Amplifier Column Adapter/Receiver
Adapter converts 1/8 in. fitting to 1/16 in. for use with capillary
Ni83 Foil (Source) columns. Note: Glass-lined tubing reduces background from
polyimide coating in high-temperature applications.

Capillary Column Adapter/Receiver N6000968
1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter

Makeup Gas In
For use with 1/4 in. packed columns. 1/8 to 1/4 in. adapters fit
Column Connection
both injector and detector ends. (Pkg. 2).

ECD Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics) 1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter 00080100
Kit includes all parts necessary to install an ECD on the
AutoSystem Series or Clarus GCs. Includes: detector, heater,
sensor, heater block, 1/16 in. makeup gas line, makeup gas ECD Wipe Test Kit
needle valve, and vent tube assembly. Requires, but does not U.S. Federal law requires that all ECDs be wipe-tested periodically
include, ECD amplifier (N6120014). Installation by PerkinElmer as described in the instrument operator’s manual. In the U.S.,
Service is recommended. possession and use of ECD is regulated by N.R.C. and/or state
Voltage Part No. regulatory agencies. Licensing by regulatory agencies is required.
230 V Clarus N6520021 Outside of the U.S., check with governing bodies for licensing
and regulations covering possession and use. This kit contains
everything necessary to do a complete wipe test. For use on any
ECD Amplifier
model GC ECD.
Required for use with ECD detector with add-on kit.
Description Part No. ECD Wipe Test Kit 00091667
ECD Amplifier N6120014

NPD ACCESSORIES
NPD Spares for Column Adapter

All Clarus GC Models 1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter
1/8 to 1/4 in. detector receiver adapter for use with 1/4 in.
The NPD can be used for the analysis of organic compounds
packed columns. Two included (injector/detector).
containing nitrogen or phosphorus down to the picogram level.
The NPD has become the detector of choice for low-level drug Description Part No.
and pesticide applications because of its sensitivity and selectivity. 1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter 00080100
NPD Amplifier
Required for use with NPD Add-On Kit. NPD Replacement Parts
NPD Amplifier N6120094 Collector Head N6100253
Bead Assembly (pkg. 5) N6120093
NPD with PPC Add-On Kit Single pkg. N6120092
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, and Jet Assembly N6100038
programmable pneumatic control for detector combustion NPD Body N6100228
gases and two beads. Requires, but does not include, amplifier
(N6120094). The AutoSystem XL or Clarus GC must be PPC
ready. If not, the PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required.
Installation by PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
1
Voltage Part No.
120 V N6120126
230 V N6120127
Air In
3
Hydrogen In
Column Connector

PID ACCESSORIES
PID Spares for Miscellaneous Accessories

All Clarus GC Models Description
Bakeout Disk
Part No.
03302989
Lamp Cleaning Compound 03302775
PID Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
1/8 in. Detector Receiver 03300865
The PID utilizes a high-intensity ultraviolet light source to ionize
PID Replacement Parts

the sample components eluting from the column in order to
generate the chromatographic signal. The PID has a maximum
recommended operating temperature of 250 °C. The lamp can
be replaced with a blanking disk to allow bake-out operation
PID Lamp (10.2eV), For most applications including 03303599
(up to 350 °C). Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, makeup gas aromatics, alkenes, and aliphatics higher than C4.
needle valve, and all necessary mounting hardware for installation Shipped standard with PID
on an AutoSystem GC. Requires, but does not include, amplifier PID Lamp (9.5eV), Improved selectivity for multiple ring 03303598
aromatic, sulfur compounds
(N6120061) and lamp power supply (N6120062). Firmware
PID Lamp Window Seal 03302778
revision 1.2 or greater is required. Firmware must be PerkinElmer
PID Lower Lamp Seal 03302777
Service installed. AutoSystem operator’s manual (09908559) is
required if not revision F or higher. Shoulder Pin 03302976
Cap Nut 03303773
Voltage Part No.
Base Assembly 03302979
120 V Clarus N6520026
Spring 03302973
Cap with Harness N6101696
PID Amplifier
Required for use with PID Add-On Kit.

5
PID Amplifier N6120061
PID Lamp Power Supply

8
Required for use with PID Add-On Kit.

PID Lamp Power Supply N6120062
7
PID with PPC Add-On Kit
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, and
programmable pneumatic control for makeup gas. Requires,
but does not include, amplifier (N6120061) and power supply
(N6120062). The GC must be PPC ready. If not, a PPC upgrade
kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer Service is 1
required, but not included.
Voltage Part No.

2
120 V N6120130
4
3

GC ACCESSORIES
Swagelok Fittings
The patented advanced-geometry back ferrule design provides a
leak-tight tube connection on all Swagelok™ stainless steel tube Features and Benefits
fittings, in sizes 1/4 to 1/2 in., and 6 to 12 mm. Leak-tight seals that • Ease of installation
will withstand high-pressure, vibration, vacuum and temperature • Back ferrule axially advances the front ferrule
changes depend upon close tolerances and consistent, exacting • Vibration fatigue resistance
quality control in conjunction with good design principles. Swagelok
• Wide variety of configurations
fittings from PerkinElmer are available in brass and stainless steel.
Swagelok™ Fittings
Product Qty. Size Brass Stainless Steel
Part No. Part No.
Bulkhead Adapter pkg. 1 1/4 in. to 1/4 in. tube N9301267
Back Ferrule pkg. 5 1/16 in. N9300040 N9300042

1/8 in. N9300036 N9300038
1/4 in. N9300030 N9300032
Cross Union pkg. 1 1/8 in. N9301259
Front Ferrule pkg. 5 1/16 in. N9300041 N9300043

1/8 in. N9300037 N9300039
1/4 in. N9300031 N9300033
Male Adapter pkg. 1 1/4 in. tube to 1/8 in. NPT N9301266
Tube to Pipe
Male Connector pkg. 1 1/8 in. to 1/8 in. NPT N9301253

1/8 in. to 1/4 in. NPT N9301254
1/4 in. to 1/8 in. NPT N9301255
1/4 in. to 1/4 in. NPT N9301269
Nut pkg. 5 1/16 in. N9300058 N9300059
1/8 in. N9300056 N9300057
1/4 in. N9300054 N9300055
Plug pkg. 1 1/16 in. N9300053
1/8 in. N9300060 N9300061
1/4 in. N9301268 N9301233
Union pkg. 2 1/16 in. N9300048 N9300049
1/8 in. N9300046 N9300047
1/4 in. N9300044
Union Tee pkg. 1 1/16 in. N9301221
1/8 in. N9301222
1/4 in. N9301223
Reducing Union pkg. 1 1/8 in. to 1/16 in. N9300051 N9301225
1/4 in. to 1/8 in. N9300050 N9301226
1/4 in. to 1/16 in. N9301227

THERMAL DESORBTION
Thermal Desorbtion Thermal Desorber

Starter Kit
Our convenient starter kit
includes all the products you
need to run the TurboMatrix
Thermal Desorber.
ATD Tubes 140
Cold Traps Fittings and Accessories 138 TurboMatrix Thermal

Conditioned Thermal Desorber Tubes 141 Desorption Cold Trap
Packed Traps for PerkinElmer Thermal Desorbers 138 Supplies
Used for U.S. EPA Method TO17, the PerkinElmer standard trap,
Soil Vapor Intrusion (SVI™) Tubes 141
packed with Tenax™ on the TurboMatrix™ Thermal Desorber,
improves productivity and trapping capacity. The TurboMatrix air
Thermal Desorber Caps and Accessories 139 monitoring trap is packed with carbonaceous sorbents suitable
for ozone precursor and air toxics monitoring.
Thermal Desorber Industrial Hygiene
Application Kit 139
Conditioned Thermal
Thermal Desorber Starter Kit 139
TurboMatrix Thermal Desorption

Cold Trap Supplies 138 Desorber Tubes
Stainless steel and glass
Unconditioned Thermal Desorber Tubes 140
sample tubes are available
with a wide variety of
packing materials from
single to multi-bed.
XRO™-440 and 640 Tubes

The new and unique Extended Range Organics XRO-440 and 640
Tubes have been designed to accommodate a target component
range from nC4 to nC40 and nC6 to nC40, respectively. They are
suitable for methods such as TO-17 and EPA-325.
CLICK THE ARROWS

THERMAL DESORBTION
Packed Traps
for PerkinElmer
Thermal Desorbers
Air Monitoring Trap
Low flow trap packed with carbonaceous sorbents suitable
for ozone precursor and air toxin monitoring.
TurboMatrix Thermal Desorption Cold Trap Supplies

Trap supplies from PerkinElmer, the market leader in thermal
desorption, will provide exceptional analytical performance.
Cold Traps Fittings and Accessories
Used for U.S. EPA Method TO17, the PerkinElmer standard trap,
packed with Tenax™, on the TurboMatrix™ Thermal Desorber, will Description Qty. Part No.
improve productivity and trapping capacity. The TurboMatrix air Graphite Ferrule 2 L4271187
monitoring trap is packed with carbonaceous sorbents suitable SilTite™ Ferrule (GC/MS) 0.4 mm 10 N9306093
for ozone precursor and air toxics monitoring. SilTite Ferrule (GC/MS) 0.5 mm
™
10 N9306094
Description Qty. Part No. SilTite™ Ferrule (GC/MS) 0.8 mm 10 N9306095
Cold Traps for TurboMatrix SilTite Nuts
™
5 N9306096
Air Monitoring Trap 1 M0413628 PTFE Ferrule 10 L4275110
Empty Trap 1 M0413627 Graphite/Vespel® Ferrule for ATD 400 5 L1003027
Tenax TA 60/80 Packed Trap
™
1 M0413535 Valco Graphite/Vespel Ferrule for ATD 400
® ®
5 L1003028
Carbopack® C Packed Trap 1 N6200150 Trap Filter Disk L1003030
Cold Traps for ATD 400 Trap Packing Disk 20 L4271290
Air Monitoring Trap 1 L4275108 Trap Packing Retaining Spring 5 N6301054
Trap Nuts (2 required) 1 L4275009 Cold Trap Packing Tool L4271203
Trap Tube Low Flow, Empty 1 L4275107 Cold Trap Removal Tool L4271205
(Narrow-bore at one end. Allows minimum Regulator 0 – 60 psig N6101474
gas flow during trap desorption)
Replacement Plastic Plunger for Gauze Loading Rig L4071151
Tenax™ TA 60/80 Packed Trap 1 L4275089
Empty Trap 1 L4271106

THERMAL DESORBTION
Thermal Desorber
Industrial Hygiene
Application Kit
All your consumable needs in one convenient kit, designed
specifically for Industrial Hygiene using Thermal Desorption*.

Workplace Air Monitoring N6710188
Industrial Hygiene Application Kit**
Cold Trap O-Ring, 0.145 ID/0.070 w.d. 1 1 09200091
Thermal Desorber
Cold Trap Tube (Tenax TA) 1 1 L4275089
Empty Glass Sample Tubes – No Caps 10 1 L4071594
Graphite Ferrule 2 1 L4271187
Starter Kit Pen Clips for Stainless Steel Sample Tubes

PTFE Ferrule
10
10
1
1
L4071029
L4275110
Our convenient starter kit includes all products you need to run
PTFE Filter Disk – Either Side of the Cold Trap 10 1 L1003030
the TurboMatrix Thermal Desorber.
Tenax TA Stainless Steel Sample Tubes 10 1 N9307005
Features and Benefits * For full downloadable pdf format application notes,please visit:
https://www.perkinelmer.com/tools/resourcelibrary#/resources
** Applicable to TurboMatrix 100/150/300/350 and 650 only.
• All items available under one part number in a convenient kit
• Guaranteed PerkinElmer parts Thermal Desorber Caps and Accessories
• Improved chromatography with exceptional analytical performance Description Pkg. Part No.
using PerkinElmer parts
Brass Long-Term Storage Caps 1 09908851
Recommended for long-term storage, two required
per tube. Also requires PTFE Ferrule (L1003015)
Combined PTFE Ferrule For use with ¼ in. Brass Long- 5 L1003015
Thermal Desorber Starter Kit N6100448 Term Storage Caps (09908851), two required per tube
Contents Pkg. Qty. Part No. Diffusion Caps – Standard For passive air sampling, 10 L4070207
to ensure correct diffusion path length
Glass Fiber Separator Disks 20 1 L4271290
Diffusion Caps with Membrane as above, with silicone 10 L4070208
Glass Sample Tubes 10 1 M0413598
membrane inserted
Glass Wool 1 1 54120790
Pen Clips For Stainless Steel Thermal Desorber Tubes 10 L4071029
Graphite Ferrules 2 1 L4271187
PFA PTFE Ferrules For TurboMatrix Storage End Caps 20 M0413625
O-Ring 5 1 L1003006
TurboMatrix Analytical Caps PTFE Caps with O-Ring, 20 N6200119
O-Ring, Viton 1 1 L1003008 Required for Use on the TurboMatrix Instrument
During Analysis
Packing Gauze 100 1 L4071034
PTFE Filter Discs 10 1 L1003030
PTFE Filter Discs – Large 10 1 L1003029
Retaining Spring 50 1 L4071123
Sample Tube – 5 mL 1 1 04970673
Stainless Steel Retaining Spring 2 1 N6301054
Stainless Steel Sample Tubes – Capped 10 1 M0413595
Tenax TA 60/80, Mesh – 15 g 1 1 04978064
Trap Tube Nuts 2 1 L4275009
Trap Tubes 2 1 M0410094

THERMAL DESORBTION
ATD Tubes Unconditioned Thermal

Desorber Tubes
PerkinElmer’s
new ATD tube
conditioning oven
For your convenience, new
now conditions tubes
low-cost thermal desorber tubes are
faster and easier
offered in both stainless steel and
than ever before.
glass. Each tube maintains its unique
ATD tubes must be
serial number which is etched for easy
re-conditioned after
identification. Tubes are offered with a variety of sorbent
analysis to remove
packing materials for many GC applications including indoor and
contaminants before
outdoor air monitoring, analysis of flavors and fragrances and the
they are used for
analysis of outgassing from packaging, polymers, pharmaceuticals
sampling. You can
and semi-conductor material. These tubes are unconditioned and
do this one of two
ship with plastic end caps for short-term storage.
ways. You can
condition each tube Packed Unconditioned Sample Tubes,
individually on your thermal desorption instrument. This takes Plastic End Caps (pkg. 10)
time – especially if you have several tubes to condition – and also
ties up your instrument which could be used for more important The new and unique Extended Range Organics XRO™ 440
analysis. Or, a better more efficient alternative is to condition and 640 Tubes have been designed to accommodate a target
your tubes in a separate oven. component range from nC4 to nC40 and nC6 to nC40, respectively.
They are suitable for methods such as TO-17 and EPA-325.
Features and Benefits Description Stainless Steel Glass
• Condition any number or combination of stainless steel and glass Part No. Part No.
tubes simultaneously without wasting gas Air Toxics N9307050 N9307058
• Hood interlock protects anyone in the lab from opening the oven Carbopack™ B60/80 N9307051 N9307059
until it’s cool Carbosieve™ SIII 60/80 N9307052 N9307060
• Dual automatic fan design cools the oven in minutes Tenax GR 60/80
™
N9307053 N9307061
• Oven vent through the top hood ensuring a contaminant free oven Tenax™ TA 60/80 N9307054 N9307062
Chromasorb 60/80
™
N9307055 N9307063
Carbopack™ and Carbosieve™ N9307056 N9307064
Description Part No. Carbopack™ B 60/80
TurboMatrix TC 220 (120 V) N9309160 Carbopack™ C 60/80
Carbosieve™ SIII 60/80
TurboMatrix TC 220 (230 V) N9309161
Carbotrap™ C/B N9307065
Specifications NIOSH N9307057 N9307066
Capacity Holds up to 20 tubes XRO™-440 N9307120
Temperature Range Ambient – 400 °C XRO™-640 N9307122
Programming 4 Ramps + 4 Soaks

Empty Sample Tubes without Caps
Flow Rate 25 – 150 mL/min
Stainless Steel 10 L4270128
Glass 10 L4071594
Stainless Steel 100 L4270129
Empty Sample Tubes with Plastic End Caps

Stainless Steel 10 M0413595
Glass Lined Stainless Steel 10 M0413597
Glass 10 M0413598

THERMAL DESORBTION
Soil Vapor Intrusion Conditioned Thermal

(SVI™) Tubes Desorber Tubes
Stainless steel and glass sample
tubes are available with a wide
variety of packing materials
from single to multi-bed.
PerkinElmer Thermal Desorber
tubes are printed with the
packing material and an arrow,
which points to the end of the
tube where sample is drawn
Fully conditioned
from, and also indicates the end Thermal Desorber tubes
that desorb vapors will exit.
Soil vapor intrusion occurs when toxic compounds that are
Each tube is etched with a unique serial number for ease of
present in the air space in soil of a contaminated location have
traceability and adsorbent identification. Stainless steel tubes
ways of entering a building, potentially creating a health risk. Our
may also be fitted with clips that accept adhesive labels for
new multi-bed construction extends the hydrocarbon range past
identification. Packed tubes are shipped with long-term brass
naphthalene while retaining the lighter components, enabling
storage caps and all tubes are thermally conditioned and tested
larger sample volumes, hence, enhancing detection limits. Has a
for background and backpressure.
unique design that meets the challenges and criteria of the EPA
regulations for air monitoring. Packed Conditioned Sample Tubes, Brass Long-Term
Storage End Caps (pkg. 10)
‘NOT for Analytical test applications’, use N6200119 PTFE caps
• From chloromethane through diesel range hydrocarbons
and O-Rings. (pkg. 20).
• After the analysis, tubes are clean and ready for re-sampling
reducing costs The new and unique Extended Range Organics XRO™ 440
and 640 Tubes have been designed to accommodate a target
component range from nC4 to nC40 and nC6 to nC40, respectively.
They are suitable for methods such as TO-17 and EPA-325.
Stainless Steel TD Tubes Conditioned N9306277
Stainless Steel TD Tubes Un-Conditioned N9306278 Description Stainless Steel Glass
Part No. Part No.
XRO™-640 Air Toxics N9307001 N9307008

Carbopack™ B60/80 N9307002 N9307009
XRO™-440
Carbosieve™ SIII 60/80 N9307003 N9307010
Carbopack C/B + Carbosieve™ SIII
™
Tenax™ GR 60/80 N9307004 N9307011

Carbotrap™ C/B
NEW PKI Tenax™ TA 60/80 N9309130
Soil Vapor Intrusion™ Tenax™ TA 60/80 N9307005 N9307012
NIOSH 2549 Chromasorb™ 60/80 N9307006 N9307013
Air Toxics Carbopack™ and Carbosieve™ N9307000 N9307007
Carbopack™ B 60/80
Tenax™ GR Carbopack™ C 60/80
Carbosieve™ SIII 60/80
Tenax™ TA
Carbotrap™ C/B N9307026
Chromosorb 106 ™
NIOSH 2549 N9307038 N9307037
Carbopack B ™ XRO -440
™
N9307121
Carbosieve SIII
™ XRO™-640 N9307123
XRO™ Calibration Tubes N9307124
C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C16 C20 C26 C30 C40
Carbon Number
Selecting the right sorbent tube.

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Arnel Analyzer Valves

Consumables
A majority of the Arnel configurations
utilize two different types of valves.
Most can be categorized as external
volume injectors while the other type
is an internal sample injector.
Quick Reference Index Page Sample Loops

A range of stainless steel sample loops
Arnel Analyzers 143 are available for varying applications;
Arnel Analyzers Applications Highlights 151 with injection volumes from 100 µL to
5 mL and options for 6, 8 or 10 port
Arnel Sample Loops 148 valves. The Arnel sample loops are set
apart from standard stainless steel loops
Arnel Service Spares Kit 147
due to the materials that are used in
Replacement Column Sets for Standard their manufacture.
Arnel Refinery Gas Analyzers 144
Replacement Column Sets for Standard

Arnel Natural Gas Analyzers 144
Replacement Column Sets for Other Capillary Columns

Standard Arnel Analyzers 144-145
Calibration Material 150 for Arnel Engineered

Capillary Columns for Arnel
Engineered Analyzers 143
Analyzers
PerkinElmer capillary column replacement sets are available for
Fused Silica Adaptors 150 a wide range of applications. From refinery and natural gas to
Gas Sampling Valve Kits 148 specific and also including many standard methods, ASTM and
trace gases for example.
Liquid Sample Valves and Accessories 146
Permeation Tubes 149
Calibration Materials
Sample Loops 148
Sampling and Installation Parts 149

Our calibration gas blends were formulated to be
SCD Maintenance 149 used exclusively in our Refinery and Natural Gas
Standoffs 148 Analyzers. These are the same test gases that are
used in the verification and validation processes
Methanizers 150 that take place at our factory.
Nuts and Ferrules 149
Union and Tees 150
Valves 146
CLICK THE ARROWS

142
Arnel Analyzers
The measurement of semivolatile and volatile compounds in petrochemical feeds, processes and products can be easily
accomplished with turnkey analyzers and systems designed to meet accepted standard methods. PerkinElmer’s Arnel™ analyzers
offer a market leading customized chromatography solution. We provide, install, and support a full range of guaranteed analyzers,
systems and accessories.
Arnel We have an APP for that!

The Arnel Group within PerkinElmer Gas Chromatography is responsible for providing complete engineered
solutions for a wide array of often encountered analytical problems. Do you have the need for a custom solution to
perform ASTM or other regulated methods in your lab? Some of the types of analyzers Arnel has supplied are found
in the list of categories shown here:
Natural Gas/NGL
Condensates
LPG
Refinery/Light Hydrocarbon Gas
Olefins
Aromatics
Oxygenates
Industrial Solvents
Naphthas
Gasoline
Distillates
Lube Oils/Waxes
Crude Oils
Asphalt
Bulk Gases
Trace Gases
TOGA
SCD
Capillary Columns for Arnel Engineered Analyzers

Why would you compromise your gas chromatography by accepting cheap substitutes when replacing the columns in your
Arnel Analyzer? Use only genuine PerkinElmer column sets as replacements to meet your specific chromatographic needs.
Don’t see what you need?

Please contact your local PerkinElmer sales representative for replacement column sets for Custom Engineered Arnel Analyzers
or for more information about our Arnel Engineered Solutions Analyzers.

Replacement Column Sets for Standard Arnel Refinery Gas Analyzers

Model Description Part No.
1015 Replacement Column Set for the RGA Model 1015 – Two channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (FID) and Light Gases (TCD) N6107032
1115 Replacement Column Set for the Arnel RGA – Three channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (FID), Light Gases (TCD) and He/H2 channel (TCD) N6107033
1116 Replacement Column Set for the RGA Model 1116 N6107033
– Three channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (TCD) and Light Gases (TCD) + He/H2 channel (TCD)
1157 Replacement Column Set for the RGA Model 1157 – Three channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (FID), N6107033
Light Gases (TCD) and He/H2 channel (TCD)
1215 Replacement Column Set for the RGA Model 1215 – Two channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (FID) and Light Gases (TCD) + LSV N6107032
1315 Replacement Column Set for the RGA Model 1315 – Three channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (FID) and N6107033
Light Gases (TCD) and He/H2 channel (TCD) + LSV
Other
Hydrocarbon channel Replacement column set for the hydrocarbon channel in any RGA model NR00HC15
Replacement Column Sets for Standard Arnel Natural Gas Analyzers

2000 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2000 – Detection of hydrocarbons N6107040
2001 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2001 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air and H2S N6107040
2002 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2002 – Separation of air and methane N6107048
2003 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2003 – Separation of O2 and N2 N6107052
2006 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2006 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air and H2S N6107056
2008 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2008 – Separation of O2 and N2 (with capillary channel) N6107060
2101 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2101 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, H2S and He/H2 N6107041
2103 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2103 – Separation of O2 and N2 +2 He/H2 channel N6107053
2106 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2106 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, H2S and He/H2 N6107057
2108 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2108 – Separation of O2, N2 and He/H2 (with capillary channel) N6107061
2201 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2201 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air and H2S + LSV N6107040
2203 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2203 – Separation of O2 and N2 + LSV N6107052
2206 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2206 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, and H2S + LSV N6107056
2208 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2208 – Separation of O2 and N2 (with capillary channel) + LSV N6107060
2301 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2301 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, H2S and He/H2 + LSV N6107041
2303 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2303 – Separation of O2 and N2 + He/H2 channel + LSV N6107053
2306 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2306 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, H2S and He/H2 + LSV N6107057
2406 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2406 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, and H2S + LSV N6107056
2501 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2501 – Detection of hydrocarbons with sulfur channel NR002500
2503 Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2503 – Detection of hydrocarbons with sulfur channel NR002503
Replacement Column Sets for Other Standard Arnel Analyzers

3023 Sim Dis Capillary Column, COL C 10 x 0.53 x 2.65 MXT-2887 NR213000
3023 Sim Dis Capillary Column, COL C 5 x 0.53 x 0.10 MXT-1 HT NR213314
4001 Replacement Column Set for the Models 4001 and 4002 – ASTM 4815 N6107070
4003 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4003 – TOGA N6107072
Note: Column sets are sold only as spares with an order, or as replacements to installed analyzers.


4004 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4004 – ASTM 4815 and ASTM 5580 N6107073
4005 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4005 – ASTM 5580 N6107073
4012 Replacement Column Set for Models 4012 – ASTM 3606 + ASTM 4815 N6107216
4015 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4015 – ASTM 3606, 5580 + 4815 N6107216
4016 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4016 – Light and combustion gas N6107221
4020 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4020 – Impurities in chlorine N6107075
4021 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4021 – Trace CO, CH4 and CO2 N6107225
4022 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4022 – CO, CO2 in propylene N6107076
4024 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4024 – UOP 603 N6107226
4025 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4025 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV N6107208
4027 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4027 – Trace sulfur in gases by syringe N6107208
4028 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4028 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV and LSV N6107241
4029 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4029 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV and syringe N6107241
4030 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4030 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + PID NR004030
4031 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4031 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + FID NR004031
4032 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4032 – Full range H2 N6107227
4033 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4033 – Full range O2 and N2 N6107228
4034 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4034 – Hull range H2, O2 and N2 N6107229
4035 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4035 – Light hydrocarbons by GSV N6107230
4036 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4036 – Light hydrocarbons by LSV N6107230
4037-1 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4037 – LPG light hydrocarbons by GSV and LSV with one column N6107230
4037-2 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4037 – LPG light hydrocarbons by GSV and LSV with two columns N6107232
4038 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4038 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + PID and FID NR004038
4040 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4040 – Trace light gases by DID NR004040
4041 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4041 – Trace light gases by PID NR004041
4043 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4043 – Trace gases by PID and DID NR004043
4044 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4044 – Trace gases by DID and FID NR004044
4045 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4045 – Trace gases by FID and PID NR004045
4046 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4046 – Trace gases by DID, FID and PID NR004046
4050 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4050 – Detailed Hydrocarbon Analyzer N6107220
4080 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4080 – Oxygenates and Aromatics in Gasoline N6107233
4083 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4083 – ASTM 2504 NR004083
4086 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4086 – Analysis of Trace Methanol and MTBE in Light Hydrocarbon Gases NR004086
4087 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4087 – Transformer Oil Gases using ASTM 3612 Headspace Method C NR004087
4227 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4227 – Trace sulfur in gases by syringe + LSV N6107241
4425 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4425 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV with permeation chamber N6107208
4428 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4428 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + LSV with permeation chamber N6107241
4429 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4429 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV and syringe with permeation chamber N6107241
4430 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4430 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + PID with permeation chamber NR004030
4431 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4431 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + FID with permeation chamber NR004031
4438 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4438 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV + PID and FID with permeation chamber NR004038
4629 Replacement Column Set for the Model 4629 – Trace sulfur in gases by GSV and syringe + LSV with permeation chamber N6107241
51XX Replacement Column Set for the 51XX PET Bottle Analyzer NR005100
52XX Replacement Column Set for the 52XX Workspace Air Monitoring System NR005200
Note: Column sets are sold only as spares with an order, or as replacements to installed analyzers.

Valves
A majority of the Arnel configurations utilize two different types of valves. Most can be categorized
as external volume injectors while the other type is an internal sample injector. The injection volume
of an internal sample injector valve is determined by the size of etching on the rotor of the valve.
External volume sample size is determined by a sample loop outside the valve. External valves are used
primarily for sample injection and/or switching applications. A valve used for just switching requires
another valve for sample injection. Valves include nuts and ferrules, but not loops.
Ports Part No. Max Temperature Rotation Max Pressure Fitting Material Rotor Type Replacement
(C°) (psi) (in.) Rotor
Part No.
4 Port N9302809 175 90° 400 1/16 Stainless Steel P
N9302813 350 90° 300 1/16 Stainless Steel T
N9302817 330 90° 300 1/8 Stainless Steel T
6 Port N9302810 175 60 400 1/16 Stainless Steel P N9302897
N9302814 350 60 300 1/16 Stainless Steel T N9302901
8 Port N9302811 175 45 400 1/16 Stainless Steel P
N9302815 350 45 300 1/16 Stainless Steel T
10 Port N9302812 175 36 400 1/16 Stainless Steel P N9302899
N9302820* 330 36 300 1/8 Stainless Steel T
*(P) PTFE-Carbon Composite(T) Polyimide-PTFE-Carbon Composite.
Liquid Sample Valves

Arnel stainless steel liquid sample valves come with a complete valve, close-mount kit, actuator and valve mounting bracket.
Ports Part No. Volume Rotation Max Pressure Fitting Material Max Replacement
(μL) (psi) (in.) Temperature Rotor
Part No.
4 NR810070 0.2 and 0.5 90 1000 1/16 Stainless Steel 75 °C NR510291
4 N9302800 0.06 90 500 1/16 Stainless Steel 75 °C
4 N9302802 0.2 90 500 1/16 Stainless Steel 75 °C N9302889
4 N9302803 0.5 90 500 1/16 Stainless Steel 75 °C N9302890
4 N6107742 1 90 500 1/16 Stainless Steel 75 °C NR510337
Liquid Sample Valve Accessories

2 Micron In-line Filter – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel N6107085
– Used on ‘Sample In’ line
Check Valve (10 psi) – Brass N6107086
– Used on ‘Sample Out’ Line

Arnel Service Spares Kit

Our Arnel GC systems utilize both standard GC parts, and parts
specific to the Arnel configuration. To facilitate fast, easy service
and maintenance a spare kit is available containing essential
hardware items. Individual part numbers are also listed to
streamline re-ordering.

Arnel Service Spares Kit N6100726
Kit contents
Description Qty Part No.
RDCR – Union 1/8" TBG 1/16" TBG SST 2 09903102
Nut – TBG Hex 0.062 TBG SST 2 09903157
Ferrule – Front 1/16" SST 2 09903158
Ferrule – Back 1/16" SST 2 09903159
Union – 1/8" TBG SST 2 09903415
Cap – Tube End 0.125 TBG BRS 1 09903452
Valve – Toggle Brass 1 09903558
Reducer Union 1/4" – 1/16" 2 09903928
30 ml Plastic Pump Priming SYR 1 PC 1 09904849
Ferrule – TBG 1/8" Vespel 1 09920133
RDCR – 1/16" TBG 1/32" Port SST 3 09920163
Ferrule – TBG 1/16" Vespel 4 09920301
List, Part Numbers 1 09931072 Description Qty Part No.
Contact – Socket Crimp 26-22 AWG Gold 16 09997099 Magnetic Rotor Removal Tool 1 N9302914
Connector – HSG 2 POS 0.100 CTR RCPT 8 09997403 Reducer – 1/8" 1/16" B 0.029 External 4 N9302917
Case, Akro-Mils Portable Organizer 1 N6105400 Plug – ZP1 1/16" 1 N9302918
Nut – 1/16" STD 1/4" Hex X 0.425 8 N9302832 Wrench 3/16" 1 N9306258
Nut – 1/8" STD 3/8" Hex X 0.575 8 N9302833 Union Tee 1/16" SS 1 NR410042
Ferrule – 1/16" 300 Series 0.145 OD 10 N9302835 Bulkhead Reducing Union 1/8" – 1/16" Valco 2 NR410110
Ferrule – 1/8" 300 Series 0.250 OD 10 N9302836 FRL 1/16" HC Valco 6 NR410190
Union – 1/16" 1/32" B 0.010 Reducing 4 N9302838 FRL Polyimide 1/32" x 0.8 6 NR410229
Union – 1/16" Bore 0.029 1/4" Hex 6 N9302839 Tee 1/16" W/ 0.030 Bore Valco 2 NR410245
Fused Silica Adapter – 1/16" 0.5 mm OD 4 N9302846 Rotor P 8 PT VLV 1 NR510417
Fused Silica Adapter – 1/16" 0.8 mm OD 4 N9302847 FRL Vespel 1/32" x 0.5 mm 6 NR510486
Union – 2U Screen 1/16" Filter 1 N9302879 Tubing Nickel 1/16" x 0.030 (10 FT) 1 NR710025-10
Rotor P 6 PT VLV 1 N9302897 SS Tubing SF Treat 1/16" x 0.030 x 10 ft 1 NR710079-10
Rotor P 10 PT VLV 1 N9302899 Syringe Needle 1 NR9000050

Standoffs Arnel Sample Loops

A standoff supports both the actuator and the valve. The Arnel sample loops are set apart from standard stainless steel
The standoff places the valve at the specific distance from loops due to the materials that are used in their manufacture.
the actuator. A 4 1/8 in. standoff is recommended for Arnel offers loops made of nickel and Sulfinert treated stainless
mounting valves in PerkinElmer GC ovens. Standoff and steel tubing.
actuator sold separately.
Length Part No. 0.1 cc Nickel NR950001
2 in. N9302909 0.125 cc Nickel NR950007
0.2 cc Nickel NR950002
3 1/4 in. N9302910 0.25 cc Nickel NR950003
4 1/8 in. N9302911 1.0 cc Nickel NR950005
6 in. N9302912 0.07 cc Sulfinert Treated NRSLSF0.07
0.1 cc Sulfinert Treated NR950008
Description Part No. 0.125 cc Sulfinert Treated NR950014
Close Mount Hardware Kit N9302908 0.2 cc Sulfinert Treated NR950009
Sample Loops
Volume Size
(in.)
6 Port
Part No.
8 Port
Part No.
10 Port
Part No.
Gas Sampling Valve Kits
100 µL 1/16 N9302851 N9302857
100 µL 1/8 N9302860 N9302866
250 μL 1/16 N9302852 N9302855 N9302858
250 µL 1/8 N9302867
500 µL 1/16 N9302853 N9302859
1 mL 1/16 N9302950 N9302953 N9302956
1 mL 1/8 N9302965
2 mL 1/16 N9302951 N9302954 N9302957
5 mL 1/16 N9302952 N9302958
10 PT GSV Kit External Mounted N6100563
5 mL 1/8 N9302961
Kit for mounting a gas sampling valve outside of the main oven
1/8 in. fitting loop for valves with 0.030 in. standard port diameter.
1/16 in. fitting loop for valves with 0.016 in. standard port diameter. Kit contains: One each of: 10 port SS valve with P rotor, Closemount hardware,
36 deg Actuator, Angle Bracket, Mounting Kit, Solenoid Kit, 100 µL Sample Loop,
250 µL Sample Loop, 1 ml Sample loop
10 PT GSV Kit Oven Mounted N6100564
Kit for mounting a gas sampling valve inside the main oven
Kit contains: One each of: 10 port SS valve with P rotor, 4” Standoff,
36 deg Actuator, Mounting Kit, Solenoid Kit, 100 µL Sample Loop,
250 µL Sample Loop, 1 ml Sample loop

Permeation Tubes Nuts and Ferrules

Full NIST traceability using established Description Part No.
EPA and ASTM protocols by using the Nuts
appropriate combination of permeation Nut 1/16 Stainless Steel 09903980
devices. The permeation tubes are – For use with Valco valves and fittings
certified to be permeating at a certain weigh and threshold Nut for 1/8 in. Tube Fitting – Stainless Steel 09903453
(~+/– 2%). Uncertified tubes have an estimated rate and a very – Used to make connections at FID, TCD, FPD, PID
large threshold, up to + /– 25%. Nut 1/16 in. Stainless Steel 09903392
– Used to make connections at CAP, PSS and POC injectors
Description Part No. Nut 1/8 in. – Stainless Steel N9302833
Dimethylsulfide Permeation Tube (certified) N6107361 – For use with Valco Valves and Fittings
Ethanol Permeation Tube (certified) N6107362 Ferrules
Benzene Permeation Tube (certified) N6107363 FRL 1/16 in. 0.8 mm ID (pkg. 10) 09920141
– For use with capillary columns 0.18 – 0.53 mm ID
and nut 09903392
SCD Maintenance FRL 1/16 in. 0.5 mm ID (pkg. 10)

– For use with capillary columns 0.18 – 0.32 mm ID
and nut 09903392
09903700
The SCD parts listed are to support the Agilent 355 Dual Plasma
FRL 1/32 in. 0.8 mm ID Polyamide NR410229
Sulfur Chemilumenescence Detector (SCD). – For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings
Description Part No. FRL 1/32 in. 0.8 mm ID Polyamide NR410229-5

– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings (pkg. 5)
12 Month Maintenance Kit for Dual Plasma SCD N6107237
FRL 1/8 in. Graphite 0.5 mm ID NR510002
Ceramic Tube Package for the Dual Plasma SCD Burner NR310502 – For use with capillary columns 0.18 – 0.32 mm ID
12 Month Maintenance Kit for Single Plasma SCD N6107209 and nut 09903453
Ceramic Tube Package for the Single Plasma SCD Burner N6107313 Ferrule Set 1/16 in. Stainless Steel (pkg. 10) NR410049-10
(1 front ferrule/1 back ferrule)
These kits support the PAC SeNse® NCD and SCD detectors. FRL 1/16 in. Stainless Steel 09903891
– For use with Valco Valves and Fittings
Description Part No. Ferrule 1/8 in. Graphite/Vespel 09920133
SeNse Consumable Sulfur Kit NR333003 – For use with packed columns union NR410110
SeNse Spare Kit for the Consumable Kit NR333004 Ferrule Reducing 1/8 in. – 1/16 in. ID Graphite/Vespel 09920301
FRL 1/32 in. 0.5 mm ID Polyamide NR510486
– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings
Sampling and FRL 1/32 in. 0.5 mm ID Polyamide

– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings (pkg. 5)
NR510486-5
Installation Parts
Sampling Accessories
Sampling Kit – Arnel GSV; Connects to 1/16 in. sample inlet line N6100724
for easy gas sample introduction
– Content of kit: 3 – BD 30 mL Luer Lock Syringes, 1 6-pack of
needles, 1 port adapter, 10 septa
Installation Hardware
Tee 1/8 in. brass 09903170
Cross 1/8 in. brass N9301259
Pre-cleaned copper tubing. 1/8 in. OD x 50 ft. N9300077
VCR Gasket (PDID Channel)
Nickel Face Seal VCR Gasket – For use with PDID channel NR410252N
‘Sample In’ line connections

Fused Silica Adaptors Methanizers

These adapters allow connection of fused silica to unions, Description Part No.
valves and ports. Methanizers
Replacement Methanizer Assembly for Models containing Arnel N6107080
Methanizers. For 115 V operation
Replacement Methanizer Assembly for Models containing Arnel N6107081
Methanizers. For 230 V operation
Calibration Material
Our calibration gas blends were
formulated to be used exclusively
in our Refinery and Natural Gas
Analyzers. These are the same
test gases that are used in the
Description Part No. verification and validation processes
Fused Silica Adapter 1/16 in. for 0.2 to 0.4 mm ID tube NR510233 that take place at our factory. Please
Fused Silica Adapter 1/16 in. for 0.4 to 0.5 mm ID tube N9302846 contact your local PerkinElmer sales
Fused Silica Adapter 1/16 in. for 0.5 to 0.8 mm ID tube NR510030 representative for more information
about the composition of the
gas blends.
Union and Tees Description

RGA Calibration Blend with Syringe Adapter
Part No.
N6107198
RGA Calibration Blend without Adapter N6107199
NGA Calibration Blend with Syringe Adapter N6107200
Union 1/16 x 0.75 mm ID bore N9302839
– Stainless Steel NGA Calibration Blend without Adapter N6107201
Union 1/16 x 0.75 mm ID bore NR410175 ASTM D7423 Oxygenates Calibration Kit & Check Standard, N9300285
– Stainless Steel Silco treated 5x2 mL & 1x2 mL
Reducing union 1/16 in. to 1/32 in. 09920163 ASTM D5580 Calibration Kit & Valve Timing Solution with ISTD, N9300286
– Stainless Steel 1x10 mL & 5x1 mL
– For use with 1/16 in. Valco valves and fittings
ASTM D3606 Benzene in Gasoline Calibration Kit & Check N9300287
Tee – 1/16 in. x 0.75 mm Bore NR410245 Standard, 7x2 mL & 1x1 mL
– Stainless Steel
ASTM D3606 Benzene in Gasoline with Ethanol Calibration Kit & N9300288
Tee – 1/32 in. NR410262 Check Standard, 7x2 mL & 1x1 mL
Low dead volume connector for capillary tubing/columns
ASTM D4815 Oxygenates in Gasoline Calibration Kit & Retention N9300289
Bulkhead Reducing union 1/8 in. to 1/16 in. NR410110 Time Mixture, 11x2 mL & 1x1 mL
– Stainless Steel.
For use with packed columns in rack Reference gas oil 5010 1% in carbon disulfide, 5x2 mL N9308755
Simulated Distillation Reference Material for C32-C60, 1 mL N9308793
Simulated Distillation Reference Material for C5-C120, 1 mL N9308794
Reference Gas Oil No. 2 for ASTM D2887, 10x1 mL N9308795
Sulfur Standard for ASTM D5623: Multi-component standard N9308796
containing 22 sulfur species @ 50 μg/g (as Component) in Base
Fuel, 2x2 mL
PIANO (DHA) Standard ASTM Methods D5134, D6296, D6729, N9308798
D6730 and D6733, 10x1 mL
ASTM D2887 Calibration Mix 1 Wt% in Carbon Disulfide, 1 mL N9308799

Arnel Analyzer Application Highlights

Methanol in Crude Oils According to ASTM D7059-04 Using a The Determination of C2 to C5 Hydrocarbons in
Clarus GC with S-Swafer Micro-Channel Flow Technology. Finished Gasolines using the PerkinElmer Clarus 680 GC
with Swafer Technology.
Column: Elite-1 30 m x 0.53 mm x 5.0 µm Part No. N9316052

S-Swafer Part No. N6520272 Column: Elite-WAX, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.5 µm Part No. N9316404
and Al2O3 PLOT/Na2SO4 50 m x 0.32 mm Part No. N6107777
S-Swafer Part No. N6520272
The Determination of Benzene and Toluene in Finished Fast Simulated Distillation Analysis by Modified ASTM® D2887,
Gasolines Containing Ethanol Using the PerkinElmer Clarus GC D6352 and D7169.
with Swafer Technology.
Column: 10 m x 0.53 mm x 2.65 μm MXT-2887 Part No. NR213000

Column: Elite-1, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 µm Part No. N9316010
and COL-Elite-TCEP 60 m 0.25 mm 0.40 µm Part No. N6107760
S-Swafer Part No. N6520272

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES
Torion Accessories & Custodion SPME Syringes

Consumables
The Custodion® SPME (Solid Phase
Microextraction) syringes useful for
sampling and identification of a wide
range of volatiles and semi-volatile
compounds while in the field; used
conjunction with the Torion T-9
portable system.

Accessory Kits 156 Custodion Needle Trap
Battery Options 157 – Basic Kit
Our Custodion needle trap kits enable
Calion Chemical Standards 157 users to collect air samples in the field,
adsorbing analytes directly onto our novel
Carrier Gas Consumables 156 Custodion needle trap devices.
Conventional Trap Sample Collection Tubes 155
Custodion Needle Trap Samplers 155

Calion Chemical
Custodion SPME Samplers 155
Liners, Seals and Filaments 157

Standards
Calion standards are premixed and
adsorbed into a solid phase. These
Needle Trap Kits 156 standards are ideal for in-field use because
they contain no liquids.
Sample Prep Station (SPS-3) 154
Sampling Accessories 155
SPS-3 Accessories 154 Merlin Seal

The Merlin Microseal is an alternative to
SPS-3 Consumables 154 the conventional silicone rubber septa.
Its unique design is ideal to use with the
Spare Parts 157 Custodion SPME and Needle Trap.
Starter Kits 155
CLICK THE ARROWS

152
Torion T-9 portable GC/MS Volatile Organic Compound Screening in Soil

Using SPME-GC/MS.
PerkinElmer’s Torion® T-9 is a portable GC/MS integrating a high

speed Low Thermal Mass (LTM) capillary GC with a miniaturized
toroidal ion trap mass spectrometer (TMS). It is designed to be
carried in the field and is ideal for rapid screening of chemicals
such as environmental volatiles and semi-volatiles (VOCs/SVOCs),
explosives, chemical threats, and hazardous substances. The Torion
T-9 family includes accessories for sampling air, water and soil.
Time(s)
SPME Phase: Divinylbenzene/Polydimethylsiloxane (DVB/PDMS, 65 µm)
Rapid Identification of Illicit Drug Substances Using Thermal Method Development for Identification of Adulterated Spirits
Desorption Coupled with a Portable Toroidal Trap GC/MS System. using Field Portable GC/MS.
SPME Phase: Polydimethylsiloxane/divinylbenzene/carboxen (PDMS/DVB/CAR) SPME Phase: Divinylbenzene/Polydimethylsiloxane (DVB/PDMS, 65 µm)

Sample Prep Station (SPS-3)

for Rapid Field Sampling
The SPS-3 expands sampling capabilities of the Torion T-9 GC/MS
with a few module options to fit your specific sample preparation
needs. The optional desorption module (DM) extends the limits
of detection of the T-9 by allowing samples to be collected using
full size conventional thermal desorption tubes prior to analysis.
The tube sample is then desorbed and concentrated onto a needle
trap for injection into the T-9. The optional purge & trap module
(PT) is used to concentrate water and soil samples onto a needle
trap. Each SPS-3 comes with an internal standard module (IS)
which adds the capability for semi-quantitative and quantitative
SPS -3 Sample Prep Station DM and P&T w/IS
analysis through addition of a fixed amount of 2 internal standard
reference compounds onto a Custodion Needle Trap (NT). Description Qty. Part No.
SPS -3 with a sample desorption module,
™
NTSSPS30003
purge & trap module and an internal standard
SPS™-3 Sample Prep Station Dual DM w/IS module.
Description Qty. Part No. SPS-3 with DM, P&T and IS Modules 1
SPS-3 with dual sample desorption module NTSSPS30002 Ethernet LAN Cable 1
and an internal standard module.
Power Supply 1
SPS-3 with Dual DM and IS Modules 1
Transport Case with Foam Insert 1
Ethernet LAN Cable 1
CT Handle Assembly 1
Power Supply 1
CT Holder Assembly 1
P&T Cap Assembly 1
CT Handle Assembly 2
Seal/O-Ring Kit for CT Handle Assembly 1
CT Holder Assembly 2
Seal/O-Ring Kit for CT Holder Assembly 1
Seal/O-Ring Kit for CT Handle Assembly 2
Seal/O-Ring Kit for IS Assembly 1
Seal/O-Ring Kit for CT Holder Assembly 2
Seal/O-Ring Kit for P&T Assembly 1
Helium Quick Disconnect with 1/16" PEEK Tubing 1
SPS-3 User Manual on USB Flash Drive 1
SPS-3 Tool Kit 1
SPS-3 Tool Kit 1
SPS -3 Sample Prep Station Dual P&T w/IS

SPS™-3 with dual purge & trap modules and NTSSPS30004
an internal standard module.
SPS-3 with Dual P&T and IS Modules 1
Ethernet LAN Cable 1
Power Supply 1
P&T Cap Assembly 2
Seal/O-Ring Kit for P&T Assembly 2
SPS-3 Tool Kit 1

Starter Kits
Two different starter kits are available to provide everything you need to get up and running with ease.
Description Qty. Part No. Description Qty. Part No.

Torion T-9 Basic Package. NTSST090505 Torion T-9 Advanced Kit. NTSST090506
BB-2590 Charger 1 09280440 BB-2590 Charger 1 09280440
Transcend 32 GB Class 10 SDHC/SDXC UHS-I 1 09400003 Transcend 32 GB Class 10 SDHC/SDXC UHS-I 1 09400003
Merlin Seal 19 GA for SPME NT Injector 6 NTS25700012 Merlin Seal 19 GA for SPME NT Injector 12 NTS25700012
SRN SPME 19G BT W/DVB/PDMS 3 Rep Fibers 1 NTSC19SN3B171 SRN SPME 19G BT W/DVB/PDMS 3 Rep Fibers 2 NTSC19SN3B171
Filament Assembly for T-9 1 NTSS0070034 Filament Assembly for T-9 1 NTSS0070034
GC Injector Liner Deactivated Gasket 1 NTSS20000021CG GC Injector Liner Deactivated Gasket 1 NTSS20000021CG
Spare Cable Kit for ION Trap 1 NTSST090012 Spare Cable Kit for ION Trap 2 NTSST090012
ION Spare O-Ring Kit Trap 1 NTSST090045 ION Spare O-Ring Kit Trap 2 NTSST090045
Spare Screws and Washer Kit 1 NTSST090047 Spare Screws and Washer Kit 2 NTSST090047
Sampling Accessories
Custodion Needle Trap Samplers
The Custodion Needle Trap (NT) is a miniature thermal desorption
tube used for extracting and concentrating volatile compounds
from air samples used with the Clairion pump. The Custodion-NT
should be used with a flow rate range of 5 – 15 mL/min. The
With needle trap (NT) With conventional trap (CT)
Custodion-NT is small enough to desorb samples directly into
the Torion T-9 portable GC/MS. The NT is packed with 3 different Custodion Needle Trap
adsorption beds to give it a broad range of chemical compatibility.
Custodion SPME & CME Syringes Custodion Needle Trap (NT) Syringe, 1 NTSC19NTB200
19 gauge blunt needle
The Custodion SPME is ideal for quick screening and Custodion Needle Trap (NT) Syringe, 3 NTSC19NTB203
identification of volatiles. The active phase on the fiber is DVB/ 19 gauge blunt needle
PDMS (Divinylbenzene/Poyldimethylsiloxane), a general purpose Custodion Needle Trap (NT) Syringe, 5 NTSC19NTB205
material useful for a wide range of volatilities and chemistries. 19 gauge blunt needle
The Custodion CME Syringes are innovative coiled

microextraction sampling devices. CME is ideal for sampling Conventional Trap Sample Collection Tubes
liquids and dissolved solid samples. It has versatile uses including, Conventional Trap (CT) sample tubes
forensic science, illicit drug screening, HAZMAT, military, allow for faster sampling of larger air
environmental and food safety applications. CME uses capillary volumes compared to direct sampling
action to draw liquid sample up into the coiled wire. It is a non- with the Needle Trap. The Custodion-
specific sampling device and can be used for applications where CT accommodates a flow rate range of 5 – 100 mL/min. The
SPME isn’t ideal. Custodion-CT is used in conjunction with the Clairion pump for
sample collection. Sample analysis requires the SPS-3 to transfer
Custodion SPME Samplers the sample onto a Needle Trap for analysis on the T-9.
Custodion SPME Syringe, 19 gauge blunt needle, Pkg. 1 NTSC19SNB171
Air Toxics Pre-conditioned Sample Tube (pkg. 10) N9307001
with DVB/PDMS fiber and one replacement fiber
Carbopack B 60/80 Pre-conditioned Sample Tubes (pkg. 10) N9307002
Custodion SPME Syringe, 19 gauge blunt needle, Pkg. 1 NTSC19SN3B171
with DVB/PDMS fiber and three replacement fibers Carbotrap 349 Pre-conditioned Sample Tubes (pkg. 10) N9307038
Custodion CME Syringe, 19 gauge, Pkg. 1 NTSC19SNB191 Carbopack B/C/S-III Pre-Conditioned Sample Tubes (pkg. 10) N9307000
with one replacement coil
Visit www.PerkinElmer.com for additional sample collection tubes.
Custodion CME Syringe, 19 gauge, Pkg. 1 NTSC19SN3B191
with three replacement coils

Needle Trap Kits SPS-3 Accessories

Our Custodion Needle Trap Kits enable Replacement CT Handle unit
users to collect air samples in the field,
Acts as interface between Needle Trap and
adsorbing analytes directly onto our
Conventional Trap during SPS-3 desorption cycle.
novel Custodion Needle Trap devices.
The Needle Trap then directly inject Description Part No.
samples into our portable GC/MS, the Conventional Trap Handle NTSS0060015
Torion T-9, allowing users to collect,
Replacement CT Holder unit
inject and analyze air samples right at
the sample’s source. Holds Conventional Trap during SPS-3
desorption cycle.
The Clairion pump can operate for up to 27 hours at 1 L/min on
a single charge. Description Part No.
Conventional Trap Holder NTSS0060016
Clairion Needle Trap Basic Kit (No Pump) NTSSCL60705NP SPS-3 Tool Kit
Custodion Needle Trap Syringe, 19 gauge blunt needle
Contains tools for operation and maintenance of the SPS-3.
Clairion NT-Pump Interface, basic
O-Ring/Seal Replacement Kit Description Part No.
Seal Removal Tool
SPS-3 Tool kit NTSSPS30020
Clairion Needle Trap Basic Kit, 110 V NTSSCL60705
Clairion Basic Pump, 110 V
Clairion Transport Case with Foam Insert
Clairion NT-Pump Interface, Basic
Custodion Needle Trap
SPS-3 Consumables
O-Ring/Seal Replacement Kit Replacement Seal Kits
Seal Removal Tool
USB Drive with Pump User Manual Replacement Seal and O-Ring kits for SPS-3 and Accessories.
Clairion Needle Trap Basic Kit, 220 V NTSSCL60705I
Clairion NT-Pump Interface, Basic
Custodion Needle Trap Description Part No.
O-Ring/Seal Replacement Kit Internal Standard Module Seal Kit NTSSPS30013
Seal Removal Tool
USB Drive with Pump User Manual CT Holder Seal Kit NTSSPS30011
Clairion Conventional Trap Basic Kit, 110 V NTSSCL60706 CT Handle Seal Kit NTSSPS30014
Carrier Gas Consumables

Clairion CT to Pump Interface
CT to Pump Interface O-Ring Kit
USB Drive with Pump User Manual
Disposable helium gas cylinder is a 98 mL stainless steel cylinder
Clairion Conventional Trap Basic Kit, 220 V NTSSCL60706I at ~2500 psi. Helium cylinders are used for both the T-9 GC/MS
Clairion Basic Pump, 220 V and SPS-3 during portable operation.
Clairion CT-Pump Interface, Basic Description Qty. Purity % Part No.
Whatever O-Ring Kit is necessary
USB Drive with Pump User Manual Ultra-high purity 98 mL disposable helium gas 1 99.95% NTSST090034
cylinder
Ultra-high purity 98 mL disposable helium gas 2 99.95% NTSST090035
cylinder
cylinder
cylinder
High purity 98 mL disposable helium gas cylinder 1 99.50% NTSSG070034

Calion Chemical Liners, Seals

Standards and Filaments
Calion standards are premixed and adsorbed into a solid phase. Description Part No.
These standards are ideal for in-field use because they contain GC Deactivated Injector Liner, removable 0. 048 in. ID, NTSS2000021CG
no liquids. Calion® PV Mixes are used for Torion T-9 calibration, for needle trap and SPME
including both mass and GC retention time calibrations. Replacement Merlin Seal, 19 gauge for SPME NTS25700012
The combination of Custodion SPME sampling with Calion and needle trap injector
standards provides robust and rapid capability for in-field Replacement Filament Assembly for the T-9 Ion Source NTSS0070034
calibration because they contain no liquids. Calion® PV Mixes
are used for Torion T-9 calibration, including both mass and
GC retention time calibrations. The combination of Custodion
SPME sampling with Calion standards provides robust and rapid Battery Options
capability for in-field calibration.
Spare Li-Ion Rechargeable Battery for the T-9 NTS02750005
Mininert Vials used with Custodion
T-9 Single Bay Batter Charger NTS02890001
SPME Syringe and T-9 Instrument
Calion IS internal standard mix is to be
used with the SPS-3 and Needle Traps for
semi-quantitative and quantitative analysis.
Spare Parts
SPS Conventional Trap Assembly NTSS0060016
Mounts a Conventional Trap in a holder for use in the
Description Qty. Part No. SPS NTSSPS30002 and NTSSPS30003
Standard Calion PV Mix (pkg. 1) 1 NTSSMIX011019 Handle Assembly for SPS Conventional Trap/Needle Trap Adapter NTSS0060015
Standard Calion PV Mix (pkg. 3) 3 NTSSMIX031019 Conventional Trap to Pump Interface for SPS-3 NTSS0060095
Needle Trap to Pump Interface for SPS-3 NTSS00600071
Internal Standard Ampule Clairion™ Seal Replacement Kit for the NTSSCL60711
Pump to Needle Trap Interface
used with the SPS-3
Seal Removal Tool NTSM0060124
Clairion CT to Pump INTFC O-Ring Kit for the Conventional Trap NTSSCL60708
to Pump Interface
Conventional Holder Seal and O-Rings for SPS-3 for the NTSSPS30011
Conventional Trap Holder
IS Gasket Seal O-Ring Kit for SPS-3 NTSSPS30013
Conventional Handle Seal with O-Ring Kit for SPS-3 NTSSPS30014
Clairion Seal Replacement Kit for the NT-to-Pump Interface NTSSCL60713
Calion IS 1 NTSSMIX0160
SPS-3 Tool Kit NTSSPS30020
T-9 Basic Tool Kit NTSTG080022
Quick Disconnect External Gas Assembly. NTSSG080017
Quick connection adapter for use with regular gas cylinders.
Not for use with the disposable He cartridges
Clairion Basic Air Pump, 110 V NTSS00600041
Clairion Basic Air Pump, 220 V NTSS00600043
External Battery Cable, ‘Pig Tail’ NTSCBL80020

GAS MANAGEMENT
Gas Management Flowmeter Plus

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality The Flowmeter Plus is a valuable tool
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments. for troubleshooting detector problems,
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind that without needing to select gas type.
comes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need. Highly accurate in identifying leaks it
offers a minimum detection limit of
0.0005 mL/min hydrogen and helium.

Advanced Filter System for GC 165
Basic Tool Kit 177

Advanced Filter System
Gas purifiers remove contaminants
from gas sources, thereby improving
Click-On Inline Super Clean™ Purifiers 171 system performance. The Advanced
Filter System has high capacity and
Delux Tool Kit 177 efficiency levels for oxygen, water
and hydrocarbons.
EVO Nitrogen Generators 159
FID Gas Station 175
FlowMark Electronic Flowmeter 180 Click-On Inline

Flowmeter Plus 180 Super Clean™ Purifiers
Using the Click-On
GC Startup Kits 177 Connectors lets you change
the trap without introducing
Genius Gas (Nitrogen and Air) Generators 161 contaminants into your
system. Click-On connectors
High Purity Hydrogen Generators 173 can replace a trap, without
introducing impurities into the
N2 Mini Whisper and Whisper Generators 160 system. This in turn eliminates
the need to flush the system.
PG-H2 Plus, NM-H2 Plus
Hydrogen Generators 173-174
Ultra Clean Gas Filters for GC and GC/MS 166
Ultra Clean Gas Filters for LC/MS 162
Ultra High Purity Hydrogen Generators 174
Zero and Ultra Air Generators 176
CLICK THE ARROWS

158
LC/MS GAS MANAGEMENT
Gas Generators – Simply a Smarter Choice

Analytical gas generators can remove the requirement for high-pressure cylinder gases and are typically placed next
to the instrument they are servicing. This removes any need for extended gas lines and negates any associated problems
impacting on purity, cost and convenience.
The latest gas generators from PerkinElmer utilize new technologies in adsorbents, catalysts, and specialist micro dryers to produce a
continual supply of ultra-high purity gases to your instrumentation. This all but eliminates the introduction of impurities, which can be
reduced further by the installation of in-line gas purifiers.
Nitrogen Generators
EVO Nitrogen Generators Technical Specifications for all Nitrogen Generators
The EVO N2 nitrogen generators Description Specification
are designed as a full ‘plug and Purity 99.5 %
play’ solution with integral oil Outlet Pressure 8 bar/120 psi
free, low noise compressors. The
Height 64.1 cm (25.2 in.)
EVO Nitrogen hybrid gas model
Width 48.2 cm (19 in.)
was specifically designed to meet
Depth 83.5 cm (32.9 in.)
the flow, purity and pressure
Weight 121 kg (266 lbs)
requirements of the LC/MS /MS
applications of AB SCIEX with Operating Temperature +10 °C to +40 °C (+50 °F to +104 °F)
appropriate pressures and flows of Operating Relative Humidity 0 – 80 % rF, no condense/0 – 99 % rF

with condense drain
nitrogen. The simple and proven
Power Consumption 1300 Watt
pressure swing adsorption (PSA)
technology is employed to remove nitrogen from compressed Circuit Breaker 10 A for 230 V ; 15 A for 110 V
air. Carbon molecular sieves (CMS) adsorb remaining oxygen Heat Dissipation Approx 2700 Btu/h
and traces of humidity. These generators require minimal Nitrogen Model Flow Rate Voltage Part No.
maintenance and operator attention. They are CE CSA certified. (V)
EVO N2 25 L/min 115 N9308587
25 L/min 220 N9308573
35 L/min 115 N9308588
35 L/min 220 N9308574
EVO N2 Hybrid Up to 10 L/min +/– 1.5 L/min 115 N9308590
(at atmospheric pressure)
35 L/min of AIR@116 psi
Up to 10 L/min +/– 1.5 L/min 220 N9308576
(at atmospheric pressure)
35 L/min of AIR@116 psi

N2 Whisper Generators
The Whisper nitrogen generator has been developed to meet
specific requirements in terms of flow, purity and pressure in
LC/MS applications. It can also be used for the evaporation of
solvents in samples being analyzed. The simple high efficiency
membrane technology allows nitrogen separation from other air
components present within the supplied compressed air.
Better results: The constant purity of nitrogen improves system
stability and ensures reproducible results.
Saving you money: Initial investment is typically paid back in
less than a year. No plumbing is required to transfer gas from the
storeroom to the lab.
Better lab efficiency: Constant supply of high quality nitrogen,
in line with your application demands. Gas cylinders are often
insufficient to ensure the large nitrogen volumes needed in
LC/MS techniques.
N2 Whisper Generator
Improved safety: Nitrogen is produced at low pressure and
room temperature eliminating the risks related to high pressure
gas bottle use and the hazards associated with liquid nitrogen. Technical Specifications
Simple installation: A plug and play approach. Description Whisper Mini Whisper
The wall-mounted installation saves precious bench space! Purity > 98 – 99.5 % > 98 – 99.5 %
(based on outlet flow)
N2 Mini Whisper Generators Outlet Pressure 7 bar 7 bar
Height 115 cm (45.3 in.) 73.5 cm (28.9 in.)
Based upon the Whisper generator, the Mini Whisper Nitrogen
generator provides the same high purity nitrogen, but at a lower Width 48 cm (19 in.) 34.8 cm (13.7 in.)
flow rate. It is ideally suited to ELSD applications as well as Depth 26 cm (10.2 in.) 35 cm (13.8 in.)
LC/MS analysis. Weight 15 kg (33 lbs) ; 8 kg (18 lbs)
18 kg (39 lbs);
The simple yet high efficiency membrane technology allows 21 kg (46 lbs)
the separation of nitrogen from the other components of the Operating Temperature +10 °C to +35 °C +10 °C to +35 °C
compressed air inlet. (+50 °F to +95 °F) (+50 °F to +95 °F)
Air Compressor Supplied NO NO
The low pressure drop allows the unit to be connected to an
Electrical Requirements None None
existing dry and oil-free compressed air source in the lab.
Background Noise None None
Connections 1/4 G 1/4 G
Description Flow Rate Part No.

Whisper 40 L/min N9306285
80 L/min N9306286
120 L/min N9306287
Mini Whisper 12 L/min N9306288
N2 Mini Whisper Generator

GC, GC/MS GAS MANAGEMENT
Genius Gas Generators

With curated and dedicated gas solutions for PerkinElmer, PEAK Scientific has developed optimal performing gas generators for your lab. The
generators are engineered for your instrument to deliver the consistent flow and purity you demand, at the push of a button. If you’re looking
for a gas generator that you can rely on, is cost efficient, and highly efficient in streamlining your workflow – look no further than PEAK. With
training and certification from PEAK, our PerkinElmer engineers are prepared for available services from installation, preventative maintenance,
and general needs, we’ve got you covered worldwide. With us, you can be assured your lab is running smoothly – day to day, analysis to analysis.
Genius XE QSD Genius 1025

Nitrogen and Air Generator for PerkinElmer Nitrogen and Air Generator for
QSight® Dual Source LC/MS/MS PerkinElmer Instrumentation
Advanced technology coupled with robust With up to 15 L/min of LC/MS grade
features, Genius XE QSD provides a quality nitrogen and up to 35 L/min of air being
standalone nitrogen solution custom produced in a single output, the Genius
designed to meet the requirements of our 1025 was specifically designed to meet
QSight Dual Source LC/MS/MS. the requirements of our QSight Triple
Featuring dual outlets (nitrogen and air), the generator was built Quad 110 and 210 Single Source LC/MS/MS systems.
to reduce size, noise, and heat emissions. Genius XE QSD has This gas generator was outfitted using membrane technology to
been tested and validated by our trusted engineers for use with produce LC/MS grade purity and an internal air dryer to be an
the QSight and accompanied by factory pre-set pressures which all-in-one solution.
allows for flows to meet the precise demands of our system.
Features and Benefits • Self-contained solution with integrated compressors so no need for
an external air supply
•M
ulti-Stage Drying Filtration to efficiently remove moisture and
contaminants, providing a consistent quality of gas • Economical and efficient source of nitrogen/dry air with low lifetime
running costs
• L ow environmental lab impact with low noise and heat emissions
• Easy to use – gas at the push of a button
•N
ext-generation high performance premium compressors
• One year on-site warranty
• Intuitive LED Service Indication
• E CO (Electronic Compressor Optimisation™) technology for low
Description Genius 1025
energy consumption and compressor durability
• F ixed annual maintenance schedule
Maximum Flow Up to 15 L/min Nitrogen
•O
ne year manufacturer’s warranty and up to 35 L/min Dry Air
Min/Max Pressure Up to 80 psi Nitrogen
and up to 110 psi Dry Air
Description Genius XE QSD
Maximum Relative Humidity 80% Non-Condensing
Nitrogen Maximum Flow 16 L/min @ 5.52 bar (0.57 cfm @ 80 psi)
Maximum Altitude 2000 m
Air Maximum Flow 67 L/min @ 7.58 bar (2.37 cfm @ 110 psi)
Particles <0.01 μm
Dewpoint Nitrogen ≤ -40 °C Dry Air ≤ -20 °C
Phthalates None
Drain Outlet 1 x ¼” BSPP
Particles <0.01 μm
Electrical Requirements 230 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz 7A
Phthalates None
Power Consumption <1,265 VA
Heat Output 3,925 BTU/Hr
Noise Level 57dB(A) @ 1m
Electrical Requirements 220-240 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption 1.64 kVA
Weight 108.5 kg / 239.3 lbs
Heat Output <5545 BTU
Shipping Weight 137 kg / 302.1 lbs
Noise Level 57dB(A) @ 1 m
Weight 153 kg

Ultra Clean Gas Filters for LC/MS

Cartridge systems make changing gas filters quick and easy. A
base plate allows cartridges to be exchanged without introducing
ambient air. Spring-loaded check valves seal when a filter is
removed and open only when a new filter has been locked in place.
Carrier Gas Purity

Carrier gas should contain less than 1 ppm of oxygen, moisture,
or other trace contaminants to prevent column degradation,
increase column lifetime, and decrease stationary phase bleed.
The expense of using high purity gases in combination with
carrier gas line purifiers will be offset by longer column lifetime
and less GC maintenance.
Contaminants cause ghost peaks to appear during temperature
programming and degrade the validity of analytical data. Make- Features and Benefits
up gas also should be contaminant-free, or baseline fluctuations • High purity output insures 99.9999 % pure gas
and excessive detector noise can occur. Detector gases should be • No tool replacement of filter cartridges, no need to shut
free of water and hydrocarbons, or excessive baseline noise can gas flow off with quick disconnect base plate
result. Gas purifiers remove these contaminants from gas sources,
• Easy to read indicators to determine replacement interval
thereby improving system performance.
• Helium and Hydrogen specific cartridges available:
When the easy to read indicators change color it is a signal on a operational with 15 minute purge after installation
major gas carrier problem; a major leak upstream or downstream, • Safety shielding of glass filter with plastic cover
a high concentration of contaminants or to late replacement or
• Serial numbered for ease of tracking
filter replacement is overdue. This is the time to swap a filter.
To prevent contamination or saturation issues, the filter should
be swapped every 12 months, as a minimum, regardless the
Comparing baseline performance with PerkinElmer SuperClean
indicator has changed color or not. Some high throughput
filters vs. a competitive polymer housed filter.
applications may need the filter changing every 6 months.

Ultra Clean Gas Filters Ultra Clean Filter Kits for LC/MS
and Kits for LC/MS

To meet the high flow needs of the LC/MS system, the
hydrocarbon or moisture filled cartridges are positioned and
placed in parallel. The incoming gas stream is split equally
between the cartridges and the two streams are re-joined after
purification but before the gas exits the base plate. Get up and
running with speed and benefit from increased sensitivity by
1/4 in. Brass: Includes (1) 2 position high flow base
removing unwanted moisture and hydrocarbons. plate with 1/4 in. Brass inlet/outlet fittings,
(2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Traps, and a 1/4 in.
Brass Particle Filter
Ultra-High Capacity Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle
Up to 20 L/min of 1/4 in. Stainless Steel: Includes (1) 2 position high
hydrocarbon-free flow base plate with 1/4 in. Stainless Steel inlet/outlet
fittings, (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Traps, and a 1/4 in.
nitrogen per minute. Brass Particle Filter
Capacity
HC 24 g (as n-butane) Ultra Clean Filter Base Plates
Description Specification for LC/MS
Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999
Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi)
Maximum Flow 20 L/min
Usable For Nitrogen
Dimensions 24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm
Weight 0.26 Kg
Part No. N9306823
Ultra-High Capacity Moisture Filter Bundle Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306804
High Flow moisture Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Brass 1 N9306805
filters are ideal for central Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306806
purifying solutions. Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel 1 N9306807
Moisture in carrier gas lines will prematurely degrade oxygen and Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306810
hydrocarbon traps and increase detector noise. As a precaution, Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Brass 1 N9306811
we highly recommend installing a moisture trap before the
hydrocarbon and oxygen traps on all carrier gas lines.
Capacity
H2O 14.4 g
Description Specification
Usable For Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air
Weight 0.26 Kg
Part No. N9306824

Replacement Filter Bundles for LC/MS

Accessories
Ultra Clean High Flow Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle: 1 bundle N9306823 Particle Filter for LC/MS
Includes (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Filters of 2
cartridges
Ultra Clean High Flow Moisture Filter Bundle: 1 bundle N9306824
Includes (2) High Flow Moisture Filters of 2
cartridges

Ultra Clean Replacement Individual Cartridge Filters Ultra Clean 0.5 Micron Particle Filter – 1/4 in. Brass 1 N9306856
for LC and LC/MS Ultra Clean 0.5 Micron Particle Filter Cup 12 N9306857
Replacement Pack
Ultra Clean Oxygen Filter 1 N9306815 Ultra Clean Base Plate Fittings for LC/MS
Ultra Clean Combi 1 N9306818
(Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter
Ultra Clean Triple 1 N9306819
(Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) Filter Description Qty. Part No.
Ultra Clean Triple 1 N9306820 Ultra Clean High Flow Connector Set – 1/4 in. Brass 6 N9306850
(Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Helium-specific Filter Ultra Clean High Flow Connector Set – 1/4 in. 6 N9306851
Stainless Steel
Ultra Clean Triple 1 N9306822
(Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Hydrogen-specific Filter
Ultra Clean Base Plate Flush Cap Replacement Set
for LC/MS
Base Plates
Ultra Clean High Flow Base Plates for LC/MS
Ultra Clean High Flow Flush Cap Replacement Set 2 N9306853

Ultra Clean High Flow base plate 2 position – 1/4 in. 1 N9306808
Brass: Includes 1/4 in. Stainless Steel particle filter
Ultra Clean High Flow base plate 2 position – 1/4 in. 1 N9306809 Description Qty. Part No.
Brass: Includes 1/4 in. Stainless Steel particle filter Ultra Clean Wall-mounting Bracket Set 1 N9306855


GC Gas Purification Systems

Designed to reduce contaminants in gases commonly used in laboratory applications to low-ppb levels, gas purification systems are an
essential part of any GC system to ensure optimal operation.
There are a number of different options, summarized below, that vary in configuration, capacity and the number of instruments that
can be supported.
Gas Filter System Mounting Capacity Quick Change Indicator Triple Filter Number of GC
Cartridge Configuration Supported
Ultra Clean Bench Low Yes Yes Yes 1
In Line Wall High No No No Multiple
Advanced Filter Wall or Bench High Yes Yes Yes Multiple
Advanced Filter System

The Advanced Filter System has high-capacity and
efficiency levels for oxygen, water and hydrocarbons.
The recommended maximum flow rate is 2 L/min with
200 psi maximum operating pressure.
A polycarbonate shield surrounding the glass indicator section of
the filter is sealed, unlike other gas filters, the gas flow is secure
even if the glass should break. This redundant sealing system and
robust construction provides a new level of security in
gas filtration.

• Two indicators – for oxygen and moisture
• High capacity and efficiency in a single, easy to replace, cartridge
• Double-seal construction for safety
• Check valves protect gas lines during replacement
• Includes mounting hardware for bench or wall

Advanced Filter System N9303963
Replacement Cartridge for Oxygen, Water and Hydrocarbons N9303964
Manifold and Mounting Hardware N9303139
Description Capacity Efficiency

Oxygen 850 cc <5 ppb
Water 12 g <20 ppb
Hydrocarbons 8g <5 ppb

Ultra Clean Gas Filters

Wrenches to change filters is a thing
of the past. There is no longer a need
for loosening and tightening fittings
every time a trap is changed, which
may contaminate your system during
the process. Cartridge systems make
changing gas filters quick and easy.
A base plate allows cartridges to be
exchanged without introducing ambient
air. Spring-loaded check valves seal when a filter is removed
and open only when a new filter has been locked in place.

•H
igh purity output insures 99.9999 % pure gas
•N
o tool replacement of filter cartridges, no need to shut gas flow off
with quick disconnect base plate
• E asy to read indicators to determine replacement interval
•H
elium and Hydrogen specific cartridges available: operational
with 15 minute purge after installation
• S afety shielding of glass filter with plastic cover
• S erial numbered for ease of tracking
Carrier Gas Purity

Comparing baseline performance with PerkinElmer SuperClean
Carrier gas should contain less than 1 ppm of oxygen, moisture,
filters vs. a competitive polymer housed filter.
or other trace contaminants to prevent column degradation,
increase column lifetime, and decrease stationary phase bleed.
The expense of using high purity gases in combination with
carrier gas line purifiers will be offset by longer column lifetime
and less GC maintenance.
Contaminants cause ghost peaks to appear during
temperature programming and degrade the validity of
analytical data. Make-up gas also should be contaminant-free,
or baseline fluctuations and excessive detector noise can occur.
Detector gases should be free of water and hydrocarbons,
or excessive baseline noise can result. Gas purifiers remove
these contaminants from gas sources, thereby improving
system performance.
When the easy to read indicators change color it is a signal on a
major gas carrier problem; a major leak upstream or downstream,
a high concentration of contaminants or to late replacement or
filter replacement is overdue. This is the time to swap a filter.
To prevent contamination or saturation issues, the filter should
be swapped every 12 months, as a minimum, regardless the
indicator has changed color or not. Some high throughput
applications may need the filter changing every 6 months.

Ultra Clean Gas Filter Kits for GC and GC/MS

Available with different sized fittings, (1/8 in. or 1/4 in.) in brass or stainless steel, these complete filter kits contain everything
you need to quickly and easy install into your analytical system; instantly assuring you of a continual high purity gas supply.
Triple Filter Kit for MS/ECD/NPD

The triple combination filter kit is ideal for purifying GC/MS carrier gases. It contains oxygen,
moisture and hydrocarbon scrubbers in one easy to change economical cartridge. There is of
a range of brass and stainless steel base plate fittings and options for hydrocarbon trap to be
helium or hydrogen specific, in addition to the general carrier gas.

PerkinElmer Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) Filter Kit – 1/4 in. Kit N9306828
Brass Kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/4 in. Brass inlet/outlet
fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap
Brass kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/8 in. Brass inlet/outlet
fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap
Stainless Steel kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/4 in. Stainless Steel
inlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap
Stainless Steel kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/8 in. Stainless Steel
inlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap Configuration Benefit
PerkinElmer Triple Filter (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) 1 N9306819 GC/MS Higher data accuracy and less maintenance
PerkinElmer Triple Filter (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon): Helium specific filter 1 N9306820 GC/ECD Greater sensitivity
PerkinElmer Triple Filter (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon): Hydrogen specific filter 1 N9306822 GC/TCD Greater sensitivity and less maintenance
Complete Triple Filter Bundle Kit for FID

This complete filter kit is the perfect all-in-one solution for purifying Flame Ionization Detector
(FID) fuel gases together with the carrier gas. The triple filter simultaneously hydrocarbons,
moisture and oxygen are removed from the carrier gas and combi filter removes both moisture
and hydrocarbons from the hydrogen and air fuel gases. The kit consists of one triple filter and
two combi filters (hydrogen and air) together with one three position base plate. There are a
range of base plate fittings options available.

PerkinElmer 3 Filters Kit – 1/4 in. Brass: Includes (1) 3 position base plate with Kit N9306842
1/4 in. Brass inlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and
(2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps
PerkinElmer 3 Filters Kit – 1/8 in. Brass: Includes (1) 3 position base plate with Kit N9306843
1/8 in. Brass inlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and
(2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps
PerkinElmer 3 Filters Kit – 1/4 in. stainless steel: Includes (1) 3 position base Kit N9306844
plate with 1/4 in. stainless steel inlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/ Moisture/
Hydrocarbon Trap and (2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps
PerkinElmer 3 Filters Kit – 1/8 in. stainless steel: Includes Kit N9306845
(1) 3 position base plate with 1/8 in. stainless steel inlet/outlet fittings and
(1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and (2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps
PerkinElmer Triple Filter – (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) 1 N9306819
PerkinElmer Combi (Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter 1 N9306818
Configuration Benefit
PerkinElmer Filter Bundles: Includes (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and 3 N9306826
(2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps GC/FID Improved reproducibility and sensitivity

Ultra Clean Gas Filters for Ultra-High Capacity Hydrocarbon Filter

Use a hydrocarbon trap if
GC and GC/MS your gas has a potential

source of hydrocarbon
The easy to use leak-tight cartridge system enables rapid contaminants or if you suspect you are observing carrier gas
change of exhausted cartridges without interrupting supply ghost peaks. Install the hydrocarbon trap after the moisture trap,
or system operation. A wide range of individual cartridges to prevent moisture from degrading the hydrocarbon-trapping
or combination cartridges are available to suit a variety of ability of the activated carbon in the hydrocarbon trap.
applications. Capacity
Ultra-High Capacity Moisture Filter
Moisture in carrier gas lines Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999
will prematurely degrade Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi)
oxygen and hydrocarbon Maximum Flow 7 L/min
traps and increase detector noise. As a precaution, we highly Usable For Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air
recommend installing a moisture trap before the hydrocarbon
and oxygen traps on all carrier gas lines.
Weight 0.26 Kg
Capacity Part No. N9306816
H2O 7.2 g
High Capacity Combi Filter
This filter is perfect for
purifying Flame Ionization
Detector (FID) fuel gases,
removing both moisture and hydrocarbons. Using this filter for
FID hydrogen and air will produce a stable baseline, improving
Weight 0.26 Kg
overall reproducibility and sensitivity. Ideal for use in combination
Part No. N9306814
with a zero air generator.
Capacity
Ultra-High Capacity Oxygen Filter H2O 3.5 g
Oxygen is a column killer HC 6 g (as n-butane)
– it is present even in UHP Description Specification
gases. Because oxygen can Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999
enter a gas line at any fitting or during gas bottle exchange, Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi)
the oxygen trap should be the last connection before the gas line Maximum Flow 7 L/min
enters the chromatograph.
Capacity Dimensions 24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm
O2 150 mL Weight 0.26 Kg
Description Specification Part No. N9306818
Usable For Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar
Weight 0.26 Kg
Part No. N9306815

High Capacity Triple Filter High Capacity Triple Filter Hydrogen Specific
The triple trap is ideal for The hydrogen-specific
purifying carrier gas. It triple trap is ideal for
contains oxygen, moisture purifying hydrogen in
and hydrocarbon scrubbers in GC/MS systems. This trap is packed and purged under hydrogen
one easy to change economical cartridge. and contains oxygen, moisture and hydrocarbon scrubbers in
one cartridge.
Capacity
H2O 1.8 g Capacity
O2 75 mL H2O 1.8 g
HC 4 g (as n-butane) O2 75 mL
Description Specification HC 4 g (as n-butane)
Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999 Description Specification
Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi) Outlet Gas Quality (%) > 99.9999
Maximum Flow 7 L/min Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi)
Usable For Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar Maximum Flow 7 L/min
Dimensions 24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm Usable For H2
Weight 0.26 Kg Dimensions 24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm
Part No. N9306819 Weight 0.26 Kg
Part No. N9306822
High Capacity Triple Filter Helium Specific

The helium-specific triple Ultra Clean Replacement Individual Cartridge Filters
trap is ideal for purifying for GC and GC/MS
helium in GC/MS
systems. This trap is packed and purged under helium and
contains oxygen, moisture and hydrocarbon scrubbers in
one cartridge. Description Qty. Part No.
Capacity
Ultra Clean Oxygen Filter 1 N9306815
H2O 1.8 g
O2 75 mL
Ultra Clean Combi (Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter 1 N9306818
Filter
Maximum Pressure 11 bar (160 psi) Helium-Specific Filter
Maximum Flow 7 L/min Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) 1 N9306822
Usable For He Hydrogen-Specific Filter
Weight 0.26 Kg
Part No. N9306820

Accessories
Ultra Clean Base Plate Flush Cap Replacement Set
for GC/MS

Ultra Clean Flush Cap Replacement Set 2 N9306852

Ultra Clean Wall-Mounting Bracket Set 1 N9306855

Ultra Clean Base Plate Fittings for LC/MS

Ultra Clean Connector Set – 1/4 in. Brass 6 N9306846
Ultra Clean Connector Set – 1/8 in. Brass 6 N9306847
Ultra Clean Connector Set – 1/4 in. Stainless Steel 6 N9306848
Ultra Clean Connector Set – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel 6 N9306849

Click-On Inline Super Stainless Steel Traps
Clean Purifiers
Using the Click-On Connectors lets you change the trap without
introducing contaminants into your system. Click-On connectors
can replace a trap, without introducing impurities into the
system. This in turn eliminates the need to flush the system.
The ability to add a Click-On Inline Super Clean™ Indicator after Description Part No.
the stainless steel trap gives the user a clear visual indication of
Moisture Trap N9306100
when to change the filter. This indicator may also be used as a
Oxygen Trap N9306101
standalone trap.
Hydrocarbons Trap N9306102
Combination: Oxygen/Moisture Trap N9306103
Combination: Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap N9306105
• Reduce system downtime with Click-On fast connectors
Triple: Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap N9306104
• No open gas line when changing the trap
Triple Gas Specific (He): Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons N9306106
• Helium Specific Glass Indicating Triple Trap is ideal for GC/MS
Helium Specific Glass Indicating Triple Trap

Stainless Steel Trap Kits This trap contains oxygen, moisture and hydrocarbons
Description Connector (Qty.) Part No. adsorbents in one trap and is packed and purged under helium.
Combination: 1⁄8 in. N9306108 The glass indicating trap clearly shows when the filter needs to
Oxygen/Moisture Trap Brass (2)
be replaced with the use of color changes. The packing material
Combination: 1⁄8 in. N9306109
is a silica-based environmentally friendly substitute for cobalt
Oxygen/Moisture Trap Stainless Steel (2)
dioxide (blue) in the moisture indicator.
Combination: 1⁄8 in. N9306117
Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap Brass (2) Available as a kit with the necessary 1⁄8 in. brass connectors, and
Combination: 1⁄8 in. N9306118 as a replacement trap. This system is easy to install.
Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap Stainless Steel (2)
Triple: 1⁄8 in. N9306110
Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap Brass (2) Description Connector (Qty.) Part No.
Triple: 1⁄8 in. N9306111 Indicating Glass Triple Gas Specific (He): Not Included N9306107
Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap Stainless Steel (2) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons
Triple Gas Specific (He): 1⁄8 in. N9306112 Indicating Glass Triple Gas Specific (He): 1⁄8 in. N9306114
Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Brass (2) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Brass (2)
Triple Gas Specific (He): 1⁄8 in. N9306113 Indicating Glass Triple Gas Specific (He): 1⁄8 in. N9306116
Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Stainless Steel (2) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Stainless Steel (2)
`Product Specifications
Purifier Type Gas Quality* Max Pressure Max Flow Use For H20 Capacity O2 Hydrocarbons Est. Lifetime
Moisture 100.00 % 11 bar, 160 psi 25 L/min Inert carrier gas 21 g – – > 3 years
He, Air, H2
Oxygen 100.00 % 11 bar, 160 psi 25 L/min Inert carrier gas – 3,000 mL – > 3 years
Hydrocarbons 100.00 % 11 bar, 160 psi 25 L/min Inert carrier gas – – 36 g (as n-butane) > 3 years
Air, H2
Combination Moisture/ 100.00 % 11 bar, 160 psi 25 L/min Inert carrier gas 10 g – 18 g (as n-butane) > 2 years
Hydrocarbons He, Air, H2
Indicating Triple Moisture/ 100.00 % 11 bar, 160 psi 25 L/min Inert carrier gas 3g 400 mL 5 g (as n-butane) > 1 year
Oxygen/Hydrocarbons He
Triple Moisture/ Oxygen/ 100.00 % 11 bar, 160 psi 25 L/min Inert carrier gas 6g 1,000 mL 12 g (as n-butane) > 2 years
Hydrocarbons
* Results @ 2 L/min.
Hydrocarbon Trap Oxygen Trap
Hydrocarbon Trap N9301192 Oxygen Trap N9301179
Use our activated charcoal in-line trap to remove gaseous This high-capacity, high-efficiency trap is used for long-term
hydrocarbons (C5 and heavier) from nitrogen, hydrogen and inert protection of capillary column stationary phases against
carrier gas supplies. Recommended for use with purge and trap oxidation at GC operating temperatures. Can remove 3.5 g
apparatuses, high-sensitivity FID operations and with GC carrier of oxygen and has an output efficiency of less than 10 ppb
gases for trace analyzes. Frits in each end prevent particulates oxygen concentration at the outlet. Effective at removing sulfur
from entering the gas stream. Trap is shipped filled with helium. compounds, such as hydrogen sulfide and mercaptans. Intended
Maximum pressure is 1000 psi (69 bar). Dimensions are 5 x 37 cm for use with non-oxidizing gases such as He, Ar, N2, H2 or CH4,
including fittings. Weight is 1.0 kg. containing less than 1% oxygen. The trap is filled with 500 cc of
active oxygen adsorbent that binds covalently with oxygen; no
High Capacity Hydrocarbon Trap gas is generated from this reaction. Maximum pressure is 1000
psi (69 bar). Dimensions are 5 x 37 cm including fittings, weight
is 1.2 kg.
High Capacity Hydrocarbon Trap N9301208
Safe Glass Moisture Trap
• Eliminates potential hydrocarbon background to insure best

LC/MS results Description Part No.
• Contains 750 cc of preconditioned activated charcoal Safe Glass Moisture Trap N9301193
• S tainless steel body. 1/4 in. brass compression fittings with

ferrules for installation Gas contacts only glass, metal and the adsorbents for purity.
• Maximum pressure 200 psi The Drierite® indicator and molecular sieve 5A are packed in glass
protected by an outer plastic tube in the event that the glass
• Recommended flow rate up to 2 Liters/minute
breaks. Unique loading design allows operation in any orientation
•W
ill remove hydrocarbon impurities (50 ppm or less) from
without channeling. Designed for GC detectors that require
inert gases, nitrogen and hydrogen at room temperature
high purity gases and recommended for ELCD and ECD systems
to low ppb range
where moisture and contamination are a problem. Maximum
• Capacity of 67 g of hydrocarbons C5 and heavier
pressure is 100 psi (6.9 bar). Dimensions are 3.2 x 26 cm
•1
0 µm stainless steel porous frits protect gas stream including fittings. Weight is 0.3 kg.
from particulates
• Individually helium leak tested. Shipped filled with helium Gas In-line Filter
• 2 in. OD x 20 in. L (including fittings)
• Weight 3.5 lb/1.6 kg
Indicating Oxygen Trap Gas In-line Filter N9301178
The Gas In-line Filter Trap removes moisture, oil and dust from
Description Part No. nitrogen or inert supply gases. It has 400 cc total volume of
Indicating Oxygen Trap N9301191
molecular sieve 5A and an indicator in a clear acrylic tube.
The indicating Drierite® changes color at low relative humidity
This high-efficiency indicator trap reduces oxygen to less than indicating that the packing must be changed. Base-plate version
0.1 ppm. Changes color from bright green to gray when is available for free-standing orientation. Maximum pressure is
adsorption capacity is depleted. Oxygen capacity for this compact 100 psi (6.9 bar). Dimensions are 6 x 43 cm including fittings.
unit is 0.05 g at STP. The non-contaminating, heavy-wall inner Weight is 1.0 kg.
glass tube of adsorbent is protected from breakage by the outer
plastic tube. Maximum pressure is 100 psi (6.9 bar). Dimensions
are 3.2 x 26 cm including fittings. Weight is 0.2 kg.
Gas Generators – Simply

a Smarter Choice
Analytical gas generators can remove the requirement for
high-pressure cylinder gases and are typically placed next
to the instrument they are servicing. This removes any need
for extended gas lines and negates any associated problems
impacting on purity, cost and convenience.
The latest gas generators from PerkinElmer utilize new
technologies in adsorbents, catalysts, and specialist micro dryers
to produce a continual supply of ultra-high purity gases to your
instrumentation. This all but eliminates the introduction of
impurities, which can be reduced further by the installation
A Safe Source of Hydrogen
of in-line gas purifiers.
The PG-H2 generators have an auto shutoff procedure that
Hydrogen Generators places the units in standby in the event of an internal error
and selectable alarms allow the user to be informed whenever
PerkinElmer offer a range of hydrogen generators to cater for operating conditions vary from the set point. They are CE CSA
the varying configurations of gas supply required across different FCC certified.
laboratories and applications. Applications
This series of generators are ideal for use with GC detectors such
Hydrogen Generator Options and Capabilities
as FID, NPD, TCD and FPD.
Model GC Detector GC, GC/MS Zero Air Automatic Desiccant
Gas Carrier Gas Cascading Cartridge to Technical Specifications for PG-H2 Plus Models
Applications Applications Capability Replace
PG Plus ■ ■ Description Specification
NM Plus ■ ■ ■ Purity 99.999 %/hydrocarbon free < 0.1 ppm
FID Gas ■ ■ ■ Delivery Pressure 20 – 160 psig/1.4-11 barg

Station Height 43 cm (16.9 in.)
Plus
Width 23 cm (9.1 in.)
High Purity ■ ■
Depth 36 cm (14.2 in.)
Ultra High ■ ■
Purity Weight 20 kg (44 lbs)
Ambient Temperature Range -20 °C to + 60 °C (-4 °F to + 140 °F)
Water Quality Deionized or distilled <10 µS conductivity
PG-H2 Plus Supply Voltage Range

Fitting
230 V/50 – 60 Hz – 110 V/60 Hz – 100 V/60 Hz
1/8 in. for the H2 outlet
Hydrogen Generators
The PG (Pure Gas) hydrogen generators employ the newest PG-H2 Plus Generator Models
membrane technology available for the safe production of pure Flow Rate Part No.
hydrogen gas. This patented design is ideal for operation with 100 mL/min N9308577
gas analyzers, as fuel gas for flame tools, or as a source for pure 160 mL/min N9308578
hydrogen in plasma chambers and other isolated environments.
250 mL/min N9308579
Electrolytic membrane technology is preferred over alternative
500 mL/min N9308580
hydrogen generating techniques because it is clean, requires less
maintenance and there is no need to store chemicals to maintain
operation. The generators offer silent operation and require only PG-H2 Plus Generator Replacement Parts
deionized or distilled water with no caustic solutions which can
affect the purity of the hydrogen.
Deionizer Bag N9307097

NM-H2 Plus
Hydrogen Generators
The NM (No Maintenance) series of hydrogen generators
employ the newest membrane technology available for the safe
production of pure hydrogen gas. This patented design is ideal
for operation with gas analyzers, as fuel gas for flame tools,
or as a source for pure hydrogen in plasma chambers and other
isolated environments.
Electrolytic membrane technology is preferred over alternative
hydrogen generating techniques. The generators offer silent
operation and require only deionized or distilled water with no
caustic solutions which can affect the purity of the hydrogen.
Technical Specifications for NM-H2 Plus Models
No Maintenance
The proprietary auto drying technology has facilitated a design Purity 99.9999 %/hydrocarbon free < 0.1 ppm
that does not require a desiccant cartridge, yet produces a Delivery Pressure 20 – 160 psig/1.4 – 11 barg
constant supply of dry, ultra-high purity hydrogen. As the PG-H2
Height 43 cm (16.9 in.)
and the NM hydrogen generators have an auto shutoff procedure
Width 23 cm (9.1 in.)
that places the units in standby in the event of an internal error
Depth 36 cm (14.2 in.)
and selectable alarms allow the user to be informed whenever
operating conditions vary from the set point. Weight 20 kg (44 lbs)
Ambient Temperature Range -20 °C to + 60 °C (-4 °F to + 140 °F)
Applications
Water Quality Deionized or distilled <10 µS conductivity
The NM-H2 Hydrogen Pure Gas Generators enhances the high Supply Voltage Range 230 V/50 – 60 Hz – 110 V/60 Hz – 100 V/60 Hz
performance of the PG Plus series, with the addition of a unique Fitting 1/8 in. for the H2 outlet
no maintenance purification system. It provides a stream of
ultra-high purity hydrogen for both carrier gas and detector gas
applications, including MS. NM-H2 Plus Generator Models
Robust Supply – 100% Up Time Flow Rate Part No.
Multiple generators can be set up in parallel to spread the load 100 mL/min N9308581
of gas generation, known as cascading. Building in a level of 160 mL/min N9308582
spare capacity with a master/slave set up ensures that there is 250 mL/min N9308583
no interruption in supply. 500 mL/min N9308584
The NM-H2 generators are the only generators on the market that 1000 mL/min N9308585
automatically cascade, no lab personal intervention is required
ensuring the smooth running of your laboratory around the clock.
PG-H2 Plus NM-H2 Plus Generator Accessories
I/O Board N9307094
Cable for Cascading* N9307093
Remote Control RS-232 N9307095
(includes converter, cables and software)*
Auto Refill * N9307096
* Requires I/O Board.
NM-H2 Plus Generator Replacement Parts

Deionizer Bag N9307097

FID Gas Station

The FID gas station is a novel system that combines the reliability
of the high purity PG or ultrahigh purity NM hydrogen generators
with the superior performance of the zero air generators into a
single compact instrument. Designed with space saving in mind,
it sits directly under the GC to conserve bench space. You can
also apply the FID gas station to GCMS systems with the simple
addition of a drawer tray for the MS to rest on. If you want
to benefit from the space saving design, but only require a H2
generator than that is also an option.
Technical Specifications
Description Capability Flow Rate Part No.
• H2 flow rate from 100-1000 mL/min
FID Station H2 150 mL/min N9300023
• H2 pressure up to 11 bar PG Plus
• Zero air flow rates 5 L/min FID Station H2 260 mL/min N9300024
PG Plus
• Zero air purity <0.1 ppm
• Minimal maintenance NM Plus
• CE, CSA, FCC certified FID Station H2 350 mL/min N9300021
NM Plus
NM Plus
FID Station H2 and Air 150 mL/min + Air N9300018
PG Plus 1500 mL/min
PG Plus 1500 mL/min
NM Plus 1500 mL/min
NM Plus 1500 mL/min
NM Plus 1500 mL/min
FID Station N9308567
NM Plus
Extension Drawer

Zero and Ultra Air Generators

The Zero and Ultra Zero Air Generators produce laboratory
grade purified air for FID (flame ionization detectors) and other
detectors. Designed with safety and convenience in mind, this
system will generate purified and hydrocarbon free air from an
existing in-house oil-free compressed air supply, eliminating the
need for inconvenient high-pressure gas cylinders. Eliminating
gas cylinders reduces annual operating costs associated with
materials, labor, and down-time.
The Zero/Ultra Zero Air Generator series removes hydrocarbon
pollutants to less than 0.1 ppm, and all forms of particles.
Operation of the generator requires low levels of electrical power
consumption. This complete turnkey system is engineered with Wall Mountable
the highest quality components, is easy to install, and requires
minimal annual maintenance. The Ultra Zero Air Generators will Ultra Zero Air Generators
remove CO and hydrocarbon pollutants to less than 0.1 ppm,
and NOx contaminants to 1 ppm. Carbon dioxide is also removed Features and Benefits
to about 1 ppm levels. They are CE CSA FCC certified. • Purity: < 0.1 ppm hydrocarbon; < 0.1 ppm CO; < 1 ppm NOx;
< 5 ppm CO2
Specifications for Zero and Ultra Zero Air
• Produce laboratory-grade purified air for the most accurate and
Description Specification convenient calibration of testing equipment
Outlet Hydrocarbon < 0.1 ppm • Designed with safety and convenience in mind, this system will
Concentration generate purified air from an existing in-house oil-free compressed air
Outlet Carbon Monoxide < 0.1 ppm supply, eliminating the need for inconvenient high-pressure
Concentration gas cylinders
Outlet Particles < 0.5 99.99% • Eliminate gas cylinders reducing annual operating costs
Microns Removed
associated with materials, labor and downtime, and reduces
Outlet Air Temperature Ambient +15 °C risk of injury to workers
Max Inlet Hydrocarbon 100 ppm • Will remove CO and HC pollutants to less than 0.1 ppm and NOx
Concentration
contaminants to 1 ppm. Carbon dioxide is also removed to about
Maximum Outlet Pressure 6.5 bar 1 ppm levels. Operation of the generator requires low levels of air
Max Inlet Carbon Monoxide 50 ppm consumption and electrical power
Concentration • Fully supported by PerkinElmer Service Organization
Max Inlet Temperature 40 °C
• All models come without a compressor. An oil free compressor
Inlet Pressure Range 4.5 – 10 bar is required
(regulated to 7 bar)
• CE, CSA certified
Inlet Port 1⁄4 in. NPT
Outlet Port 1⁄8 in. NPT
Specifications for Ultra Zero Air

Specifications for Zero Air
Outlet Outlet Carbon Outlet Outlet Electrical Part No.
Outlet Zero Maximum Electrical Temperature/ Part No. Ultra Zero Dioxide Nitrogen Dewpoint Requirements
Air Continuous Requirements Pressure Control Air Concentration Oxides (°C)
Output Flow Board Concentration
Rate
1.5 L/min < 5 ppm < 0.1 ppm < -70 230/115 VAC N9307081
1.5 L/min 1.5 L/min 230/115 VAC 250 Included N9307075 270 W max
W max
3.0 L/min < 10 ppm < 1 ppm < -50 230/115 VAC N9307082
W max
6.0 L/min < 10 ppm < 1 ppm < -50 230/115 VAC N9307083
W max
15.0 L/min < 10 ppm < 1 ppm < -50 230/115 VAC N9307080
W max
30.0 L/min 30.0 L/min 230/115 VAC 480 Included N9307079
W max

GC Startup Kits Basic Tool Kit

Description Part No. Kit Includes: Open-end Wrench Set (6 pc), Screwdriver Set (6 pc.),
GC Startup Kit 1⁄8 in. Tubing and Fitting for (3) Gases N9306304 Adjustable Wrench (6 in.), Chain Nose Pliers (narrow), Wire
Description Qty.
Cutters, and Wire Strippers.
1⁄8 in. Tubing x 50 ft Coil Copper Special Cleaning 1 Description Part No.
1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Tee Two Piece Ferrule Brass 3 Tools come in a tool box for easy storage and use N9301327
Tee 1⁄8 in. Com x 1⁄8 in. Comp x 1⁄4 in. fnpt Brass 3
Adjustable Safety Relief Valve Brass 50 – 150 psi 3
1⁄4 in. fnpt x 1⁄8 in. Comp Fitting Brass
1⁄8 in. Port Connector Brass
3
3
Deluxe Tool Kit
Kit Includes: Open-end Wrench Set (6 pc.), Screwdriver Set
1⁄8 in. Ferrule Brass 3
(6 pc.), Adjustable Wrench (6 in.), Chain Nose Pliers (narrow),
1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Nut 3
Wire Cutters, Wire Strippers, Slip-joint Pliers (6 in.), Long Nose
1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Fitting Cap 3 No. 5 Stainless Steel Tweezers (4-3⁄8 inches), Needle File Set
Tubing Cutter 1⁄8 in. Tubing 1 (6 pc.), Allen Key Set (11 pc. imperial sizes), and Allen Key Set
PTFE Tape 1 (9 pc. metric sizes).

Shipped in a plastic tool box for convenient storage N9301328
GC Startup Kit 1⁄8 in. Tubing and Fitting With One Dual Stage N9306306
Regulator
Description Qty.
1⁄8 in. Tubing x 50 ft Coil Copper Special Cleaning 1
1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Tee Two Piece Ferrule Brass 3
Tee 1⁄8 in. Com x 1⁄8 in. Comp x 1⁄4 in. fnpt Brass 3
50 – 150 psi 3
1⁄4 in. fnpt x 1⁄8 in. Comp Fitting Brass 3
1⁄8 in. Port Connector Brass 3
1⁄8 in. Ferrule Brass 3
1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Nut 3
1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Fitting Cap 3
Tubing Cutter 1⁄8 in. Tubing 1
PTFE Tape 1
Dual Stage Analytical 0 – 100 psig delivery, CGA 580 (N2, Argon, He) 1

Regulators
Pressure Regulators High Purity Brass Regulators
Ideally suited for chromatographic carrier PerkinElmer regulators are constructed
gas applications including FID, TCD,ECD, of high purity brass barstock and have
HID, and non-corrosive gas mixtures for stainless steel diaphragms and metal-
analytical instrumentation. to-metal seals. They are suitable for use
with high purity (>99.995% pure)
Technical Specifications non-corrosive gases. Regulators
terminate in a 1⁄4 in. NPT
Specifications Single Stage Single Stage
– Stainless Steel – Brass Nickel-plated Swagelock fitting.
(Thread-less Seat) (Thread-less Seat)
Part No. N9306353 Part No. N9306354
Max Rated Inlet Pressure 1,250 psig 1,200 psig
• Barstock body construction
Outlet Pressure Ranges 0– 30, 0– 60, 0– 100, 0– 25, 0– 50, 0– 100,
0– 250 psig 0– 250 psig • Stainless steel diaphragms
Flow Capacity Cv=0.066 Cv=0.15 • Metal-to-metal seals
Ambient Operating Temp -40° F to +165° F -40° F to +165° F • Use with high purity carrier gas
Designed Leak Rate 2 x10-8 ccs (helium) Bubble-tight (helium)
Weight 2 lbs 2.4 lbs
Ports (4) ¼ in. FNPT ¼ in. FNPT
High Purity Brass Regulators (Dual Stage)
Fittings 1⁄8 in. 1⁄8 in. CGA Delivery Delivery Cylinder Gauge (psig) Part No.
Fitting Pressure Use Pressure Pressure
Inlet 1⁄8 in. FNPT 1⁄8 in. FNPT
Range (psig) Gauge (psig)
Outlet 1⁄8 in. FNPT 1⁄8 in. FNPT
CGA-350 H2 and Ar/CH4 4 – 100 0 – 200 0 – 4,000 09907128
Decay Inlet Characteristic – 0.23/100 psi
CGA-580 He, Ar, N2 4 – 100 0 – 200 0 – 3,000 09907127
Materials
Body 316 Stainless Steel Nickel-Plated Brass
High Purity Brass Regulators (Single Stage)
Bonnet Nickel Plated Brass Nickel Plated Brass
Seat PCTFE® PTFE CGA Delivery Delivery Cylinder Gauge (psig) Part No.
Fitting Pressure Use Pressure Pressure
Diaphragm Hastelloy C-22 316 Stainless Steel Range (psig) Gauge (psig)
Diaphragm Hastelloy 2½ in. Stainless Steel – CGA-350 CO, H2 and 4 – 100 0 – 150 0 – 4,000 00230091
C-22 Gauge Ar/CH4 Mixes
Filter 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel CGA-350 CO, H2 10 – 200 0 – 400 0 – 4,000 00230253
Trim 316 Stainless Steel Nickel Plated Brass CGA-590* Air 10 – 200 0 – 400 0 – 4,000 00230090
Gauges – 2½ in. Stainless Steel
*Supplied with 590-580 Adapter.
Valve Stem – 316 Stainless Steel
Valve Spring – 316 Stainless Steel

Portable Gas Leak Detector

The PerkinElmer compact
handheld electronic gas leak
detector is the ideal solution
for detecting gas leaks in your
GC systems. Leaks in your
system waste gas and can
cause detector noise, baseline
instability, and shorter column
life. This portable unit detects
minute leaks of any gas with thermal conductivity different from
air. The reference gas inlet draws in ambient air for comparison to
air drawn into the sample probe. A leak is detected by both LED
bar graph display and audible alarm. MiniTemp MT4
• Sleek ergonomic, hand-held design with rugged side grips
Non-contact Temperature
• Automatic shut-off capabilities
• Optimized sample flow path
Measurement with
• LED readout and audible alarm Laser Sighting
Detectable Gases
• Displays thermal measurement readings in °C or °F
Gas Type Minimum Detectable Indicating LED
Leak Rate (atm cc/sec) Light Color • Easy point and shot infrared technology in a
pocket size configuration
Helium 1.0 x 10-5 Red
• Great for instrument thermal test confirmation,
Hydrogen* 1.0 x 10-5 Red
including GC injector port and detector
Nitrogen 1.4 x 10-3 Yellow measurements, thermostatted LC vials, and
Argon 1.0 x 10-4 Yellow enzymatic hydrolysis baths
Carbon Dioxide 1.0 x 10-4 Yellow
Description Specification MiniTemp MT4 Technical Specifications

Battery Rechargeable Ni-MH internal battery pack
(6 hours normal operation) Description Specification
Universal Power US, UK, European, Australian plugs included Temperature Range -18 to 400 °C (0 to 750 °F)
Adapter Set Distance to Spot Size (D:S) 08:01
Temperature 32 – 120 °F (0 – 48 °C) Response Time 500 m/sec
Range
Emissivity Pre-set at 0.95
Humidity Range 0 – 97%
Accuracy ±2%, or ±2 °C (±3 °F) whichever is greater
Warranty 1 Year
Typical Distance to Target Up to 1.5 m (4 ft)
Certifications CE, Japan (Spot)
Compliance WEEE, ROHS Laser Sighting Yes
Description Part No. The popular MiniTemp MT4 also includes single dot laser
Portable Electronic Leak Detector N9306089 sighting to assist with aiming. 9 volt battery included.
Soft Carrying Case N9306142 Recalibration is not available.
Probe (Fine Tip) N9306063
* Caution: The PerkinElmer leak detector is not designed for determining leaks in a combustible environment. MiniTemp MT4 N9306074
This unit may be used for determining trace amounts of hydrogen in a GC environment only.

PerkinElmer PerkinElmer
FlowMark Flowmeter Plus
Electronic
The PerkinElmer Flowmeter Plus is a valuable
tool for troubleshooting detector problems.
Measuring gas volumetrically eliminates
Flowmeter there is no need to select gas type. Highly
accurate, identifying leaks by differences in
PerkinElmer’s FlowMark™ flowmeter is specifically designed for thermal conductivity, it offers a minimum
use with gas chromatography (GC) instruments. The probe is detection limit of 0.0005 mL/min hydrogen
applied directly to the gas flow stream and the measured flow and helium.
rate is presented on the LCD screen.
Units of flow are measured in mL/min. This unit provides Hassle Free Recalibration
continuous real-time measurements of gas streams ranging Offering a much simpler and more efficient work flow, the
from 0.50 mL/min to 500 mL/min. Because the technology uses annual recalibration is simply replacing a NIST certified calibration
volumetric flow measurement, the unit is compatible with all cartridge. Each flowmeter cartridge is individually factory
laboratory gases. The flowmeter is designed to measure clean, calibrated and can easily be replaced directly by customers.
dry, non-corrosive gases. There is no need to return the flowmeter to us; saving you time
and money.
The cartridge calibration is valid for a period of one year from its
• Measures volumetric flow for all gases across a range of first use. A new, calibrated cartridge can be ordered in advance,
0.5–500 mL/min
and then installed when necessary.
• NIST traceable calibration
• Explosion-proof rating for flammable and explosive Features and Benefits
gas atmospheres
• Simply replace a NIST certified cartridge for revalidation,
• Accuracy of ± 2% of flow or ± 0.2 mL/min, whichever is greater no need to return the flowmeter
• Over range indicator • Flow range 0.5 to 750 mL/min (auto-ranging)
• Auto shut-off feature • Operating temperature range 0 °C to 45 °C
• Ergonomic design and side grips for comfort • Accurate to ± 2 % of reading or ± 0.2 mL/min, whichever is greater
• Measures most gas types • Compact size (201 mm x 88 mm x 48 mm)
• Convenient storage case included • Portable operation, uses 3 AA batteries (or USB power)
• CE, Ex (Compliance: WEEE, RoHS) certified
• Uses 2-AA batteries
Flowmeter Plus N9307088
• Data output via USB port
Replacement NIST Certified Calibration Cartridge N9307084
• Re-calibration service available
• Designed to measure clean, dry, non-corrosive gases
• 1 year warranty

FlowMark Electronic Flowmeter N9307086
Recalibration Service for FlowMark Flowmeter N9307085
Soft Carrying Case N9306142

STANDARDS
Standards ASTM Reference

Standards
We offer a selection of ASTM
reference standards to assist you
with all your Arnel application needs
in hydrocarbon-processing industries,
Quick Reference Index Page with focuses on custom-engineered
solutions for gas chromatography
ASTM D2887 185 applications in the petrochemical,
food and beverage, and industrial
hygiene markets.
ASTM D3606 184
ASTM D4815 184
ASTM D5580 184 Organic Certified

ASTM D5623 185
Reference Materials
ASTM D5134, D6296, D6729, D6730, and D6733 186 We offer a wide selection of
GC and GC/MS standards. Each solution is
supplied with a comprehensive Certificate
ASTM D7213 185
of Analysis that documents quality and
assurance to the highest level obtainable
ASTM D7423, D7754, UOP 960 184
by a Calibration Standard. Organic Certified
Reference Materials from PerkinElmer are
Method 624 183 a new addition to an already extensive
organic product line designed to enhance
Method 625 183 your one-stop shopping experience.
Method 8082 183
Method 8100 183

Standard Solutions
Method 8260B 182 This section will cover HPLC performance test mixes to monitor
column performance over time, and a series of polycyclic
Method 8270C 183 aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) standards.
Reference Gas Oil 5010 185
Simulated Distillation Reference Material 185
Standards Solutions 182
Volatile Organics Combination Blend 182
CLICK THE ARROWS

STANDARDS
Standards Solutions Method 8260B for Water

and Solid Waste Matrices
We offer HPLC performance test mixes to monitor column
performance over time, and a series of polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbon (PAH) standards.
Method 8260B is an analytical method that uses a GC/MS
Description Part No. equipped with a capillary column to perform the separation
Test Mix of the volatile organic compounds found in water and a variety
LC Gradient Test Mix N9334010 of solid waste matrices.
Universal Test Mix for Reversed-phase (5 mL/pkg.) 00890893 Method 524.2 is an analytical method that uses a purge
Standards and trap device for sample preparation and a GC/MS equipped
HPLC SV Calibration Mix No.5/610 PAH 00891542 with a capillary column to perform the separation of volatile
HPLC 610 Calibration Mix A 00891543 organic compounds.
HPLC 610 Calibration Mix B 00891544
Volatile Organics Combination Blend
Contains all analytes in Mixes A, C and D.
Organic Certified Method SW-846 is an analytical method which utilizes a

Clarus 600 GC to perform the separation of the volatile
Reference Materials organic components found in a variety of solid waste matrices.

To detect the GC eluant a Clarus 600 GC/MS is used.
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection
of GC and GC/MS standards.
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol N9331047
Each solution is supplied with a
comprehensive Certificate of Analysis
that documents quality and assurance Method 8260B Standards
to the highest level obtainable by a
Calibration Standard.
Alternate Four-Component Surrogate Standard for Method 8260B N9331042
Organic Certified Reference Materials 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol
from PerkinElmer are a new addition Internal Standard for Method 8260B N9331041
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol
to an already extensive organic
product line designed to enhance
your one-stop shopping experience. Ketones for Method 8260B
Each new standard is provided
in convenient 1.2 mL ampules to
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol N9331043
minimize waste and comes with a
pre-labeled amber glass storage vial
with cap for easy use. Mix B Purgeable Gases for Methods 8260B/524.2
To ensure customer satisfaction, our Organic Mixes are prepared Description Part No.
at concentration levels that take into consideration a number 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol N9331048
of factors including: vapor pressure, evaporation, breakdown
rates and dilution schemes. PerkinElmer goes the extra step by
analyzing each organic standard on the Clarus 600 GC
and GC/MS state-of-the-art instrumentation to ensure
that the standard conforms to the customer’s exact needs.
For customer ease, all Organic Standards are prepared with a
precision of +/– 0.5% and accompanied with a comprehensive
Certificate of Analysis (lot specified by part number). Data packs
are also available upon request. These include a chromatogram
of the standard and quantitative report listing the values for
each analyte.

STANDARDS
8000 Series Solid and Method 8270C Surrogates

Hazardous Waste Methods Acid Surrogate for Method 8270C

1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methanol
Base Neutral Surrogate for Method 8270C
N9331037
N9331038
Resource Conservation and Recover Act (RCRA) Under 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride/Acetone
SW-846, ‘Test Methods For Evaluating Solid Waste’
600 Series Wastewater Methods Clean Water Act

‘Wastewaters’
• Method 8080A contains detailed operating procedures to be
followed by laboratories analyzing solid and liquid matrices. It is a Method 624 Standards Kit for Volatile
method that uses a GC/ECD to perform the separation of the selected Organic Compounds
pesticides following concentration and clean up of an extract for
aqueous or solid samples Contains: N9331060, N9331061, N9331062, N9331063.
• Method 8082 is used to determine the concentrations of PCBs, The U.S. EPA Method 624 is an analytical method which utilizes
either as individual congeners or Aroclors by GC/ECD a TurboMatrix Headspace Purge and Trap instrument for sample
prep and a Clarus 600 GC equipped with a packed column to
perform the separation of the volatile organic compounds found
Method 8082 PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls)
in a 5 mL sample of municipal or industrial wastewater. To detect
Standards Kit
the eluant a Clarus 60 GC/MS is used.
Method 8082 is used to determine the concentration of PCBs
either as individual congeners or Aroclors. A Clarus 600 GC
with a capillary column is used to perform the separation. 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol N9331064
To detect the eluent, an ECD (electron capture detector) Mix A for Method 624 N9331060
or ELCD (electrolytic conductivity detector) is used.
Purgeable Gases Mix B for Method 624 N9331061
Description Part No. 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol
1.2 mL @ 1,000 µg/mL in Hexane N9331028 Mix C for Method 624 N9331062
Mix D for Method 624 N9331063
Method 8270C Standards 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol
Method 8270C is an analytical method which utilizes a
Methylene Chloride extraction of aqueous sample or Methylene Method 8100
Chloride: Acetone extraction of solid sample and a Clarus 600
Method 8100 is a method for the analysis of polynuclear
GC equipped with a capillary column to perform the separation
aromatic hydrocarbons. A Clarus 600 GC is used to perform the
of the compounds. To detect the GC eluant a Clarus 600 GC/MS
separation of compounds with an FID (flame ionization detector)
is used.
to detect the eluent.
Semi-Volatile Calibration Standard for Method 8270C N9331030 Method 625
1.2 mL @ 1,000 µg/mL in Hexane
Method 625 is an analytical method that uses a methylene
Internal Standard for Method 8270C N9331036
chloride extraction of municipal or industrial wastewater,
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride/Benzene
concentrated to 1 mL and a GC/MS equipped to perform the
separation of acid and base neutral extractable fractions.
Method 8270C Mixes
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons for Method 8100/625 N9331044
HICAL-Acids Mix for Method 8270C N9331031 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride/Benzene
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons Mix B for Method 8100 N9331045
Analyte Mix for Method 8270C N9331032 1.2 mL @ 1,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride/Benzene
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methanol
Surrogate Standard for Method 8100 1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in N9331046
Balance Mix for Method 8270C N9331033 Methylene Chloride
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride

REFERENCE STANDARDS FOR ARNEL APPLICATIONS
For Gasoline and

SIMDIS Analysis
Today’s analytical laboratories need more than high quality,
reliable instrumentation, and information. They need complete
systems and guaranteed solutions that meet industry standards
and specifications. PerkinElmer offers a selection of ASTM
Reference Standards to assist you with all your Arnel application
needs in hydrocarbon-processing Industries with focuses
on custom-engineered solutions for gas chromatography
applications in the petrochemical, food, and beverage, and
industrial hygiene markets. Our goal is to develop cleaner,
petroleum-based products to help reduce their impact
on the environment as well as assist in manufacturing more
cost-effective petroleum products.
ASTM D7423, D7754, UOP 960 ASTM D3606

Standard Test Method for Determination of Oxygenates in C2, Standard Test Method for Determination of Benzene and Toluene
C3, C4, and C5 Hydrocarbon Matrices by Gas Chromatography in Spark Ignition Fuels by Gas Chromatography.
and Flame Ionization Detection.
Description Volume Part No.
Description Volume Part No. ASTM D3606 Benzene in 7 x 2 mL/1 x 1 mL N9300287
ASTM D7423 Oxygenates Calibration Kit 5 x 2 mL/1 x 2 mL N9300285 Gasoline Calibration Kit
and Check Standard and Check Standard
Components Components
acetaldehyde isobutyl alcohol 2-butanol isooctane

acetone isobutyraldehyde benzene nonane
allyl alcohol isopropyl alcohol toluene
tert-amyl methyl ether isopropyl ether
1-butanol isovaleraldehyde
2-butanol methanol ASTM D4815
2-butanone 2-methyl-2-propanol
tert-butyl ethyl ether methyl tert-butyl ether Standard Test Method for Determination of MTBE, ETBE, TAME,
butyraldehyde 1-propanol
dimethyl ether propionaldehyde
DIPE, tertiary-Amyl Alcohol and C1 to C4 Alcohols in Gasoline by
ethanol propyl ether Gas Chromatography.
ethyl ether valeraldehyde
ASTM D4815 Oxygenates in 11 x 2 mL/1 x 1 mL N9300289
ASTM D5580 Gasoline Calibration Kit and
Retention Time Mixture
Standard Test Method for Determination of Benzene, Toluene, Components
Ethylbenzene, p/m-Xylene, o-Xylene, C9 and Heavier Aromatics,
1,2-dimethoxyethane isopropyl ether
and Total Aromatics in Finished Gasoline by Gas Chromatography. 1-butanol methanol
1-propanol methyl tert-butyl ether
Description Volume Part No. 2-butanol oxygenate free gasoline, premium
ASTM D5580 Calibration Kit and 1 x 10 mL/5 x 1 mL N9300286 2-methyl-2-propanol tert-amyl alcohol
Valve Timing Solution with ISTD ethanol tert-amyl methyl ether
isobutyl alcohol tert-butyl ethyl ether
Components isopropyl alcohol
isooctane ethylbenzene
benzene o-xylene
toluene 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene
2-hexanone

ASTM D2887
Standard Test Method for Boiling Range Distribution of Petroleum
Fractions by Gas Chromatography.

Reference Gas Oil No. 2 for 10 x 1 mL N9308795
ASTM D2887
Components
Gasoline

Custom ASTM D2887 1 mL N9308799
Calibration Mix 1 Wt%
in Carbon Disulfide
Components
n-decane (C10) octacosane (C28)
dotriacontane (C32) n-octadecane (C18)
n-eicosane (C20) octane (C8)
heptane (C7) n-pentadecane (C15)
n-hexane (C6) n-pentane (C5)
ASTM D7213 hexatriacontane (C36) tetracontane (C40)
n-dodecane (C12) n-tetracosane (C24)
n-heptadecane (C17) n-tetradecane (C14)
Simulated Distillation Reference Material 1 mL N9300287 n-hexadecane (C16) tetratetracontane (C44)
Required for ASTM D7213 Extended D2887 nonane (C9) n-undecane (C11)
Components
Polywax 655
ASTM D5623
Standard Test Method for Sulfur Compounds in Light Petroleum
Simulated Distillation Reference Material Liquids by Gas Chromatography and Sulfur Selective Detection.
Description Volume Part No. Description Volume Part No.
Simulated Distillation Reference Material 1 mL N9308794 Sulfur Standard for ASTM D5623: 2 x 2 mL N9308796
for C5-C120 Multi-component Standard Containing
Components 22 Sulfur Species at 50 μg/g
(as Component) in Base Fuel
Polywax 1000
Components
2-methyl-1-propanethiol 1-heptanethiol
Reference Gas Oil 5010 2-methylthiophene 1,4-butanedithiol
3-methylthiophene methyl ethyl sulfide
1,2-ethanedithiol propyl disulfide
1-pentanethiol benzothiophene
Reference Gas Oil 5010 5 x 2 mL N9308755 2-ethylthiophene 1-hexanethiol
propyl sulfide carbon disulfide
Components
1,5-pentanedithiol methyl sulfide
1% in carbon disulfide 1-nonanethiol 2,2,4-trimethylpentane
1-decanethiol n-hexane
1-propanethiol toluene
t-butyl sulfide

ASTM D5134, D6296, D6729, D6730, and D6733

• Standard Test Method for Detailed Analysis of Petroleum Naphthas through n-Nonane by Capillary Gas Chromatography (D5134).
• Standard Test Method for Total Olefins in Spark-ignition Engine Fuels by Multidimensional Gas Chromatography (D6296).
• Standard Test Method for Determination of Individual Components in Spark Ignition Engine Fuels by 100-Metre Capillary (with
Precolumn) High-Resolution Gas Chromatography (D6730).
• Standard Test Method for Determination of Individual Components in Spark Ignition Engine Fuels by 50-Metre Capillary High
Resolution Gas Chromatography (D6733).

PIANO (DHA) Standard Detailed Hydrocarbon Analysis ASTM Methods D5134, D6296, D6729, D6730, and D6733 10 x 1 mL N9308798
Components
n-butane 2,4-dimethylpentane 4-methyl-1-pentene sec-butylbenzene
n-decane 3,3-dimethylpentane 1-nonene tert-butylbenzene
n-dodecane 2,2-dimethylpropane trans-2-nonene 1,4-diethylbenzene
n-heptane 3-ethylhexane cis-3-nonene 1,2-dimethyl-3-ethylbenzene
n-hexane 3-ethyloctane trans-3-nonene 1,2-dimethyl-4-ethylbenzene
n-nonane 3-ethylpentane cis-4-nonene 1,3-dimethyl-2-ethylbenzene
n-octane isobutane 1-octene 1,3-dimethyl-5-ethylbenzene
n-pentadecane isopentane cis-2-octene 1,4-dimethyl-2-ethylbenzene
n-pentane 2-methylheptane trans-2-octene ethylbenzene
propane 3-methylheptane 1,4-pentadiene hexylbenzene
n-tetradecane 4-methylheptane 1-pentene isobutylbenzene
n-tridecane 2-methylhexane cis-2-pentene isopropylbenzene
n-undecane 3-methylhexane trans-2-pentene 1,2-di-isopropylbenzene
2,2,4-trimethylpentane 2-methylnonane n-butylcyclopentane 2-methylbutylbenzene
2-methylheptane 3-methylnonane cyclohexane 1-methyl-2-ethylbenzene
2,4-dimethylhexane 2-methyloctane cyclopentane 1-methyl-3-ethylbenzene
2,2-dimethylhexane 3-methyloctane cis-1,2-dimethylcyclohexane 1-methyl-4-ethylbenzene
4-methylheptane 2-methylpentane trans-1,2-dimethylcyclohexane 1-methyl-2-isopropylbenzene
2-methyloctane 3-methylpentane 1c,3-dimethylcyclohexane 1-methyl-3-isopropylbenzene
2-methyldecane 2,2,3-trimethylbutane 1c,4-dimethylcyclohexane 1-methyl-4-isopropylbenzene
2,2-dimethyldecane 2,2,3-trimethylhexane trans-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane pentylbenzene
3,3-diethylpentane 2,2,4-trimethylhexane 1,1-dimethylcyclopentane n-propylbenzene
2,2-dimethylbutane 2,2,3-trimethylpentane trans-1,2-dimethylcyclopentane 1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene
2,3-dimethylbutane 1-decene cis-1,3-dimethylcyclopentane toluene
2,2-dimethylheptane 1-heptene trans-1,3-dimethylcyclopentane 1,2,4-triethylbenzene
2,3-dimethylheptane cis-2-heptene ethylcyclopentane 1,3,5-triethylbenzene
2,4-dimethylheptane trans-2-heptene 1-ethyl-1-methylcyclopentane 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene
2,5-dimethylheptane cis-3-heptene 1-trans-2-ethylmethylcyclopentane 1,3,5-trimethylbenzene
3,3-dimethylheptane trans-3-heptene isobutylcyclohexane m-xylene
3,4-dimethylheptane 1-hexene isobutylcyclopentane o-xylene
3,5-dimethylheptane cis-2-hexene isopropylcyclopentane p-xylene
2,2-dimethylhexane trans-2-hexene methylcyclohexane tert-butanol
2,3-dimethylhexane cis-hexene-3 methylcyclopentane ethanol
2,4-dimethylhexane trans-hexene-3 n-propylcyclopentane isopropanol
2,5-dimethylhexane 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene 1,1,2-trimethylcyclohexane methanol
2,2-dimethyloctane 2-methyl-1-butene 1,1,4-trimethylcyclohexane methyl decanoate
2,5-dimethyloctane 3-methyl-1-butene 1,1,2-trimethylcyclopentane MTBE
3,3-dimethyloctane 2-methyl-1-nonene 1,1,3-trimethylcyclopentane TAME
2,2-dimethylpentane 2-methyl-2-pentene benzene
2,3-dimethylpentane 3-methyl-t-pentene-2 n-butylbenzene

ORDERING INFORMATION
New Investments – Local Support – Proven Quality!

For over 80 years, PerkinElmer has helped our global laboratory partners meet their most demanding application measurement challenges.
Our experience in Chromatography, Spectroscopy and Materials Characterization gives us a unique advantage in providing holistic and
comprehensive solutions for laboratories in universities and key market segments like Environmental, Energy, and Food and Product Safety.
When you order our precision designed, genuine PerkinElmer consumables and accessories, you can enjoy the peace of mind, ease of
ordering and best in class service. You’ll get the results you need – accurately and on time. PerkinElmer selects only the highest quality
products for our consumables portfolio and invests heavily to test and validate the quality of our products.
THE AMERICAS
Country Telephone Facsimile Email

ARGENTINA 54 11 4554 4004 54 11 4554 2807
BOLIVIA (591 2) 241 5446 (591 2) 241 0639 beco@entelnet.bo
BRAZIL 55 11 3868 6200 55 11 3868 6210 consumiveis.vendas@perkinelmer.com
CANADA 800 561 4646 905 851 1814 Orders.LSCanada@perkinelmer.com
CHILE Ordering Information

56 2 784 7500 56 2 236 6821
COLUMBIA (574) 230 57 67 (574) 230 56 04
COSTA RICA (506) 2 272 4700 (506) 2 272 9700

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC (809) 508 6500 (809) 532 0741
ECUADOR (593) 222 63 537 (593) 224 56 556
EL SALVADOR (503) 2535 0700 (503) 2535 0777
GUATEMALA (502) 25 02 47 00 (502) 25 02 47 01
HONDURAS (504) 2262 6700 (504) 2262 4000
MEXICO 52 55 5337 0700 52 55 559 36223 CC.Mexico@perkinelmer.com
NICARAGUA (505) 2 278 0177 (505) 278 0279
PANAMA 507 3941 695 52 55 559 36223
PARAGUAY (598) 291 69857 (598) 291 69857 info@aldenor.com.uy
PERU (511) 201 5800 (511) 444 9937
PUERTO RICO 787 783 3067 787 793 7198
TRINIDAD (868) 671 1525 (868) 665 3703
UNITED STATES 800 762 4000 203 944 4904 CustomerCareUS@perkinelmer.com
URUGUAY (598) 291 69857 (598) 291 69857 info@aldenor.com.uy
VENEZUELA 58 212 7614757 58 212 7623050
187 BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE

EUROPE

ALBANIA 0800 111 933 0800 111 934 cc.export@perkinelmer.com
AUSTRIA 0800 111 933 0800 111 934 cc.austria@perkinelmer.com
BELARUS +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
BELGIUM 0800 40858 0800 40859 cc.benelux@perkinelmer.com
BOSNIA HERZEGOVINA +385 1 2001 767 +385 1 2001 724 hebe@hebe.hr
BULGARIA +359 2 952 0301 +359 2 952 3784 chroma@spnet.net
CROATIA +385 1 2001 767 +385 1 2001 724 hebe@hebe.hr
CYPRUS +357 22 33 82 34 +357 22 33 82 32 sales@kriticos.com.cy
CZECH REPUBLIC +420 241 430 534 +420 241 430 535 info@pesystems.cz
DENMARK 8088 4236 8088 4237 cc.nordic@perkinelmer.com
ESTONIA +372 7 383 330 +372 7 383 360 kent@lanlab.ee
FINLAND 0800 117 186 0800 117 185 cc.nordic@perkinelmer.com
FRANCE 0805 111 333 0805 111 334 cc.france@perkinelmer.com
GERMANY Ordering
0800 181 0032 Information 0800 181 0031 cc.germany@perkinelmer.com
GREECE +30 2310 322525 +30 2310 321912 antisel@antisel.gr
HUNGARY +36 1 251 1116 +36 1 251 1461 perform@per-form.hu
ICELAND +354 412 7000 +354 412 7099 medor@medor.is
IRELAND 1800 932 886 1800 932 884 cc.ie@perkinelmer.com
ISRAEL 1700 500 512 1700 555 915 cc.israel@perkinelmer.com
ITALY +39 800 906 642 +39 02 3601 2508 cc.italy@perkinelmer.com
LATVIA +371 6755 1894 +371 6755 1976 info@adrona.lv
LITHUANIA +370 5 2638748 +370 5 2638749 info@linealibera.it
LUXEMBOURG 0800 26588 0800 26589 cc.benelux@perkinelmer.com
MACEDONIA +381 11 22 22 244 +381 11 22 22 244 perkinelmer@superlab.rs
MALTA +39 081 7013094 +39 081 7021977 info@areachem.it
MOLDAVIA +40 21 316 2877 +40 21 316 2876 office@cromatec.ro
MONTENEGRO +381 11 22 22 244 +381 11 22 22 244 perkinelmer@superlab.rs
NETHERLANDS 0800 0234490 0800 0234491 cc.benelux@perkinelmer.com
NORWAY 800 18 854 800 18 855 cc.nordic@perkinelmer.com
POLAND 0800 88 08 88 +48 22 310 88 01 cc.pl@perkinelmer.com
PORTUGAL +351 21 782 60 30 +351 21 782 60 39 ilc@ilc.pt
ROMANIA +40 21 316 2877 +40 21 316 2876 office@cromatec.ro
BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 188

EUROPE
RUSSIAN FEDERATION +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
SERBIA +381 11 22 22 244 +381 11 22 22 244 perkinelmer@superlab.rs
SLOVAKIA +421 918 506782 +421 48 2301628 mLa@mediclabor.sk
SLOVENIA +386 1 427 3213/3650 +386 1 427 3191 omega@omega.si
SPAIN 800 099 164 800 099 165 atencionalcliente@perkinelmer.com
SWEDEN 0200 887 520 0200 887 521 cc.nordic@perkinelmer.com
SWITZERLAND 0800 000 015 0800 000 016 cc.switzerland@perkinelmer.com
TURKEY +90 212 312 1100 +90 212 312 1111 cc.turkey@perkinelmer.com
UKRAINE +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
UNITED KINGDOM 0800 89 60 46 0800 89 17 14 cc.uk@perkinelmer.com
ASIA

AFGANISTAN +92 21 5345581 +92 21 5345582 sales@amspvtltd.com
ARMENIA +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
AUSTRALIA 61 3 9212 8500 or 1 800 033 391 61 3 9212 8595 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
AZERBAIJAN +90 212 212 5566 +90 212 212 2829 istanbul@tetratek.com.tr
CHINA 86 8008205046 86 2160645666 consumable.china@perkinelmer.com
GEORGIA +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
HONG KONG 852 2793 3218 852 2793 3225 info@aldenor.com.uy
INDIA +91 22 33261700 +91 22 33261790 marketing.india@perkinelmer.com
INDONESIA 62 21 5694 5040 to 43 62 21 5694 5024
JAPAN Osaka +81 6 6394 5360 +81 6 6394 5363
JAPAN Tokyo +81 3 3866 2647 +81 3 3866 2652
JAPAN Yokahama +81 45 339 5866 +81 45 339 5877
KAZAKHSTAN +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru

KOREA 82 2 868 5376 82 2 868 4343 contact.KR@perkinelmer.com
KYRGYZSTAN +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
MALAYSIA 603 7949 1118 603 7949 1119 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
MONGOLIA +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
NEW ZEALAND 64 21 215 1198 or 0800 724 663 64 3 384 1222 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
PAKISTAN +92 21 5345581 +92 21 5345582 sales@amspvtltd.com

ASIA
PHILIPPINES 632 822 0511 to 16 632 822 0517 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
RUSSIAN FEDERATION +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
SINGAPORE 65 6868 1650 65 6872 6595 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
TAIWAN Taipei 886 2 87912589 886 2 87919085 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
TAIWAN Kaohsiung 886 7 5521030 886 7 5543402 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
TAJIKISTAN +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
THAILAND 662 319 7901 662 319 7900 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
TURKEY +90 212 312 1100 +90 212 312 1111 cc.turkey@perkinelmer.com
TURKMENISTAN +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
VIETNAM Hanoi 84 4 3747 2258 84 4 3747 2260 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
VIETNAM Ho Chi Minh City 84 8 5431 8877 84 8 5431 8570 www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables
UZBEKISTAN +7 495 935 8888 +7 495 564 8787 info@scheltec.ru
MIDDLE EAST AND GULF
BAHRAIN +973 17276176 +973 17275819 info@ymh.com.bh
GAZA STRIP +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
IRAQ +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
ISRAEL 1700 500512 1700 555 915 cc.israel@perkinelmer.com
JORDAN +962 (0) 6 534 6523 +962 (0) 6 534 6527 info@htds.fr
KUWAIT +965 22419797 +965 22419798 las@emphor.biz
LEBANON +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
OMAN +968 248 14752 +968 248 13924 big@bigllcoman.com
PALESTINIAN TERRITORIES +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
QATAR +974 4654563 +974 4652256 las@emphor.biz
SAUDI ARABIA +966 11477 7932 +966 11477 1314 info@aralgosaibico.com
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES +971 4 883 0233 +971 4 883 0133 las@emphor.biz
WEST BANK +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
YEMEN +967 234 5073 +967 234 0504 direct@alfalahye.net

AFRICA

ALGERIA +213 (0) 21 91 63 73 +213 (0) 21 91 63 82 info@htds.fr
ANGOLA +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
BENIN +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
BOTSWANA +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
BRITISH INDIAN OCEAN +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
BURKINA FASO +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
BURUNDI +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
CAMEROON +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
CAPE VERDE +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
CENTRAL AFRICA REP. +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
CHAD +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
COMOROS +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
CONGO Ordering Information

+33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
DEMO. REP. CONGO +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
DSCHIBUTI REP. +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
EGYPT +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
EQUATORIAL GUINEA +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
ERITREA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
ETHIOPIA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
GABON +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
GAMBIA +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
GHANA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
GUINEA +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
GUINEA – Bissau +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
IVORY COAST +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
KENYA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
LESOTHO +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
LIBERIA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
LIBYA +218/92 304 48 74 +218/21 713 21 12 info@htds.fr
MADAGASCAR +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr

AFRICA
MALAWI +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
MALI +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
MAURITANIA +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
MAURITIUS +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
MOROCCO +212/(0)522 27 49 59 +212/(0)522 20 83 74 info@htds.fr
MOZAMBIQUE +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
NAMIBIA +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
NIGER +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
NIGERIA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
REUNION ISLANDS +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
RWANDA +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
SENEGAL +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
SEYCHELLES +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
SIERRA LEONE Ordering

+202 22905306 Information +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
SOMALIA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA +27 11 564 0600 +27 11 564 0899 info.za@perkinelmer.com
SWAZILAND +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
TANZANIA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
TOGO +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
TUNISIA +216 70 836 961 +216 70 836 561 info@htds.fr
UGANDA +202 22905306 +202 22905307 info@htds.fr
WESTERN SAHARA +33 1 64 86 28 28 +33 1 69 07 69 54 info@htds.fr
ZAMBIA +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com
ZIMBABWE +27 11 564 2400 +27 11 564 2440 info.za@perkinelmer.com

PerkinElmer, Inc.
940 Winter Street
Waltham, MA 02451 USA
P: (800) 762-4000 or
(+1) 203-925-4602
www.perkinelmer.com
For a complete listing of our global offices, visit www.perkinelmer.com/ContactUs
Copyright ©2020, PerkinElmer, Inc. All rights reserved. PerkinElmer is a trademark of PerkinElmer, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
129565

Catalogo Perkin

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogo Perkin

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogo Perkin

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRUST THE CONSUMABLES

2020–2021 Chromatography Consumables and Supplies

Sign Up and Get Started Today at www.perkinelmer.com/register

Shop Online today!

PTFE (hydrophobic) Syringe Filters 16

PVDF Syringe Filters 16 We offer a broad array of

Supra-d QuEChERS Dispersive SPE 14

Supra-d QuEChERS for Multiple Pesticide

CLICK THE ARROWS

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly SPE Solutions

Figure 2: Performance Comparison of PerkinElmer Spherical SPE

250 x 4.6 mm column

PerkinElmer’s smaller, more homogeneous, spherical media deliver sharper,

BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 5

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly Application Overview

Supra-Poly Spherical Polymer

Supra-Clean Columns and Cartridges

Supra-Clean C18 Supra-Clean Strong Cation Exchange (SCX)

100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306478 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306432

100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306523 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306537

200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306462 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306538

500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306438 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306539

500 mg 3 mL* 50 N9306642 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306540

200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306634 Supra-Clean Weak Cation Exchange (WCX)

500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306448 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306544

500 mg 6 mL* 30 N9306640 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306545

1g 6 mL 30 N9306422 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306546

2g 6 mL 30 N9306430 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306547

2g 15 mL 20 N9306479 500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306420

2g 25 mL 20 N9306475 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306407

Supra-Clean REC18 Supra-Clean 300Å C4

100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306520 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306591

100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306455 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306592

200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306521 200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306593

500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306522 Supra-Clean Mixed-Mode (MM1)

200 mg 6 mL 30 N9306633 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306541

500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306457 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306542

1g 6 mL 30 N9306491 100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306419

100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306471 500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306416

100 mg 3 mL 50 N9306554 200 mg 15 mL 50 N9306713

200 mg 3 mL 50 N9306482 Supra-Clean Mixed-Mode (MM2)

500 mg 3 mL 50 N9306555 50 mg 1 mL 50 N9306548

500 mg 6 mL 30 N9306556 100 mg 1 mL 100 N9306549

8 BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE

BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 9

Supra-Poly HLB Columns

10 BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE

Supra-Poly Extreme Capacity 1500 m2/g (XC) Supra-Poly Environmental (AEV)

BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 11

SPE Application and Selection Packs

Description Media Volume Qty. Part No. Pre-Concentration

12 BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE

SPE Vacuum PUMPS, Manifolds and Accessories Kit Contents

Manifolds are equipped Cover Gasket

Description Pkg. Part No.

Ultramicro Volume Syringes

Syringe Capacity Gauge OD ID Tip Description Pkg. Part No.

* Recommended for PerkinElmer wide-bore capillary adapter.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX BACK TO MAIN INDEX ORDER ONLINE 13